Your IP : 216.73.216.40
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ID | term | definition |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 59 | videoconferencing | A high-level, interpreted language that supports sub-program and is effective for mathematical and scientific applications. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 60 | A&B Bit Signalling | This is a procedure used in most T1 transmission facilities where 1 bit from every sixth frame of each 24T1 subchannel is used for carrying supervisory signalling information. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 61 | A/D Converter | A device used to convert analog data to digital data. Analog data is continuously variable, while digital data contains discrete steps. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 62 | AARP probe Packets | Packets asking if a randomly selected node ID is being used by another node in a nonextended AppleTalk network. If not, the sending node uses the node ID. If so, it chooses a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 63 | Abduction | A form of logical inference, commonly applied in the process of medical diagnosis. Given an observation, abduction generates all known causes. See Deduction, Induction, Inference. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 64 | ABI/Inform | A database of articles in more than 800 business-related periodicals and specialty publications since 1986. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 65 | Abandon Rate | Percentage of help desk calls that are not answered before the customer disconnects |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 66 | Abstract | A brief summary of a work, which tells enough to allow a reader to decide whether or not it has the information sought; in many cases, it also contains keywords and/or terms used to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 67 | Abstract Syntax | A description of a data structure that is independent of machine-oriented structures and encodings. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 68 | Abstract Syntax Notation One | The language used by the OSI (Open Systems Interconnect) protocols for describing abstract syntax. This language is also used to encode SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 69 | Acceptable Use Policy | Many transit networks have policies, which restrict the use to which the network may be put. For example, some networks may only be used for non-commercial purposes. Some AUPs limit |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 70 | Access | The telephone number used when a subscriber dials into an Internet Service Provider or online service. When used in its broadest sense, this term encapsulates the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 72 | Access Control List | Most network security systems operate by allowing selective use of services. An access control list is the usual means by which access to, and denial of, services is controlled. It |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 73 | Access-group | Cisco interface subcommand that applies an access list to an interface. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 74 | Accessibility | A characteristic of technology that enables people with disabilities to use it. For example, accessible websites can be navigated by people with visual, hearing, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 76 | Access List | A list kept by Cisco routers to control access to or from the router for a number of services. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 77 | Access Method | Enables networked stations determine when they can transmit data on a shared transmission medium. It also refers to the software within an SNA processor that controls the flow of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 78 | Access Network | That portion of a public-switched network that connects access nodes to individual subscribers. The access network today is predominantly passive, twisted pair copper wiring. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 79 | Access Nodes | Points on the edge of the access network that concentrate individual access lines into a smaller number of feeder lines. Access nodes may also perform various forms of protocol |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 80 | Access Path | The path selected by the database management system to locate and retrieve requested data. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 81 | Access Permission | In UNIX a set of permissions associated with every file and directory that determine who can read it, write to it, or execute it. Only the owner of the file (or the super-user) can |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 82 | Access Point | A name, term, code, etc., under which a bibliographic record may be searched and identified.[ See also Heading.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 83 | Access Provider | The company that provides Internet access and, in some cases, an online account on their computer system. Providing and maintaining network services for subscribers. Internet service |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 84 | Access Rate | The transmission speed, in bits per second, of the physical access circuit between the end user and the network. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 85 | Access Time | A standard measure, which indicates the level of performance of the hard disk. The measure is the actual time it takes for a piece of data to be located on a hard disk. Also access |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 86 | Accessories | Different kinds of programs (applications) that come with Windows. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 87 | Account | An area partitioned for a user of a particular host computer. To assure validity, account holders cannot gain access without using assigned login and password information. In the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 88 | Accounting Management | One of 5 categories of network management defined by ISO for management of OSI networks. Accounting management subsystems are responsible for collecting network data relating to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 89 | Accuracy | Accuracy is an important factor in assessing the success of data mining. When applied to data, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 94 | ACD | Acronym for Automatic Call Distribution (or Automatic Call Distributor, the system which does it), a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 96 | Acknowledgement | A type of message sent to indicate that a block of data arrived at its destination without error. In a data communications transmission, a response by the receiver indicating that a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 97 | Acoustic Coupler | A type of modem which converts digital signals into sound for transmission through telephone lines, and performs the reverse operation when receiving such signals. Acoustic couplers |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 98 | Acoustic Emission | A proprietary technique used in signature verification. As a user writes on a paper surface, the movement of the pen tip over the paper fibres generates acoustic emissions that are |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 99 | Acquisitions | Activities related to obtaining library materials through purchase, exchange, or gift. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 100 | Acrobat | Acrobat is part of a set of applications developed by Adobe to create and view PDF files. Acrobat is used to create the PDF files, and the freeware Acrobat Reader is used to read the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 101 | Activation Function | A function used by a node in a neural net to transform input data from any domain of values into a finite range of values. The original idea was to approximate the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 103 | Active Cell | A cell into which new data will be entered in an electronic spreadsheet and is indicated by the presence of the cell pointer. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 104 | Active Devices | In token ring, a device that requires AC (Alternating current) power for operation. In current loop applications, a device capable of supplying the current for the loop. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 105 | Active Hub | A multiported device that amplifies LAN transmission |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 107 | Active Impostor Acceptance | When an impostor submits a modified, simulated or reproduced biometric sample, intentionally attempting to relate it to another person who is an enrolee, and he/she is incorrectly |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 108 | Active Matrix Display | A type of liquid crystal display (LCD) technology used in laptops and notebook computers. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 109 | Active Monitor | A device responsible for managing a token ring. It makes sure, for example, that tokens are not lost or that frames do not circulate indefinitely. A network node is selected to be |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 110 | Active Server Pages | By Microsoft. An open, compile-free application environment in which you can combine HTML pages, scripts, and ActiveX server components to create powerful Web-based business |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 113 | Active Task Button | A task button located on the taskbar that appears to be pressed. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 114 | Active Window | The top or front window in a multiple window environment. The window whose title bar is highlighted, indicating it is currently being used. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 115 | ActiveX | ActiveX is a model for writing programmes. ActiveX technology is used to make interactive web pages that look and behave like computer programmes, rather than static pages. With |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 116 | ActiveX malicious code | This allows web developers to create interactive, dynamic web pages with broader functionality. An ActiveX control is a component object embedded in a web page, which runs |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 117 | Adapter | A PC board, usually installed inside a computer system that provides network communication capabilities to and from that computer system. The term adapter is often used |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 118 | Adaptive Differential Pulse Code Modulation | A CCITT standardized technique for encoding analog voice signals into a digital form at 32 Kpbs (half the standard PCM rate). Four bits describe the difference between adjacent |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 119 | Add Value | To make a product or service worth more to customers through improving processes or enhancing core competencies in a cost-effective manner. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 120 | Added Entry | An entry, additional to the main entry, by which an item is represented in a catalogue; a secondary entry. [See also Main entry.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 121 | Additive Blending | A texture blending method that uses the additive colour model. The pixels of a base map and a light map are blended together to make a brighter texture. See also additive colour |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 122 | Additive Colour Model | In the additive colour model, red, green and blue (RGB) are the primary colours, and mixing them together creates white. This is the way light blends together— shine a red, a green |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 123 | Additive Primaries | Red, green and blue are the primary colours of light from which all other colours can be made. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 124 | Additive Transparency | A way to calculate the colour behind a transparent object, using the additive colour model. In general, wherever the object is more opaque, the brighter the background. If an alpha |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 125 | Address | An individualized name (or number) identifying a computer user or computer. Used in network communications for the transmission of messages for a particular person or machine. There |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 126 | The identification of a physical or virtual | http //www.gsh.org. [It is important to type these accurately.] [See also e-mail Address, IP Address, Internet Address, MAC |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 128 | Address Book | An address book is a place where you can keep a list of e-mail addresses with which you correspond on a regular basis. Address books can have several features, some of the most |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 129 | Address Mask | A bit mask used to identify which bits in an IP address correspond to the network and subnet portions of the address. This mask is often referred to as the sub-net mask because the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 130 | Address Resolution | Conversion of a network-layer address (e.g. IP address) into the corresponding physical address (e.g. MAC Address). [See also IP Address, MAC Address.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 131 | Address Resolution Protocol | Used to dynamically discover the low- level physical network hardware address that corresponds to the high- level IP address for a given host. ARP is limited to physical network |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 132 | Address Translation Gateway | A Cisco DECnet routing software function that allows a router to route multiple, independent DECnet networks and to establish a user-specified address translation for selected nodes |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 133 | Addressed Call Mode | A mode that permits control signals and commands to establish and terminate calls in V.25bis. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 134 | Ad hoc query | A request for information that is normally fabricated and run a single time and cannot be anticipated in advance. It consists of an SQL statement that has been constructed by a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 135 | Adjacency | A relationship formed between selected neighbouring routers and end nodes for the purpose of exchanging routing information. Adjacency is based upon the use of a common media |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 136 | Adjacent Nodes | In SNA, nodes that are connected to a given node with no intervening nodes. In DECnet and OSI, adjacent nodes are nodes that share a common segment (Ethernet, FDDI, Token Ring). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 137 | Administration Management Domain | An X.400 message handling system public service carrier, for examples, MCImail and ATTmail in the US, British Telecom Gold400mail in the UK. The ADMDs in all countries worldwide |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 138 | Administrative Distance | A rating of the trustworthiness of a routing information. In Cisco routers, administrative distance is expressed as a numerical value between 0 and 255 (the higher the value, the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 139 | Administrative Domain | A collection of hosts and routers, and the interconnecting network(s), managed by a single administrative authority. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 140 | Administrivia | Administrative tasks, most often related to the maintenance of mailing lists, digests, news gateways, etc. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 141 | Adult Services | Public libraries frequently use this term to describe the functions of providing materials, programmes, readers’ advisory, and other services for adults. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 142 | Advanced Communications Function | A group of SNA products that provide distributed processing and re-sharing. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 143 | Advanced Communication Function/Network Control | The primary SNA network control programme ACF/NCP rides in the communications controller and interfaces with the SNA access method in the host processor to control network |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 144 | Advanced Data Communications Control Protocol | An ANSI standard bit-oriented data-link-control protocol. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 145 | Advanced Digital Network | Usually refers to a 56Kbps leased-line. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 146 | Advanced Gateway Server PLUS | Cisco nine-slot bridge/router with a ciscoBus switching complex. Five of the slots connect to the ciscoBus. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 147 | Advanced Network and Services | It is the 501(c) (3), non-profit, IBM and MCI spin off corporation launched on September 17, 1990, with a $5 million dollar contribution from each of its corporate parents, inherits |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 148 | Advanced Peer-to-Peer Communications | An IBM SNA peer-to-peer communications scheme that lets SNA applications communicate directly with peer SNA applications. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 149 | Advanced Peer-to-Peer Internetworking | An open-standard IP-architecture for SNA peer-to-peer networking. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 150 | Advanced Peer-to-Peer Networking | An IBM SNA facility that provides distributed processing based on Type 2.1 network nodes and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 152 | Advanced Research Projects Agency | Now called DARPA, the US government agency that funded the ARPANET.[ See also DARPA.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 153 | Advanced Research Projects Agency Network | A pioneering long-haul network funded by ARPA, an agency of the US Department of Defense responsible for the development of new technology for the military. It served as the basis |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 154 | Advertising | A method through which routers maintain lists of usable routes by sending routing or service updates within specified rates of time. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 155 | Agent | (1) Agents are search tools that automatically seek out relevant online information based on your specifications. Agents are also called intelligent agents, personal agents, knowbots |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 156 | Aggregate Transmission | Aggregate transmission refers to multiplexing or mixing together of the applications of thousands of users across a backbone. Such aggregate traffic can reach gigabit speeds with |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 157 | Aggregation | The process by which data values are collected with the intent to manage the collection as a single unit. Example The combination of fields for the same customer extracted from |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 158 | Ajax | (Asynchronous JavaScript and XML); A way of including content in a web page in which javascript code in the web page fetches some data from a server and displays it |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 160 | Alarm | A message notifying an operator or administrator of a network problem. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 161 | Alarm Indication Signal | In T1, an all-ones signal transmitted in lieu of the normal signal to maintain transmission continuity and to indicate to the receiving terminal that there is a transmission fault |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 162 | A-law | The CCITT companding standard used in the conversion between analog and digital signals in PCM systems. A-law is employed primarily in European telephone networks and is similar to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 163 | Alert | In NetView, a problem record sent to a network operator that warrants action at the control point. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 164 | Algorithm | Well-defined rule or process for arriving at a solution to a problem. A set of steps to be performed to solve a problem. A sequence of instructions that tell a biometric system how |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 165 | Alias | A name, usually short and easy to remember, that is translated into another name, usually long and difficult to remember. An assumed or alternate name. In the absence of any accepted |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 166 | Aliasing | When edges look jagged instead of smooth, and moiré patterns develop in fine parallel lines. The problem is most prevalent in diagonal lines. Aliasing happens when the engine tries |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 167 | Alignment | The positioning of a body of text. Text can be positioned to the left, right, or centre of a page. For the best, consistent alignment, web graphic designers use tables and embedded |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 168 | Alignment error | occurs when a received frame’s total number of bits is not divisible by eight. Alignment errors usually are caused by frame damage due to collision. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 169 | ALOHA | An access control technique for transmission of media systems that permits multiple stations to transmit simultaneously. In the ALOHA system, stations transmit whenever they have |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 170 | Alpha Channel | An optional channel in the texture file that usually defines the transparency of the texture’s pixels, but can also be used for other things like a height map. The alpha can be |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 171 | Alphabetical Specific Catalog | A catalog containing subject entries based on the principle of specific direct entry arranged alphabetically. [See also Classed catalog, Dictionary catalog.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 172 | Also Known As | An abbreviation used with alias descriptions of a virus to facilitate its identification by name. Normally antivirus software vendors mention aka after their product to indicate that |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 173 | Alt | A key on a keyboard, and an abbreviation for ‘alternative’. The alt family of Usenet groups was intended as a venue for alternative viewpoints. The creation of the alt domain |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 174 | Altair Computer | One of the first, if not the first, personal computers, the Altair 8800 has gone down in computing history, as has Ed Roberts, its creator. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 175 | ALT-attribute | Part of the image source tag in HTML. A good web designer will always include text in all of your image sources for three reasons (1) if any of your visitors choose not to view |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 176 | Alta Vista | Is a commercial company, one aspect of which is its very thorough and comprehensive World Wide Web searching service (commonly called a search engine). Through a combination of its |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 177 | Alternative Mark Inversion | A bipolar coding scheme in which successive ones (marks) must alternate in polarity (alternate between positive and negative). The line-coding format in T1 transmission services. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 178 | AMPS (Academic Media Production Services) | MIT organization that provides multimedia, video, web, videoconferencing, and course management educational technology services to the MIT community. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 180 | America Online | This term is used as a nickname for America Online. America Online is one of the largest Internet Service Providers (ISP). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 181 | American National Standards Institute | This organization is responsible for approving U.S. standards in many areas, including computers and communications. Standards approved by this organization are often called ANSI |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 182 | American Registry for Internet Numbers | was created in 1997 to separate IP registration from the DNS service operated by InterNIC and owned by Network Solutions Inc. ARIN is a membership owned and operated entity designed |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 183 | American Standard Code for | The standard method for encoding characters as 8-bit sequences of binary numbers, allowing a maximum of 256 characters. Text files are customarily called ‘ASCII files’. This is the de |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 185 | American Wire Gauge | The System which specifies wire size. Gauge is a measure of the thickness of a cable where the lower the number, the heavier the gauge. Heavier gauge wire has lower impedance and is |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 186 | Amplify | To strengthen the signal of an analog data transmission. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 187 | Amplitude | The maximum value of an analog or digital waveform. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 188 | Amplitude Modulation | A modulation technique whereby information is conveyed through the amplitude of the carrier signal. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 189 | Analog | Not digital. A continuous wave, variable signals or data (such as the human voice). Something is Analog if its changes are represented by something else changing. Analog systems in |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 190 | Analog Loopback | A testing technique, which isolates faults in transmission equipment by performing a loopback on the data at the analog (line) side of the modem. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 191 | Analog Transmission | The transmission of a continuously variable signal, as opposed to a discrete (digital) one. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 192 | Analysis | The act of evaluating the data retrieved from the data warehouse. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 193 | Analyst | Typically, a person who defines problems and develops procedures for resolving them. Often used |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 195 | Analytical Entry | An entry for a part of an item for which a comprehensive entry is also made. Analytico-synthetic scheme. [See also Faceted scheme.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 196 | Analytics applications | Processes that produce information for management decisions, usually involving demographic analysis, trend analysis, pattern recognition, drill-down analysis and profiling. Examples |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 197 | Ancestor | Any node in a hierarchy that is above the current node. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 198 | Anchor | Synonymous with hyperlinks, anchor refers to non-linear links among documents. Or more simply put, it’s the word or phrase that can be selected to connect to another page or |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 199 | Anchor Colour | The colour on screen that represents the anchors. The reason so many are blue is that is often the default colour. This colour can be changed to any combination of red, green and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 200 | Andrew File System | An alternative networked file system developed at Carnegie Mellon University as part of Mach and later incorporated into the OSF/1 operating system. A set of protocols that allows |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 201 | Anglo-American Cataloging Rules, Second Edition | This contains the rules used for describing and entering library materials in catalogues. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 202 | Animated GIF | A GIF graphic file, which consists of two or more images shown in a timed sequence to give the effect of motion. A set number or frames of an image that allows it to cycle and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 203 | Animatic | An animated storyboard. This is used to refine timing, cameras, composition, etc., when a static storyboard just isn’t enough. The animatic is kind of like a slide-show, with zooms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 204 | Anisotropic Filtering | A texture filtering method, specifically for non-square filtering, usually of textures shown in radical perspective (such as a pavement texture as seen from a camera lying on the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 205 | Annotation | A note, which accompanies an entry in a bibliography, which tells what the item is about. It differs from an abstract, in that it need not necessarily be a summary of the contents. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 206 | Anomaly | A deviation, irregularity, or an unexpected result. A data anomaly may occur when a data field defined for one purpose is used for another. Examples of anomalies are negative numeric |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 207 | Anonymous | Of unknown authorship. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 208 | Anonymous FTP | Allows a user to retrieve documents, files, programs, and other archived data from anywhere in the Internet without having to establish a userID and password. By using the special |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 209 | Anonymous Login Convention | Standard username (anonymous) and password (guest) which allows login within FTP for the purpose of retrieving an unprotected file. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 210 | ANSI Bomb | A sequence of characters, usually embedded in a text file, that reprogrammes various keyboard functions of computers with ANSI console (screen and keyboard) drivers. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 211 | ANSI T1.403 | The performance-monitoring, data-link, and network-interface requirements for ESF CSUs as defined by the Exchange Carriers Standards Association. T1.403 specifies automatic |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 212 | ANSI T1.413 | The interface standard for DMT ADSL. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 213 | Antecedent | When an association between two variables is defined, the first item (or left-hand side) is called |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 215 | Anti-aliasing | Anti-aliasing removes the stair-stepping or jaggies, which occur at the edges of polygons or between the texels on the polygons. Smoothing or blending the transition of pixels in an |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 217 | Antivirus | A commonly used term for a software to protect the system from virus. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 218 | Anti-Antivirus or Targeting or Retaliator or | An antidote. A virus to get rid of another virus! This is a virus that tries to bypass or hinder the operation of one or more specific antivirus programs. This is achieved by |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 219 | Anti-virus Software | program, which scans floppy disks and hard disks for known viruses and code that resembles viruses. In most cases, the anti-virus program can remove the virus code without damaging |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 220 | Apache | An open source Web server package, mostly used on Linux and Solaris platforms. The most common |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 222 | Apollo Domain | Proprietary network protocol suite developed by Apollo Computer for communication on proprietary Apollo networks. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 223 | App | Abbreviation for application, which is any software program developed for custom or off-the-shelf use. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 224 | APPI forum | An open forum for vendors, users, and analysts formed to define and develop open systems solutions for SNA peer-to-peer networking. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 225 | Applet | A small Java program that can be embedded in an HTML page. Applets differ from full-fledged Java applications in that they are not allowed to access certain resources on the local |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 226 | Applet application | A software product such as WordPerfect, Corel Draw, Excel, and Access. Applications are programs that perform complex tasks for computer users. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 227 | Appletalk | A networking protocol developed by Apple Computer for communication between Apple Computer products and other computers. This protocol is independent of the network layer on which it |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 228 | AppleTalk Address Resolution Protocol | Stack in the AppleTalk protocol that maps a data-link address to a network address. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 229 | AppleTalk Echo Protocol | Used to test connectivity between 2 AppleTalk nodes. One node sends a packet to another node and receives a duplicate, or echo, of that packet. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 230 | AppleTalk Remote Access | A protocol (and product) that provides system-level support for dial-in (modem) connections to an AppleTalk network. With ARA, you can call your desktop Mac from a PowerBook and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 231 | Application | A program that performs a function directly for a user. FTP, mail and Telnet clients are examples of network applications. (a) Software that performs a particular useful function for |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 232 | Application Binary Interface | Enables binary applications to function compatibly on operating system environments with minor differences, such as varying implementations of UNIX System V for Intel-based |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 233 | Application Configuration Access Protocol | Enhances IMAP by letting user to set up address books, options, and other data for universal access. At this writing, no Internet proprietary products have implemented ACAP because |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 234 | Application Developer | An individual entrusted with developing and implementing a biometric application. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 235 | Application Layer | The top-most layer of the network protocol stack in the OSI Reference Model providing such communication services as electronic mail and file transfer. The application layer is |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 236 | Application Program Interface | A set of calling conventions defining how a service is invoked through a software package. Interfaces that extend the capabilities of web servers; used by programmers to write |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 237 | Application Server | Software used to provide an interface between systems to enable Web services. It manages |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 239 | Application Software | Lets user do relatively complex tasks, as well as create and modify documents. Common application types include word processors, spreadsheets, database managers, and presentation |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 240 | Application-Specific Integrated Circuit | An integrated circuit (silicon chip) that is specially produced for a biometric system to improve performance. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 241 | Applique | A mounting plate containing connector hardware for attachment to the network. Appliques translate communication signals from a network interface into signals expected by the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 242 | Archie | An information system offering an electronic directory service for locating information in the Internet that is automatically updated. The best known use of archie is for scanning a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 253 | Architect | A person or team who defines how the environment for the data warehouse, analytics application, or operational system is built. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 254 | Architecture | In information technology, especially computers and more recently networks, architecture is a term applied to both the process and the outcome of thinking out and specifying the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 258 | Archive Server | An e-mail-based file transfer facility offered by some systems. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 259 | Archive Site | A machine that provides access to a collection of files across the Internet. For example, an anonymous FTP archive site provides access to archived material via the FTP protocol. WWW |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 260 | Archived | In archived mailing lists, copies of posts that are made are kept in a central location along with an index so that users (or sometimes others) can refer to them at a later time. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 261 | Archives | Organized body of noncurrent records of an organization, corporation, agency, or an individual or family, maintained and preserved because of their historical value or to meet legal |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 262 | Arden Syntax | A language created to encode actions within a clinical protocol into a set of situation-action rules, for computer interpretation, and also to facilitate exchange between different |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 263 | Area | A logical set of ISO CLNS-based, DECnet-based, or OSPF-based segments connected by routers. A major section of the bibliographic description, comprising data elements of a particular |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 264 | Area Border Router | Router located on the border of 1 or more OSPF (Open Shortest Path First Interior Gateway Protocol) areas that connects those areas to the backbone network. ABRs are considered |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 265 | Argument | In UNIX a mathematical term that refers to a number, character or word which changes the action of the command it is applied to. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 266 | Ariadnet | The Greek National Internet service. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 267 | Arithmetic/Logic Unit | The part of the CPU that perfoms mathematical and logical operations. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 268 | Armored Virus | A virus, which uses special techniques, to make tracing, disassembling and understanding of its code more difficult. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 269 | Array | A group of coordinate subjects on the same level of a hierarchical structure, e.g. oranges, lemons, limes, but not citrus fruit. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 270 | Artificial intelligence | Any artefact, whether embodied solely in computer software, or a physical structure like a robot, that exhibits behaviours associated with human intelligence. Also the study of the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 272 | Artificial Intelligence in Medicine | The application of artificial intelligence methods to solve problems in medicine, e.g. developing expert systems to assist with diagnosis, or therapy planning. See also Artificial |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 273 | Artificial Life | It is the antithesis of AI. While AI seeks to simulate real-world behaviour by following a complex series of rules, AL starts with very simple rules for a system and enables |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 274 | Artificial Neural Network | A method of computing a problem. An artificial neural network uses artificial intelligence to learn by past experience and compute whether a biometric sample and template are a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 275 | ASA | Acronym for Average Speed to Answer, the average time required for an analyst or an appropriate |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 277 | ASCII Character Set | The ASCII character set refers to a uniform way of encoding bits into bytes, so that 128 differently coded bytes will each stand for a different letter, number, or punctuation mark |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 278 | ASCII Text File | A file consisting of characters in the ASCII format. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 279 | Asia and Oceania Workshop | One of the three regional OSI Implementors Workshops, equivalent to OIW and EWOS . |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 280 | ASM-CS | A chassis-based communication server with up to 16 MB of memory and up to 112 asynchronous ports. This communication server can have Ethernet, Token Ring, or synchronous serial |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 281 | ASP | See Active Server Pages; Application service provider-which is it? These are both frequently-used abbreviations in many development shops. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 282 | ASP | (Application Service Provider); An organization (usually a business) that runs one or more applications on |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 284 | Aspect Ratio | A number that describes the shape of a rectangular texture, whether it’s tall or wide. To get the aspect ratio, either divide the width by the height, or write it out as width |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 285 | Assembly Language | A programming language which uses English abbreviations for commands, but which still requires the programmer to think in terms of the low-level operations performed by the computer, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 286 | Assessment | The process used to systematically evaluate a learner's skill or knowledge level. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 287 | Asset | Any piece of computer equipment that is inventoried and tracked on behalf of a customer. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 288 | Asset Tag | Asset tags allow departments and the University to keep track of each asset's location, replacement date, etc. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 290 | Assigned Numbers | The RFC [STD2] which documents the currently assigned values from several series of numbers used in network protocol implementations. This RFC is updated periodically and current |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 291 | Associate | Linking a document with the program that created it so that both can be opened with a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 293 | Associate Linking | A document with the program that created it so that both can be opened with a single command. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 294 | Associated File | A file type that has been identified as belonging to a certain program, such as .TXT with Notepad, .BMP with Paint, or .DOC with Word. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 295 | Association Control Service Element | The method used in OSI for establishing a call between 2 applications. Checks the identities and contexts of the application entities and could apply an authentication security |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 296 | Associations | An association algorithm creates rules that describe how often events have occurred together. For |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 298 | ASTRA | It is the EARN service that allows users to retrieve documents from databases known by ASTRA throughout the network. Users can send their queries to the ASTRA server, which in turn |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 299 | Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line | A new modem technology, which converts existing twisted-pair telephone lines into access paths for multimedia and high-speed data communications. ADSL transmits more than 6 Mbps to a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 300 | Asymmetric Transmission | sends data at different rates in each direction, faster downstream than upstream. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 301 | Asynchronous | Transmission by individual bytes not related to specific timing on the transmitting end. A mode of data transmission in which characters are sent at varying time intervals. Contrast |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 302 | Asynchronous Balanced Mode | An HDLC (and derivative protocol) communication mode supporting peer-oriented point-to-point communications between 2 stations, where either station can initiate trans- |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 304 | Asynchronous Communication | A mode of communication between two parties, when the exchange does not require both to be active participant in the conversation at the same time, e.g. sending a letter. See |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 305 | Asynchronous Communications Interface Adapter | Chips that provide data formatting and control to RS-232 serial interfaces. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 306 | Asynchronous Connection | The type of connection a modem makes over a phone line, this connection is not synchronized by a mutual timing signal or clock. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 307 | Asynchronous Learning | Learning in which interaction between instructors and students occurs intermittently |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 309 | Asynchronous Response Mode | An HDLC communication mode involving one primary and at least one secondary, where either the primary or one of the secondaries can initiative transmissions. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 310 | Asynchronous Time Division Multiplexing | A method of sending information in which normal time division multiplexing (TDM) is used, except that time slots are allocated as needed rather than preassigned to specific |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 311 | Asynchronous Transfer Mode | A method for the dynamic allocation of bandwidth using a fixed-size packet |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 313 | AT | A modem command in Hayes Control Language, which is an abbreviation for ‘attention’. The ‘at’ string precedes most other strings in Hayes Control Language and alerts the modem that a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 314 | ATIC Lab (Adaptive Technology for Information and | Part of MIT Information Systems, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 316 | ATM Adaption Layer | Fully independent of the physical layer, this ATM layer converts higher-layer information, such as data packets, into ATM cells for transmission across the ATM network. At the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 317 | ATM Adaption Layer 5 | AAL5 has been adopted by the ATM forum for a class of service called high speed data transfer. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 318 | ATM Data Service Unit (DSU) | A DSU used to access an ATM network via high-speed serial interface (HSSI). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 319 | Atom | An evolving protocol for syndication and sharing of content. Atom is being developed as a succesor to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 321 | Atomic data | Data at its most granular and detailed level. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 322 | Attach | To include a file as an attachment to an e-mail message. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 323 | Attached Re Computer Network | A 2.5-Mbps token bus LAN developed in the late 1970s and early 1980s by Datapoint Corporation. ARCnet’s primary characteristics are simplicity, ease of use, and relative lack of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 324 | Attachment | Attachments are files that have been encoded in special ways to allow them to travel with an e-mail message. These encodings are usually done by e-mail programs themselves (such as |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 326 | Attachment Unit Interface | An IEEE 802.3 cable connecting the MAU (Media Access Unit) to the networked device. The term AUI also can be used to refer to the host back-panel connector to which an AUI cable |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 327 | Attempt | The submission of a biometric sample to a biometric system for identification or verification. A biometric system may allow more than one attempt to identify or verify. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 328 | Attenuation | The difference between transmitted and received power due to loss through equipment, lines or other transmission devices. Measured in decibels. The dissipation of the power of a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 329 | Attribute | The form of information items provided by the X.500 Directory Service. The directory information base consists of entries, each containing one or more attributes. Each attribute |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 330 | Attributes | The embellishments to a printed word or line of text, such as bold, italic or underlining. [See also Font.] In logical data modeling, attributes of an entity refer to the properties |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 331 | ATU | ADSL Transceiver Unit. The ADSL Forum uses terminology for DSL equipment based on the ADSL model for which the Forum was originally created. Thus, the DSL endpoint is known as the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 332 | ATU-C | ATU-Central Office. ATU Equipment placed in carriers central office in support of DSL-based services. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 333 | ATU-R | ATU-Remote. Equipment placed in customer location in support of DSL-based services. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 334 | AU Sounds | A type of audio format used in the World Wide Web. This is an audio format developed for Sun workstations and often used to distribute sound clips via the Web. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 335 | Audio | The term "audio" is synonymous with sound and is used more in TV production than in motion picture |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 337 | Audio IFF | A format developed by Apple Computer Inc. for storing high-quality sampled audio and musical instrument information. It is also used by SGI and several professional audio packages. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 338 | Audio Video Interface | A Microsoft technology. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 339 | Audio-Visual | AV Macintosh models have video-capture hardware and have sophisticated sound (and video) recording capabilities. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 340 | Audio/32KADPCM | CCITT Recommendation G.721 [G721] describes the algorithm recommended for conversion of a 64 KB/s A-law or u-law PCM channel to and from a 32 KB/s channel. The conversion is applied |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 341 | Austrian Academic Computer Network | The Austrian R&D network which provides services to all universities, some research centres, as well as educational, cultural and governmental sites in Austria. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 342 | Authentication | The process of identifying users before they are allowed access to computer systems or networks, typically by user IDs and passwords. The preferred biometric term is ‘Verification’. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 343 | Author Number | A combination of letters or figures or both, representing the name of an author in a call number. [See also Item Number.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 344 | Authoring | The generation of courseware for computer assisted learning usually using high-level programming languages. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 345 | Authoring Software | This term refers to software that enables the creation of multimedia or hypertext documents and presentations. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 346 | Authoring Tool | A software application or program used by trainers and instructional designers to create e- |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 348 | Authority Control | Means used to insure consistency in entering variant names, titles, spellings, etc, into a database. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 349 | Authority File | A collection of authority records. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 350 | Authority Frame Identifier | Specifies the format of the initial domain identifier (IDI) in the initial domain part (IDP) of an OSI NSAP. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 351 | Authority Zone | Associated with DNS, an authority zone is a section of the domain-name tree for which one name server is the authority. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 352 | Auto-correlation | A proprietary fingerscanning technique. Two identical finger images are overlaid in the auto-correlation process, so that light and dark areas, known as Moiré fringes, are created. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 353 | AUTOEXEC.BAT | Batch file that executes automatically when DOS is booted, setting user preferences. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 354 | Auto-magic | Something which happens pseudo-automatically, and is usually too complex to go into any further than to say it happens ‘auto-magically’. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 355 | Auto responder | An email message that is sent automatically in response to a message to another email address. Also known as Autobot or Infobot. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 356 | Automated | Operations that are performed automatically. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 357 | Automated Fingerprint Identification System | A highly specialised biometric system that compares a single finger image with a database of finger images. AFIS is predominantly used for law enforcement, but is also being put to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 358 | Automated Packet Recognition/Translation | Technology that allows a server to be attached to CDDI or FDDI without requiring the reconfiguration of applications or network protocols. APaRT recognizes specific data link layer |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 359 | Automated Teller Machine | Performs basic banking functions performed by a teller. Widily used for disprising cash. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 360 | Automatic Call Reconnect | Feature permitting automatic call rerouting away from a failing trunk line. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 361 | Automatic ID/Auto ID | An umbrella term for any biometric system or other security technology that uses automatic means to check identity. This applies to both one-to-one verification and one-to-many |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 362 | Automatic Retransmission Request | A communication feature where the receiver asks the transmitter to resend a block or frame because errors were detected by the receiver. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 363 | Automation | Changing from manual, paperbased methods of recording, organizing, and retrieving information to computerized systems. Circulation control and cataloging are among the most widely |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 364 | Autonomous Confederation | A group of autonomous systems (ASs) that trust their own network reachability/routing information more than they trust that received from other ASs associations or confederations. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 365 | Autonomous Switching | Feature on Cisco routers that provides faster packet processing by allowing the CiscoBus to switch packets independently without interrupting the system processor. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 366 | Autonomous System | Internet (TCP/IP) terminology for a collection of routers under a single administrative authority using a common Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) for routing packets.[ See also |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 367 | Autonomous System Boundary Router | ABR located between an OSPF autonomous system and a non-OSPF network. ASBRs run both OSPF and another routing protocol, such as RIP. ASBRs must reside in a nonstub OSPF area.[See |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 368 | Autonomous System Number | Autonomous System has means one of two things (a) a set of systems sharing a common routing protocol under common administration, or (b) the domain of a routing protocol. RFC 1009 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 369 | Available Bit Rate | QOS (Quality of Service) class defined by the ATM Forum for ATM networks. ABR is used for connections that do not require timing relationships between source and destination. ABR |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 370 | Availability | The percentage of time during scheduled hours that the system can be used. It also can refer to the days/week and the hours/day that the system is scheduled for use. See Service |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 371 | Avatar | This term refers to an interactive representation of a human in a virtual reality environment; term was |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 373 | Average Blending | When using texture blending, average is when the colours of the base map and the light map are blended together evenly. This helps when you don’t want the light map to brighten or |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 374 | Average Transparency | Colours are mixed together evenly to create a new colour. Sometimes called filter transparency. See Additive transparency and average blending. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 375 | Azimuth | One of the two rotational axes used by the astronomers, and also by RT3D programmers. Azimuth is similar to yaw—if you shake your head ‘no’, you are rotating in azimuth. Most engines |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 377 | B channel | In ISDN, a full-duplex, 64-Kbps channel employed for sending data to the user. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 378 | B.ISDN | Broadband ISDN. Communication standards being developed by the CCITT to handle high-bandwidth applications such as video. B.ISDN will use ATM technology over SONET-based transmission |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 379 | Back | In a World Wide Web browser the function of back is to bring you back to the previous document. In Lynx back (B in the toolbar) will bring you back to the first link on that page. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 381 | Back Channel | A channel used for sending data in opposite direction to the primary channel. Back channels are frequently used to send control information. Using back channels, information can |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 382 | Back Door | A feature built into a program by its designer, which allows the designer special privileges that are denied to the normal users of the program. A back door in an EXE or COM program, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 383 | Back End | A node or software program that provides services to a front end application. [See also Client and Server.] Populating the data warehouse with data from operational source systems. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 384 | Back Orifice | The latest version, Back Orifice 2000, can be used to take over virtually any Windows PC. But first the hacker must trick the PC's user into accepting a Trojan horse, a program that |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 385 | Back Pressure | Propagation of network congestion information upstream through an internetwork. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 386 | Backbone | A high-speed connection within a network that links shorter (usually slower) branch circuits. The term is relative, as a backbone in a small network will likely be much smaller than |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 389 | Backbone LAN | A transmission facility designed to interconnect two or more local area network segments. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 390 | Backbone Network | A network acting as a primary conduit for traffic that is often both from, and destined for, other networks. The main artery or link for a private or public network. Typically |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 391 | Backdoor Route | Route to a nonlocal network specified by an AGP that should be used by a border router. Cisco routers allow specification of backdoor routes using a variation of the network router |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 392 | Backface Culling | The process of removing the unseen polygons that face away from the viewer. This can dramatically speed up the rendering of a polygonal scene, since they take up valuable processing |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 393 | Background Application | An application that must wait on the foreground application to give up the CPU before it can execute. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 394 | Backpropagation | A training method used to calculate the weights in a neural net from the data. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 395 | Backup | The process of making an extra copy of programs and data, in case the original version gets lost or erased. Frequently files are backed up daily. Backup devices usually depend on the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 396 | Local Backup | Backing up critical files to diskettes. This approach is commonly used by people who keep their checkbooks and personal finance data on the computer. Programs like Quicken and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 397 | Internet Backup | You can also consider sending your files to another site for safekeeping. In case your hard disk crashes, you'll be able to download them from the safekeeping site. These are some |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 398 | Backup Device | One well known axiom in computer circles is that all hard drives fail, sometime. Backup devices save your data to a removeable tape or disk. Low cost tape drives are most popular, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 399 | Backup File | A compressed version of the original file and its locations created by Backup. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 400 | Backward Learning | Process through which information is surmised by assuming symmetrical network conditions. For example, assume node A receives a packet from node B through intermediate host C. A |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 401 | BAIT Files or Goat Files or Decoy Files or Victim | These are programs used by antivirus researchers to capture samples of viruses. This is done to make it easier to disassemble and understand the virus, because the infected ‘goat’ |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 402 | Balanced | A transmission line in which voltages on the two conductors are equal in magnitude, but opposite in polarity with respect to ground (with opposite polarities). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 403 | Balanced Configuration | In HDLC, a point-to-point network configuration with two combined stations. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 404 | Balun (Balanced, Unbalanced) | Device used for matching impedance between a balanced and an unbalanced line, usually twisted pair and coaxial cable. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 405 | Bandwidth | It is the capacity of the transmission medium stated in bits per second or as a frequency. The bandwidth of optical fiber is in gigabit or billion bits per second range, while |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 413 | Bandwidth reservation | In circuit-switched lines, a feature in which call bandwidth can be reserved for high-bandwidth or high-priority calls. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 414 | Bang Path | A series of machine names used to direct electronic mail from one user to another, typically by specifying an explicit UUCP path through which the mail is to be routed. [See also |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 415 | Base | This is the price for the standard version of the system without extra-cost options. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 416 | Base Map | When using texture blending, this is the main texture used on the polygon. One or more additional textures are blended with the base map to create a new texture. [See also Dark Map, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 417 | Base Memory | The first 640K of a computer’s memory. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 418 | Base table | In relational databases, tables are defined as temporary or base. Base tables are the tables that are created by the CREATE TABLE command and are used for persistent storage. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 419 | Baseband | A transmission medium through which digital signals are sent without complicated frequency shifting. In general, only one communication channel is available at any given time. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 420 | Baseband System | Transmits signals without converting them to another frequency and is characterized by its support of one frequency of signals. Ethernet-based networks inside campus buildings are |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 421 | Basic Encoding Rate | Rule for encoding data units described in ANS.1. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 422 | Basic Encoding Rules | Standard rules for encoding data units described in ASN.1. Sometimes incorrectly lumped under the term ASN.1, which refers only to the abstract syntax description language, not the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 423 | Basic In/Out System | This is a part of the computer firmware (built-in software that is part of the computer). The BIOS is responsible for testing the hardware at start-up and booting the operating |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 425 | Basic Rate Interface | An ISDN interface that provides each user with two 64 kbps bearer channels and one 16 kbps data channel (2B+D). The ISDN interface composed of two B channels and one D channel for |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 426 | BAT | Filename Extension for a Batch File. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 427 | Batch | File, which contains a number of commands. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 428 | Batch File | A set of DOS commands contained within a single text file. If this text file has a file suffix of .BAT, then by entering the file name at the DOS Prompt, the DOS commands will be |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 429 | Batch Scanning | Sequential scanning of multiple originals using previously defined, unique settings for each. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 430 | Batch windows | The time that is required to run the ETL process from beginning to end. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 431 | Battery | This refers to the chemistry of the battery. Nickel cadmium (NiCADs) have fallen out of favour. More popular now for their extended life are Lithium ion or nickel metal hydride |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 432 | Baud | A unit of measurement that denotes the number of bits that can be transmitted per second. For example, if a modem is rated at 9600 baud, it is capable of transmitting data at a rate |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 435 | Baud Rate | (Same as bps—Bits Per Second). A unit used to measure the number of data bits a modem can transfer in one second. The speed at which a modem can deal with information, measured in |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 436 | Bay Area Regional Research Network | A network serving the San Francisco Bay Area. BARRNet’s backbone is composed of four University of California campuses (Davis, Berkeley, Santa Cruz and San Francisco), Stanford |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 437 | Bayes’ Theorem | A theorem used to calculate the relative probability of an event given the probabilities of associated events. Used to calculate the probability of a disease given the frequencies of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 438 | Beacon | A signal from an IBM token ring device indicating a serious problem with the ring, such as a broken cable. Beacon frames contain the address of the assumed down station. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 439 | Because Its Time Network | A network of educational sites separate from Internet, but e-mail is freely exchanged between BITNET and Internet. Listservs, the most popular form of e-mail discussion groups |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 440 | Beginners All-purpose Symbolic Instruction Code | A high level programming language. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 441 | Behavioural Biometric | A biometric, which is characterised by a behavioural trait that is learnt and acquired over a period of time rather than a physiological characteristic. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 442 | Belgian Research Network | The BELnet research network is becoming the pre-eminent communications network and a gateway to the R&D world for the Belgian researcher. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 443 | Bell Operating Company | More commonly referred to as RBOC for Regional Bell Operating Company. The local telephone company in each of the seven US regions. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 444 | Bellcore | An organization that performs research and development on behalf of the RBOC. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 445 | Bellman-Ford Routing Algorithm | See Distance Vector Routing Algorithm. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 446 | Benign | Harmless. Used to describe a computer virus that does no damage when it executes (Contrast with malicious). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 447 | Berkeley Internet Name Domain | Implementation of a DNS server developed and distributed by the University of California at Berkeley. Many Internet hosts run BIND, and it is the ancestor of many commercial BIND |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 448 | Berkeley Software Distribution | Implementation of the UNIX operating system and its utilities developed and distributed by the University of California at Berkeley. ‘BSD’ is usually preceded by the version number |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 449 | Best Current Practices | The newest subseries of RFCs, which are written to describe Best Current Practices on the Internet. Rather than specifying a protocol, these documents specify the best ways to use |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 450 | Best practices | Processes and activities that have been shown in practice to be the most effective. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 451 | Best-effort Delivery | A characteristic of network systems that do not use a sophisticated acknowledgement system to guarantee reliable delivery of information. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 452 | Best-of-breed | Refers to the most effective, powerful, functional and optimal choice of product in each category of tool. As organizations choose tools, they must decide whether they wish to chose |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 453 | Beta | A version of an application that is made available prior to the official release for the purposes of testing. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 454 | Beta release | A version of the vendor’s software that is given to selected installations prior to the product becoming generally available. This version is often not free of defects |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 455 | Beta Version | A version of a program, which is available for use but is not the definitive version that the company who developed the product will be releasing as the final product. Usually, they |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 456 | Bevel | Adding a beveled effect to a graphic image gives the image a raised appearance by applying highlight colours and shadow colours to the inside and outside edges. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 457 | Bezier Spline | Another way to make a curved line with very few points. Named after the French mathematician Pierre Bézier (pronounced BEZ-ee-ay), these curves employ at least three points to define |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 458 | Bias | In a neural network, bias refers to the constant terms in the model. (Note that bias has a different meaning |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 460 | Bibliography | A list of selected items from the bibliographic universe, which bear some relationship to each other; arrangements vary depending on purpose. Also, the study of books as physical |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 461 | Bibliographic Access | The whole apparatus of access to records of all kinds textual, numerical, visual, musical, oral records, etc. in all kinds of storage media—books, journals, microform, computer |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 462 | Bibliographic Control | The identification and location of items of recorded information, described and listed in an orderly arrangement. The aim is to provide access to the bibliographic universe. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 463 | Bibliographic Description | The description of a bibliographic item, consisting of information, including title and statement of responsibility, edition, publication and manufacturing, physical description, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 464 | Bibliographic File | A collection of bibliographic records. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 465 | Bibliographic Instruction | In academic libraries, classes for students on how to use the library. In elementary and high schools, teaching library skills is more commonly used. [See also Information literacy]. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 466 | Bibliographic Record | The description of an item of recorded information, which includes all the data necessary to uniquely identify it, together with access points. For records entered into an online |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 467 | Bibliographic Utility | Organization which maintains an online bibliographic database to support library functions such as cataloging and interlibrary loan (e.g., OCLC, RLIN). Libraries can arrange to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 468 | Bifurcation | A branch made by more than one finger image ridge. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 469 | Big Bang (approach) | Delivering all the intended functions of the data warehouse at the same time. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 470 | Big-Endian | A format for storage or transmission of binary data in which the most significant bit (or byte) comes first. The term comes from ‘Gulliver’s Travels’ by Jonathan Swift. The |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 471 | Bilevel | A type of image containing only black and white pixels. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 472 | Bilinear Filtering | A method of MIP mapping. Since the texels are almost always larger or smaller than the screen pixels, it tries to find a MIP-map with texels that are closest in size to the screen |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 473 | Billboard | A texture that always maintains its alignment to the viewer, and is often scaled up and down to place it in the 3D scene. This is a common device to get more detail in objects |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 474 | Bimodal Virus | ‘Bi’ as a prefix is Latin for two. Bimodal viruses usually infect both boot records and files. They are more commonly called multipartite and sometimes bipartite. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 475 | Binary | A numbering system with only two values 0 (zero) and 1 (one), in which each digit (from right to left) represents an increasing power of 2. As the base b=2, there is need for b |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 477 | Binary-Coded Decimal | Coding decimal numbers in binary form so that they can be processed effectively by a personal computer. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 478 | Binary 0 | Has V >+3volts, binary 1 has V< –3volts. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 479 | Binary Digit | A single digit number in base-2, in other words, either a 1 or a zero. The smallest unit of computerized data. Bandwidth is usually measured in bits-per-second. A unit of measurement |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 481 | Binary File | It is a file that contains more than plain text i.e., photos, sounds, spreadsheet, etc. In contrast to an ASCII file which only contains plain text. A file that contains codes, which |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 483 | Binary Gateway Interface | It provides a method of running a program from a web server. Similar to a Common Gateway Interface (CGI). The BGI uses a binary DLL, which is loaded into memory when the server |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 484 | Binary Number System | A counting system used in computers consisting of only 1s and 0s (zeros). A number system consisting of only two digits, 0 and 1. This is ideal for representing patterns of bits, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 485 | Binary Space Partition | A BSP tree subdivides 3D space with 2D planes to help speed up sorting. It is sometimes used for additional purposes like collision detection. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 486 | Binary Synchronous Communication | A character-oriented datalink protocol for half-duplex applications. Usually referred to simply as bisync. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 487 | Bind | In computer programming, to bind is to make an association between two or more programming objects or value items for some scope of time and place. (1) When a program is compiled, to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 488 | BinHex | A file conversion format that converts binary files to ASCII text files (BINary HEXadecimal). A method for converting non-text files (non-ASCII) into ASCII. This is needed because |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 489 | Binning | It is a specialised technique used by some AFIS vendors. Binning is the process of classifying finger images according to finger image patterns. This predominantly takes place in law |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 490 | Biographical Heading | A subject heading used with biographies, which consists of the name of a class of persons with appropriate subdivisions (e.g., Physicians—California—Biography; Poets—American—19th |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 491 | Biometric | A measurable, physical characteristic or personal behavioural trait used to recognise the identity, or verify the claimed identity, of an enrolee. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 492 | Biometric Application | The use to which a biometric system is put. [See also Application Developer.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 493 | Biometric Data | The extracted information taken from the biometric sample and used either to build a reference template or to compare against a previously created reference template. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 494 | Biometric Engine | The software element of the biometric system, which processes biometric data during the stages of enrolment and capture, extraction, comparison and matching. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 495 | Biometric Identification Device | The preferred term is ‘Biometric System’. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 496 | Biometric Sample | Data representing a biometric characteristic of an end-user as captured by a biometric system. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 497 | Biometric System | It is an automated system capable of (a) capturing a biometric sample from an end user; (b) extracting biometric data from that sample; (c) comparing the biometric data with that |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 499 | Biometric Taxonomy | A method of classifying biometrics. For example, San Jose State University’s (SJSU) biometric taxonomy uses partitions to classify the role of biometrics within a given biometric |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 500 | Biometric Technology | A classification of a biometric system by the type of biometric. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 501 | Bipartite | Viruses usually infect both boot records and files. ‘Partite’ means broken into parts, with bipartite meaning broken into two parts— infecting two areas of a PC. (Also called |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 502 | Biphase Coding | Bipolar coding scheme originally developed for use in Ethernet. Clocking information is embedded into and recovered from the synchronous data stream without the need for separate |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 503 | Bipolar | A signalling method (used in T1/E1), which represents a binary ‘1’ by alternating positive and negative pulses, and binary ‘0’ by absence of pulses. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 504 | Birds of a Feather | Birds Of a Feather (flocking together) is an informal discussion group. It is formed, often ad hoc, to consider a specific issue and, therefore, has a narrow focus. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 505 | Bit Depth | Bit depth is used to denote how many colours a game or application needs to function properly, which is the number of colours plus other channels like alpha. The more colours, the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 506 | Bit Error Rate | The ratio of received bits that are in error. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 507 | Bit Error Rate Test/Tester | A device used to test the bit error rate of a communications circuit. The device checks for errors by comparing a received data pattern with a known transmitted data pattern to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 508 | Bit Interleaving/Multiplexing | A process used in time division multiple-xing where individual bits from different lower speed channels are combined (one bit from one channel at a time) into one continuous higher |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 509 | Bits Per Second | A measure of data transmission rate in serial transmission. Also used to describe hardware capabilities (for example, a 9600 bps modem). A measurement of how fast data is moved from |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 512 | Bit Pipe | Bit pipe is the name given to a telephone circuit used for transmission of packets in a data network. A ‘dumb’ bit pipe is a telephone circuit that provides only physical data layer |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 513 | Bit Rate | The speed at which bits are transmitted, usually expressed in bits per second (bps). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 514 | Bitmap | Another name for a texture. Generally used to describe an illustration or font file as being created by a predefined number of pixels. Where data is represented in the form of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 515 | Bitmap Graphics | Graphics format, which saves the colour of each pixel. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 516 | Bitmap Image | A graphic image stored as a specific arrangement of screen dots, or pixels. Web graphics are bitmap images. A graphic which is defined by specifying the colours of dots or pixels |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 517 | Bitmapped indexes | This is an alternate (to B-tree) indexing mechanism that involves building streams of bits where each bit is related to the column value for a single row of data in a table. The use |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 518 | BITnet FTP | Is a BITnet FTP server, allows users of Bitnet and associated networks to access FTP sites on the Internet. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 519 | Bit-oriented Protocol | Class of link-layer communication protocols that can transmit frames without regard for frame content. Compared with byte-oriented protocols, bit-oriented protocols are more |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 520 | Bits Per Pixel | It is almost the same as a bitdepth. But BPP is only the RGB component. It tells us how many colours are used in the RGB part of the image. For example, 16BPP = 216 = |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 521 | Bits Per Second | The number of bits passing a point every second. The transmission rate for digital information. The speed at which bits are transmitted over a communication medium. A measure of data |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 522 | Black Belt | An individual who supports the implementation and application of Six Sigma by way of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 524 | Black Hat | If you think of www as the wild, wild west, then you can guess on which side of the law the black |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 526 | Black Hole | Routing term for an area of the network where packets enter but do not emerge, due to observe conditions or poor system configuration within a portion of the network. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 527 | Black Point | A movable reference point that defines the darkest area in an image, causing all other areas to be adjusted accordingly. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 528 | Blackout Period | The period of time on a system before you may login again. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 529 | Blind Carbon Copy | The same as carbon copy, except that an address entered into this field of an e-mail header will not be visible to any of the recipients. This is a method used to send carbon copies |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 530 | Block | A contiguous set of bits or bytes that forms an identifiable unit of data. The term is used in database management, word processing, and network communication. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 534 | Block Multiplexer Channel | An IBM-style channel that implements the FIPS-60 channel, a US channel standard. This channel is also referred to as the OEMI channel and the 370 block multiplexer, or block mux, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 535 | Blocking | In a switching system, it is a condition in which no paths are available to complete a circuit. The term is also used to describe a situation in which one activity cannot begin until |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 536 | Blog | A journal that is available on the web. The activity of updating a blog is "blogging" and someone who |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 539 | Blogosphere or Blogsphere | The current state of all information available on blogs and/or the sub-culture of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 542 | Blue Book | The document describing a file transfer protocol used in the UK academic and research community which was implemented on a wide range of computers and which allowed file transfers |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 543 | Bluetooth | A universal, short-range radio link between all types of electronic devices, allowing them to wirelessly connect with each other. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 544 | BNC Connector | Standard connector used to connect IEEE 802.3]10Base 2 coaxial cable to a transceiver. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 545 | Boilerplate | Standard verbiage that can be used multiple times for the same purpose. Vendors respond to RFPs with boilerplate so they do not have to write the same material multiple times. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 546 | Bolt, Beranek, and Newman, Inc. | A Massachusetts company responsible for the development and maintenance of the ARPANET (and later, Internet) core gateway system. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 547 | Bomb | A virus which waits for an event to occur (such as a specified date) before executing its code. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 548 | Booking | The process of capturing inked finger images on paper, for subsequent processing by an AFIS. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 549 | Bookmark | A user’s reference to a document on the World Wide Web or other hypermedia system, usually in the form of a URL and a title or comment string. Most World Wide Web and gopher browsers |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 551 | Boolean | A method of searching a computerized database which uses the operators ‘and’, ‘or’, and ‘not’ to combine concepts. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 552 | Boolean Logic | A system for searching and retrieving information from computers by using and combining terms such as AND, OR, and NOT to sort data. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 553 | Boolean Operators | An operator of symbolic logic [named after the British logician George Boole (1815-1864)] to represent ‘logical operations, such as ‘and’, ‘or’, ‘not’ and ‘near’. These logical |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 554 | Boot | This term derives from ‘bootstrap loader’, a short program that was read in from cards or paper tape, or toggled in from the front panel switches. This program was always very short |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 556 | Boot-And-File | Viruses which are able to infect both files and boot sectors (the Tequila virus is one example). These are also called multi-partite viruses. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 557 | Boot Disk | Contains startup files and other programs to run a computer. There are several types of boot disks available, e.g., a standard floppy boot disk; an emergency boot disk or bootable |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 558 | Boot Programmable Read-Only Memory | A chip mounted on a printed circuit board used to provide executable boot instructions to a computer device. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 559 | Boot Record | It is a special place on a disk that contains the instructions necessary to start up a computer. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 560 | Boot Sector | This is the first sector of a logical disk (on floppy disks the boot sector coincides with the first physical sector). The boot sector contains a bootstrap program, which loads the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 561 | Boot Viruses or Boot Sector Viruses | Boot viruses infect the boot sector of a floppy disk and the boot sector or master boot record (MBR) of a hard disk. Master Boot Record (MBR) virus Boot viruses rely on the fact |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 562 | Booting | Starting up a computer via the power switch, which loads the system software into memory. Restarting the computer via a keystroke combination is called rebooting or a warm boot. [See |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 563 | Bootstrapping | Training data sets are created by re-sampling with replacement from the original training set, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 565 | BOOTP | The Bootstrap protocol, described in RFC 1542, is used for booting diskless nodes. [See also Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 566 | Border | The edge of a window is called the border. You can resize a window by clicking and dragging the border. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 567 | Border Gateway | A router that communicates with routers in other autonomous systems. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 568 | Border Gateway Protocol | The Border Gateway Protocol is an exterior gateway protocol defined in RFCs 1267,1268 and 1771. Its design is based on experience gained with EGP, as defined in STD 18, RFC 904, and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 569 | Bounce | The return of a piece of mail because of an error in its delivery. When e-mail is undeliverable it is sent back to you (bounce) so that you will know that it is not delivered, and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 570 | Bounding box | A simplified approximation of the volume of a model, used most commonly for collision detection. Although it is commonly a box, it can be any shape. If not a box, it is more properly |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 571 | Boundary function | A capability of SNA subarea nodes to provide protocol support for attached peripheral nodes. Typically found in IBM 3745 devices. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 572 | BPR | Acronym for Business Process Re-engineering; a quality management methodology in which large |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 574 | Bridge | A dedicated computer used to connect two different networks. It uses data link layer address (i.e., ethernet physical addresses) to determine if packets should be passed between the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 575 | Bridge-group | Cisco bridging subcommand that assigns network interfaces to a particular spanning-tree group. Bridge-groups may be IEEE 802.1-or DEC-compatible. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 576 | Bridge Number | A number that identifies each bridge in a route-bridge LAN. Parallel bridges must have a different bridge number. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 577 | Bridge Protocol Data Units | A spanning-tree protocol hello packet. [See also PDU.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 578 | Bridge/Router | A device that can provide the functions of a bridge, router or both concurrently. Bridge/router can route one or more protocols, such as TCP/IP and/or XNS, and bridge all other |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 579 | Bridged Tap | Any part of the local loop that is not in the direct talking path between the Central Office and the service user. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 580 | Bridges, Bridging Technology | Network devices that promiscuously receive protocol data units (PDUs namely packets, data-grams, or cells) on one network interface, and forward the data unit to one or more other |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 581 | British Telecom Network | Not to be confused with IBDNS, which is also operated by BT. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 582 | British Telecommunications | A commercial company which provides a telephone system in the UK. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 583 | Broadband | A transmission medium capable of supporting a wide range of frequencies. It can carry multiple signals by dividing the total capacity of the medium into multiple, independent |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 584 | Broad Classification | A classification scheme that does not provide for minute-subdivision of topics. Arrangement of works in conformity with the provisions of such a scheme. [See also Close |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 585 | Broadband internet | Broadband Internet access, often shortened to "broadband Internet" or just "broadband" is a high data-transmission rate internet connection. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 586 | Broadband Network | General term for a computer network capable of high-bandwidth transmission rated. [See also ATM.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 587 | Broadband System | A broadband system is capable of transmitting many different signals at the same time without interfering with one another. For local area networks, a broadband system is one that |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 588 | Broadband Transmission | Communication in which the wire or line can transmit several data streams at the same time. One example is the coaxial cable used in television systems, which carries multiple |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 589 | Broadcast | A packet whose special address results in its being heard by all hosts on a computer network. A special type of multicast packet, which all nodes on the network are always willing to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 590 | Broadcast Address | An address reserved for sending to all stations on a network simultaneously. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 591 | Broadcast Search | Propagation of a search request to all network nodes if the location is unknown to the requester. [See also Directed Search.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 592 | Broadcast Storm | An incorrect packet broadcast onto a network that causes multiple hosts to respond all at once, typically with equally incorrect packets which causes the storm to grow exponentially |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 593 | Brouter | A device, which bridges some packets (i.e., forwards based on datalink layer information) and routes other packets (i.e., forwards based on network layer information). The |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 594 | Browse | To move through a database, examining its records and fields. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 595 | Browser | A client program (software) that is used to look at various kinds of Internet resources (or web). (See also Web browser). A program that enables you to access |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 601 | Browser Window | The part of the browser’s display where the contents of a document are displayed; in graphical browsers, the window can be scrolled back and forth through a document. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 602 | B-Spline | A way to make a curved line with very few points. It has control points with equal weights to adjust the shape of the curve. The control points rarely reside on the curve itself, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 603 | Buffer | A storage device. Commonly used to compensate for differences in data rates or event timing when transmitting from one device to another. Also used to remove jitter. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 605 | Buffer Overflow | A common and easy-to-exploit vulnerability on many operating systems. Applications and operating systems store commands in short-term memory, called buffer memory. If the OS or |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 606 | Bug | Programmers use the word bug to talk about errors or problems in a program. Debugging is a method of testing a program and removing the bugs, making the program work correctly (as |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 609 | Build | To assemble an application by creating and integrating hardware and software components. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 610 | Bulletin Board System | A computerized meeting and announcement system that allows people to carry on discussions, upload and download files and make announcements without the people being connected at the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 616 | Bus | A transmission path or channel. A bus is typically an electrical connection with one or more conductors, where all attached devices receive all transmission at the same time. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 617 | Bus and Tag Channel | The original IBM channel developed in the 1960s incorporating copper multiwire technology. Capable of operating at 4.5 Mbps with a distance limitation of 125 meters. [See parallel |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 618 | Bus Architecture | A bus is the electrical connection the central processor uses to communicate with disk drives, video adapters, and other internal devices. Current PCs use two different bus designs. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 619 | Bus Topology | Linear LAN architecture in which transmissions from network stations propagate the length of the medium and are received by all other stations. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 620 | Business Analyst | The person whose job it is to analyze the operation and data of the business to develop a business solution. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 621 | Business Drivers | The tasks, the information and the people that promote and support the goals of the enterprise. The requirements that describe what the business wants (e.g., more quality data, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 622 | Business Graphics | Graphics applications, which summarize numerical data in the form of graphs and charts. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 623 | Business intelligence (BI) | Normally describes the result of in-depth analysis of detailed business data. Includes database and application technologies, as well as analysis practices. Sometimes used |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 624 | Business process engineering | The analysis and re-design of business processes and associated technology systems, with the goal to eliminate or reduce redundancy and streamline interactions. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 625 | Business rules | Policies by which a business is run. The business rules contain constraints on the behavior of the business. The assertions that define data (e.g., the state code business rule might |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 626 | Business sponsor | Manger or executive who acts as visionary for the data warehouse program and can articulate how the data warehouse can drive business improvements. Establishes the “need, pain, or |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 627 | Business timestamp | A business timestamp is a timestamp that is generated by a business event and not a result of a systems operation. Examples are sales_timestamp, order_timestamp, shipment_date, etc. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 628 | Business users | Personnel reporting to the line-of-business who access the data warehouse by writing reports and queries or who use the reports and queries generated by others. [See also users] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 629 | Buy | To procure applications, hardware components, or software components from an outside vendor. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 630 | By The Way | A shorthand appended to a comment written in an online forum. Common abbreviation used in mail and news. [See also IMHO.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 631 | Bypass Mode | Operating mode on FDDI and token ring networks where an interface has deinserted from the ring. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 632 | Byte | A group of bits as needed to represent a single character in a given computer installation. In today’s computers, one expects 8 bits to be used for a single character (8 bit bytes); |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 635 | Byte-oriented Protocol | Class of data-link communications protocols that use a specific character from the user character set to delimit frames. These protocols have largely been replaced by bit-oriented |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 638 | Byte Reversal | The process of storing numeric data with the least-significant byte first. Used for integers and addresses on devices with Intel microprocessors. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 640 | C | Powerful high-level programming language, modularity of which encourages the development of structured programs, but also, speed of which approaches that of assembly language. These |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 641 | C++ | High-level programming language based on the C programming language. Extends C to include concepts of object-oriented programming. The most widely used programming language today. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 642 | C Class | Moniker for the various executive-level personnel at a company whose titles begin with Chief and end |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 644 | C shell | A user interface for those whose Internet providers offer only character-based, command-line access to a Unix system (hence the term ‘shell account’). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 645 | Cable | A transmission medium of wires or optical fibers wrapped in a protective cover. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 646 | Cable Binder | In the telephone network, multiple insulated copper pairs are bundled together into a cable called a cable binder. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 647 | Cable Modem | Modem designed for use on TV coaxial cable circuit. A device that allows computer data to be t |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 649 | Cable TeleVision | Formerly called Community Antenna Television, a communication system where multiple channels of programming material are transmitted to home using broadband coaxial cable. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 650 | Cache | An area of RAM reserved for data recently read from disk, which allows the processor to quickly retrieve it if it’s needed again. Storage space for temporary information. An area of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 654 | Cache files | Memory that holds copies of recently accessed data. Several Web browsers keep recently viewed pages in a cache so users can return to them quickly without suffering network delays. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 655 | Caching | A process in which frequently accessed data is kept on hand, rather than constantly being accessed from the place where it is stored. As related to caching reports, this involves |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 656 | California Education and Research Foundation | TCP/IP-based network in Southern California connecting many higher-education centers designed to advance science and education through communications. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 657 | California State University Network | A packet-switched network that connects the 22 campuses of the CSU system. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 658 | Call | A telephone call, email, fax or other help request that is logged and trackable via a trouble ticket. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 659 | Call Center | An operation that provides information, products, and services by telephone or electronic means. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 661 | Call For Votes | Initiates the voting period for a Usenet newsgroup. At least one (occasionally two or more) e-mail address is customarily included as a repository for the votes. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 662 | Call Management System | Also known by the acronym CMS, Software and other systems that work with |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 664 | Call Number | Set of symbols, which identifies an item in a library collection and indicates its location. Usually, a combination of classification and author designations. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 665 | Call Priority | Priority assigned to each origination port in circuit-switched systems. This priority also defines which calls can or cannot be placed during a bandwidth reservation. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 666 | Call Setup Time | The time required to establish a switched call between DTE devices. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 667 | Call Waiting | Call waiting is a service offered by the phone company that will notify you if you have a second call coming in on your phone line. The notification is a ‘beep’ which will often |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 668 | Camera | In RT3D, this is another word for the viewer’s view into the scene. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 669 | Campaign Analysis | Campaign analysis provides a measurement of responsiveness to campaigns by households and by individual customers. It provides the ability to measure the effectiveness of individual |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 670 | CAMPUS 2000 | An electronic mail and computer conferencing facility from the English National Board. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 671 | Campus Area Network | A network, which encompasses interconnectivity between floors of a building and/or buildings in a confined geographic area such as a campus or industrial park. Such networks would |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 672 | Campus Wide Information System | A CWIS makes information and services publicly available on campus via kiosks, and makes interactive computing available via kiosks, interactive computing systems and campus |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 673 | Capacitance | A finger image capture technique that senses an electrical charge, from the contact of ridges, when a finger is placed on the surface of a sensor. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 674 | Capture | The method of taking a biometric sample from the end user. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 675 | Carbon Copy | Adapted from the carbon copy which was used with manual typewriters and a sheet of carbon paper to make a copy of a letter or document which could be sent to another person. When |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 676 | Carbon Metal Oxide Semiconductor | An area of memory in 286 or higher PCs which stores information about the system configuration. Despite rumours, viruses cannot live in CMOS, as it is too small an area of memory and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 677 | Card | A hardware circuit board (often inside the system unit), which lets you add other capabilities to your computer. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 678 | Caret | The caret symbol is ^. On the Internet this symbol is frequently employed to represent the Control key. Thus, ^X means Control X. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 679 | Carrier | (1) A continuous signal at a fixed frequency capable of being modulated with a second (information carrying) signal. Signal indicating that a communication connection has been |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 680 | Carrier Detect | An interface signal defined in EIA RS-232-C from terminal (DTE) towards the data communication equipment (DCE), to indicate that the data channel has been switched to the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 681 | Carrier Sense Multiple Access With Collision | The access method used by local area networking technologies such as Ethernet. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 682 | Carrierless Amplitude & Phase Modulation | A transmission technology for implementing a Digital Subscriber Line (DSL). The transmited and received signals are modulated into two wide-frequency bands using Passband modulation |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 683 | CART | Classification And Regression Trees. CART is a method of splitting the independent variables into small |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 685 | Cartesian Coordinates | The most common way of describing and delineating 3D space. Space is delineated by three vectors at right angles to each other, labelled by longtime convention as X, Y and Z, and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 686 | Cartographic Material | Any material representing the whole or part of the earth or any celestial body at any scale; cartographic materials include, two- and three-dimensional maps and plans (including maps |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 687 | Cartridge | A removable container that contains some sort of magnetic disk or optical disk, which can be inserted into a slot in a computer, printer or other hardware device. Some examples are |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 688 | Cascade | To resize and layer windows on the desktop so each title bar is visible. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 689 | Cascading Menu | A menu that opens when you highlight a menu item that is followed by a right-pointing triangle. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 690 | Cascading Style Sheets (CSS) | An extension to HTML, which allows style features (colour, font size, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 693 | Case-based Reasoning | An approach to computer reasoning that uses knowledge from a library of similar cases, rather than by accessing a knowledge base containing more generalised knowledge, such as a set |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 694 | Case-dependent | Software differentiation between upper and lower case characters. Also referred to as case sensitive. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 695 | Case-sensitive | A system in which lower-case letters are not considered equivalent to upper-case ones. In a case-sensitive system, ‘dog’, ‘Dog’, and ‘DOG’ are all considered different words. In a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 696 | Cast Shadow | A cast shadow is similar to a drop shadow with added emphasis on perspective. Cast shadows can be rotated, stretched, and skewed to create a realistic 3-D effect. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 697 | Catalog | A file of bibliographic records, created according to specific and uniform principles of construction and under the control of an authority file, which describes the materials |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 698 | Cataloging Copy | A cataloging record prepared by an agency to be used by other agencies or libraries. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 699 | Cataloging Record | A basic unit in a catalog, containing cataloging data —bibliographic description, subject headings, and call number—of a particular item. The record may be displayed in different |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 700 | Categorical Data | Categorical data fits into a small number of discrete categories (as opposed to continuous). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 702 | Category 5 | Specifications from EIA/TIA-570 refer to CAT5 and grade UTP5 unshielded twisted pair wiring. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 703 | Catenet | A network in which hosts are connected to networks with varying characteristics, and the networks are interconnected by gateways (routers). The Internet is an example of a catenet. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 704 | CATP | (Caffeine Access Transport Protocol); Common method of moving caffeine across Wide Area Networks such as the Internet CATP was first used at the Binary Cafe in Cybertown and quickly |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 705 | Causal Reasoning | A form of reasoning based on following cause to effect, in contrast to other methods in which the connection is weaker, such as probabilistic association. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 706 | Cavity Virus | A virus that overwrites a part of the host file. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 707 | CCITT V Series | Several international modem standards set by the Consultative Committee for International Telephony and Telegraphy. The standards help buyers make sure modems they buy will |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 708 | CCNA | Acronym for Cisco Certified Networking Associate; a certification commonly needed by technical |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 710 | CCNP | Acronym for Cisco Certified Networking Professional; a certification commonly needed by technical support personnel who work on Cisco equipment. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 711 | Cd | DOS command to switch to another directory. If a complete path to the directory is provided, it goes there; if not, it assumes that it is moving to a subdirectory of the current |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 712 | CDN | Acronym for Controlled directory number, a special directory number that allows calls arriving at the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 714 | CD-R or Compact Disk-Recordable | Refers to computer peripheral disk drives that allow the user to record |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 716 | CD-ROM Drive | A CD-ROM drive is required to enable computers to read CD-ROMs. The power of the CD-ROM drive is determined by its speed. There are various speeds available on the martket today. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 717 | CD-RW | Compact Disc Re-Writable format these are blank compact disks that can be recorded over and over |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 719 | Cell | The basic unit for ATM switching and multiplexing. Each cell consists of a five-byte header and 48 bytes of payload. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 720 | Cell relay | Network technology based on the use of small, fixed-size packets, or cells. Cells contain identifiers that specify the data stream to which they belong. Because the cells are of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 721 | Cellular Radio | A technology that uses radio transmissions to access the phone-company network. Service is provided in a particular cell (area) by a low-power transmitter. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 722 | Central Office | A local telephone company office to swich all local loops in a given area connect and in which circuit switching of subscriber lines occurs. In North America, a CO location houses |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 723 | Central Processing Unit | A logic chip that executes instructions passed to it. The CPU interprets and executes the actual computing tasks. The ‘brain’ of the computer, which performs most computing tasks. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 724 | Centralized Cataloging | The preparation of cataloging records by one agency to be used by other agencies or libraries. [See Shared Cataloging.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 725 | Centrex | An improved PBX that also provides direct inward dialing and automatic number identification of the calling PBX. Refers to a specific AT&T telephone system product. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 726 | CEO | Chief Executive Officer |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 727 | CERN | Particle physics institute located in Geneva, Switzerland, originators of the World Wide Web. Conseil Européan pour la Recherche Nucléaire. The European Particle Physics Laboratory. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 728 | Certificate Authority | An issuer of Security Certificates used in SSL connections. [See also Security Certificate, SSL.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 729 | Certification | (1) The process of testing a biometric system to ensure that it meets certain performance criteria. Systems that meet the testing criteria are said to have passed and are certified |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 730 | Certification of librarians | Often confused with licensure; in New Jersey, public librarians and educational media specialists must be ‘certified’ by the Department of Education, i.e., licensed to practice, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 731 | Cgi-bin | The most common name of a directory on a web server in which CGI programs are stored. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 732 | CHAID | An algorithm for fitting categorical trees. It relies on the chi-squared statistic to split the data into small |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 734 | Chain | A series of subject terms each from a different level of hierarchy, arranged either from general to specific or vice versa. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 735 | Chaining | SNA concept in which RUs (request/response units) are grouped together for the purpose of error recovery. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 736 | Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol | A security feature that prevents unauthorized access to devices running the feature (such as Cisco communication servers). CHAP is only supported on lines using PPP encapsulation. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 737 | Champion | The (high level) person in the organization who supports and promotes the data warehouse, its use, and those who developed and maintain it. A person with sufficient clout in the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 738 | Channel | A communication path. Multiple channels can be multiplexed over a single cable in certain environments. The term is also used to describe the specific path between large computers |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 748 | Channels | The method/means by which a product or service is marketed, ordered, and delivered. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 749 | Channel Attached | Pertaining to attachment of devices directly by data channels (I/O channels) to a computer. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 750 | Channel Bank | Equipment that connects multiple voice channels into a high-speed link, by performing voice digitization and Time Division Multiplexing. Generally voice is converted to a 64 kbps |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 751 | Channel Service Unit | User-owned equipment installed on customer premises at the interface to phone company lines to terminate a DDS or T1 circuit. CSUs provide network protection and diagnostic |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 752 | Channel Service Unit/Data Service Unit | A digital interface unit that connects end user equipment to the local digital telephone loop. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 753 | CHAOSnet | A network protocol developed at MIT and used primarily by the artificial intelligence (AI) community. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 754 | Character | Any coded representation of a letter, digit, or special symbol. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 755 | Characteristic Impedance | The termination impedance of an electrically uniform transmission line. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 756 | Characteristic of Division | See Facet |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 757 | Charge Back | The process of assessing and assigning the costs of a system to the departments that use it. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 758 | Charge-Coupled Device | High-density memory devices whose semiconductor units are linked in such a way that the electrical output of one unit becomes the input of the next. An integrated, micro-electrical |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 759 | Chat | A term used to describe real-time conferencing. IRC, WebChat, Prodigy and AOL chat rooms are all examples of chat. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 760 | Chat Room | A place on the Internet where people go to ‘chat’ with other people in the room. Actually there are thousands of these chat rooms. The rooms are usually organized by topic. For |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 761 | Cheapernet | Industry term used to refer to the IEEE 802.3 10Base2 standard on the cable specified in that standard. Thinnet, which is also used to describe this standard, specifies a less |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 762 | Chebucto Community Net | A community-based Information Service Provider (ISP) located in Halifax, Nova Scotia. The CCN (at http //www.chebucto.ns.ca) has over five thousand users and two hundred information |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 763 | Checkbox | A small square box which, when clicked on, displays a cross or tick to show that an option has been |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 765 | Checksum | A computed value, which is dependent upon the contents of a packet. This value is sent along with the packet when it is transmitted. The receiving system computes a new checksum |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 766 | Check totals | “Check totals” is a loose term used to describe the total sum of the values in an additive column of data across all rows of data that are within scope. This total is usually |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 767 | Chief Source of Information | The source of bibliographic data to be given preference as the source from which a bibliographic description (or portion thereof) is prepared. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 768 | Child | Any node in a hierarchy that is attached to another node. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 769 | Chip sockets | Most of the microchips used in a computer are soldered directly to the circuit boards but |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 771 | Chi-squared | A statistic that assesses how well a model fits the data. In data mining, it is most commonly used |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 773 | Chocolate | A crucial computer term. Chocolate is what you eat when you get frustrated with web functions such as searching for specific items, writing web pages, or just being a Newbie. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 774 | Choke Packet | Packet sent to a transmitter to tell it that congestion exists and that it should reduce its sending rate. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 775 | Chromakey | A 1-bit transparency. In the film & video worlds, chromakey means to ‘key’ to a particular colour and make it transparent, like with bluescreening. In RT3D, it means to make a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 776 | Chronological Subdivision | A subdivision showing the period or span of time treated in a work or the period during which the work appeared. (Also called period subdivision). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 777 | Churn | The term used to describe turnover in subscribers of various media such as magazines, newspapers, cable, and videotex services. Churn is an important measure of a medium’s success in |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 778 | CIE | The ‘Commission Internationale de l’Eclairage’. An organization that has established a number of widely used colour definitions. [See also IP Address, Network Address, Supernet.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 779 | CIO | Chief Information Officer |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 780 | Circuit | Circuit refers to a logical stream of data set up to flow through two or more network nodes. A single physical link between these nodes may have several virtual circuits flowing |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 781 | Circuit-switched | A type of network connection which establishes a continuous electrical connection between calling and called users for their exclusive use until the connection is released. Ericsson |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 782 | Circuit-switched Network | Network that establishes a physical circuit temporarily, until it receives a disconnect signal. A communication network that connects parties by establishing a dedicated circuit |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 783 | Circuit Switching | A communications paradigm, in which a dedicated communication path is established between two hosts, and on which all packets travel. The telephone system is an example of a circuit |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 784 | Circular Infection | It occurs when 2 viruses infect the boot sector of a disk, rendering the disk unbootable. Removing one virus will generally cause a re-infection with the other virus. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 785 | Circulation | Function of lending library materials to borrowers. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 786 | Cisco | Cisco is the largest maker of TCP/IP routers in the world. On major Internet backbones, large Cisco routers are almost invariably used—although Bay Networks has begun to make some |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 787 | Cisco 3000 | Cisco two-port multiprotocol router with Flash memory in a fixed-configuration system. Uses a 20-Mhz 68EC030 microprocessor. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 788 | Cisco 4000 | Cisco router/bridge with NVRAM and Flash memory three interface modules, and a 68030 CPU that runs at 25 Mhz. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 789 | Cisco Bus | Half-a-gigabit-per-second proprietary bus technology developed and marketed for high-speed switching by Cisco Systems, Inc. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 790 | Cisco Protocol Translator | Cisco product, based on its C chassis, that translates (acts as a gateway) between diverse protocols. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 791 | Cisco Works | A comprehensive set of SNMP-based applications for monitoring, administering, and mananging Cisco internetworks. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 792 | Citation | A note referring to a work from which information is quoted or alluded to. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 793 | Citation Order | The order by which the facets or elements of a compound or complex subject are arranged in a subject heading or class number. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 794 | Citizen’s Charter | A government programme to improve and modernise the delivery of services to the public, it states the rights of citizens and the minimum standards to be provided. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 795 | Claim of Identity | When a biometric sample is submitted to a biometric system to verify a claimed identity. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 796 | Claimant | A person submitting a biometric sample for verification or identification whilst claiming a legitimate or false identity. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 797 | C-LAN | Frame relay public network in Italy. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 798 | ClariNews | The fee-based Usenet news feed available from ClariNet Communications. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 799 | Class | noun A group of objects exhibiting one or more common characteristics, usually identified by a specific notation in a classification scheme. A collection of objects that share |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 800 | Class C Network | A class C network in the IP addressing scheme of things can accommodate 256 hosts. A class A network holds 16 million hosts and a class B network 65,000 hosts. Under IPv4 only 128 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 801 | Class Entry | A subject entry consisting of a string of hierarchically related terms beginning with the broadest term and leading to the subject in question, in the form of a chain. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 802 | Class management tools | Applications or modules that can be used to facilitate the administration of a class f for instructional staff, enhance collaboration and communication among students |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 804 | Class Number | Notation that designates the class to which a given item belongs. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 805 | Class of Service | An indication of how an upper-layer protocol wants a lower-layer protocol to treat its messages. In subarea routing, COS definitions are used by subarea nodes to determine the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 806 | Classed Catalog | A subject catalog consisting of class entries arranged logically according to a systematic scheme of classification. Also called Class catalog; Classified subject catalog; Systematic |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 807 | Classification | Refers to the data mining problem of attempting to predict the category of categorical data by |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 809 | Classification System | A logical system for the arrangement of know-ledge. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 810 | Classification Tree | A decision tree that places categorical variables into classes. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 811 | Classificationist | A person who designs or develops a classification system or one who engages in the philosophy and theory of classifi-cation. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 812 | Classifier | A person who applies a classification system to a body of knowledge or a collection of documents. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 813 | Classify | To arrange a collection of items according to a classification system. To assign a class number to an individual item. Also called Class. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 814 | Classless Inter-domain Routing | A proposal, set forth in RFC 1519, to allocate IP addresses so as to allow the addresses to be aggregated when advertised as routes. It is based on the elimination of intrinsic IP |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 815 | Cleaning (Cleansing) | Refers to a step in preparing data for a data mining activity. Obvious data errors are |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 817 | Clear Channel Transmission | Clear channel transmission defines the amount of data occupied by a single user’s network application. Clear channel gigabit TCP/IP transmission over a wide area network is not yet a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 818 | Clear To Send | A modem interface control signal from the data communications equipment (DCE) indicating to the data terminal equipment (DTE) that it may begin data transmission. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 819 | Click | The act of pushing down and releasing the mouse button. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 820 | Clickable Image | Any image that has instructions embedded in it so that clicking on it initiates some kind of action or result. On a web page, a clickable image is any image that has a URL embedded |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 821 | Clickstream | Series of page visits and associated clicks executed by a Web site visitor when navigating through the site. Analysis of clickstream data can help a company understand which |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 822 | Client | A computer system or process that requests a service of another computer system or process. A workstation requesting the contents of a file from a file server is a client of the file |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 825 | Client/Server | A distributed system model of computing that brings computing power to the desktop, where users (‘clients’) access resources from servers. This refers to a common method of working |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 826 | Client/Server Relationship | A client application is one that resides on a user’s computer, but sends requests to a remote system to execute a designated procedure using arguments supplied by the user. The |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 827 | Client-Server Architecture | An information-passing scheme that works as follows a client program, such as Mosaic, sends a request to a server. The server takes the request, disconnects from the client and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 829 | Client/Server Computing | Term used to describe distributed processing (computing) network systems in which transaction responsibilities are divided into two parts client (front end) and server (back end). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 830 | Client-server Model | A common way to describe the paradigm of many network protocols. Examples include the name-server/name-resolver relationship in DNS and the file-server/file-client relationship in |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 831 | Clinical Guideline | An agreed set of steps to be taken in the management of a clinical condition. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 832 | Clip Art | A library of pictures, photographs or images, which can be used in any of your documents and/or presentations. Most clip art is free, but there is some that you must purchase from a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 833 | Clipboard | The clipboard is a special area of memory used to temporarily hold information that is to be copied or cut from one location to be placed in another location. The clipboard holds |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 835 | Clipping | The conversion of all tones lighter than a specified grey level to white, or darker than a specified grey level to black, causing loss of detail. This also applies to individual |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 836 | Clipping Plane | A clipping plane throws away polygons on the other side of it. This can dramatically speed up the rendering of a polygonal scene, since unneeded polygons can take up valuable |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 837 | Clock | A shorthand term for the (s) of timing signals used in synchronous transmission. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 838 | Clone or Compatible | A computer that is similar to the IBM PCs. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 839 | Close | A command that lets you leave a Windows program. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 840 | Close Button | A button (an "X") located at the right end of the title bar that you click to close a window. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 841 | Close Classification | A classification providing for minute subdivision of topics. Also called Bibliographic classification. Arrangement of works in conformity with the provisions of such a scheme. [See |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 842 | Closed-loop Control | Completely automated system control method in which no part of the control system need be given over to humans. [See also Open-loop control.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 843 | Closed-Set Identification | When an unidentified end-user is known to be enrolled in the biometric system. Opposite of ‘Open-Set Identification’. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 844 | Cluster | A configuration in which two or more terminals are connected to a single line or single modem. This is the unit of disk storage used by the operating system. A cluster consists of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 845 | Cluster Controller | Generally, an intelligent device that provides the connections for a cluster of terminals to a data link. In SNA, a programmable device that controls the I/O operations of attached |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 846 | Cluster Virus | A virus that infects disks or diskettes by modifying their file systems so that every program file entry points to the virus code. The virus code only exists in one physical place on |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 847 | Clustering | Clustering algorithms find groups of items that are similar. For example, clustering could be used |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 849 | CMIP Over TCP | An effort to use the OSI network management protocol to manage TCP/IP networks. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 850 | CMM | Capability Maturity Model Developed by the Software Engineering Institute (SEI), the CMM is a representation of the goals, methods, and practices needed for the industrial practice |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 851 | CMYK | Cyan, magenta, yellow and black are the base colours used in printing processes. CMY are the primary colourants of the subtractive colour model. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 852 | CNRI | The Corporation for National Research Initiatives (CNRI) was founded in the 1980s by Robert Kahn (co-author with Vint Cerf of the TCP/IP protocol) as a civilian Defense Advanced |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 853 | Coalition for Networked Information | A consortium formed by American Research Libraries, CAUSE, and EDUCOM (no, they are not acronyms) to promote the creation of, and access to, information in networked environments in |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 854 | COAX | Coaxial cable is most often used in the home to attach to the back of a TV set to bring incoming cable TV signals to the set. The data capacity of coax can exceed 10 megabits per |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 855 | Coaxial Cable | A cable consisting of a hollow outer cylindrical conductor that surrounds a single inner wire conductor. Two types of coaxial cable are currently used for local area networks 50-ohm |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 856 | Code | In medical terminological systems, the unique numerical identifier associated with a medical concept, which may be associated with a variety of terms, all with the same meaning. [See |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 857 | Code Division Multiple Access | Is a mobile phone system, which allows you to use the same handset for mobile and local calls. Handset can be used in your home. When it is outside the home, it is a mobile unit. In |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 858 | Coded Mark Inversion | A CCITT line coding technique specified for the fourth-level CCITT multiplex signal. Also used in DS-1 level systems. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 859 | Coder/Decoder | Equipment to convert between analog and digital information format. It may also provide digital information format and digital compression functions. A device that typically uses |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 860 | Coding | Electrical techniques used to convey binary signals. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 861 | COE | Common Operating Environment, or the standard configuration for all computers/systems in a network to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 863 | Coextensive Heading | A heading that represents precisely (not more generally or specifically than) the subject content of a work. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 864 | Cognitive Science | A multi-disciplinary field studying human cognitive processes, including their relationship to technologically embodied models of cognition. [See also Artificial Intelligence.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 865 | Cold Boot | When a computer is switched off for sometime, and booted again, it is called a ‘cold boot’. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 866 | Cold Fusion Markup Language | An extension of HTML. A proprietary markup language used by Allaire’s Cold Fusion to link HTML pages to database servers. CFML goes beyond database management to fill some important |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 867 | Collaboration technology | Software, platforms, or services that enable people at different locations to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 869 | Collaborator | One who works with one or more associates to produce a work; all may make the same kind of contribution, as in the case of shared responsibility, or they may make different kinds of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 870 | Collection | (1) Three or more independent works or parts of works by one author published together. (2) Two or more independent works or parts of works by more than one author published together |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 871 | Collection Management | Includes setting and coordinating selection policies; assessing user needs and studying use; selection, evaluation, and weeding; planning for resource sharing. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 872 | Collective Biography | A work consisting of two or more life histories. [See also Individual biography.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 873 | Collective Title | A title proper that is an inclusive title for an item containing several works. [See also Uniform Title.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 874 | Collision Detection | A constant drain on a 3D game engine, the systematic check to see if any intersections are occurring between significant polygons, such as my player’s sword and your player’s neck. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 875 | Co-location | Most often used to refer to having a server that belongs to one person or group physically located on an Internet-connected network that belongs to another person or group. Usually |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 876 | Colour Cast | An overall colour imbalance in an image, as if viewed through a coloured filter. A colour cast changes the hue (colour) of a selected part of an image while keeping the saturation |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 877 | Colour Depth | The number of colours in an image, same as bit depth. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 878 | Colour Management System | This ensures colour uniformity across input and output devices so that final printed results match originals. The characteristics or profiles of devices are normally established by |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 879 | Coloured Books | It is a set of standard protocols and recommendations for the different aspects of networking software developed and used by the UK academic and research community. Now superseded by |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 880 | Colourimeter | A light-sensitive device for measuring colours by filtering their red, green, and blue components, as in the human eye. [See also Spectrophotometer.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 881 | COM1, COM2, etc. | Most serial ports and internal modems on DOS/WIN PCs can be configured to either COM1 or COM2 in order to accommodate the situation where both may exist. The DOS mode command is used |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 882 | COM File | It is short for command file that contains instructions. COM files are for DOS based systems and tend to run faster than EXE type programs. Viruses will often infect COM files. When |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 883 | Comite Consultatif International de Telegraphique | This organization is part of the United National International Telecommunications Union (ITU) and is responsible for making technical recommendations about telephone and data |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 884 | COMMAND.COM | DOS system file which loads into RAM upon booting and remains resident for the duration of the session. It is the file which executes the commands the user types at the DOS prompt. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 885 | Command Line | On your PC and your Internet access provider’s computer, when you are at the system’s main prompt, you are on its command line (prompts often end in symbols such as $ or % or >.) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 886 | Command Line Interface | A user interface in which users type commands and the system responds to these text commands. Contrast with a Graphical User Interface (GUI). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 887 | Command prompt | The C \> sign in DOS at which codes are typed. These commands control the computer. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 889 | Commercial Internet eXchange | A pact between network providers that allows them to do accounting for commercial traffic. The Commercial Internet eXchange Association is a non-profit, 501(c)6, trade association of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 890 | Commercial online services | A company that, for a fee, allows computer users to dial in via modem to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 892 | Commitment, Concurrency, and Recovery | An OSI application service element used to create atomic operations across distributed systems. Used primarily to implement two-phase commit for transactions and non-stop operations. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 893 | Common Carrier | A licensed, private utility company that supplies communication services to the public at regulated prices. Licensed utility that provides communications services at |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 894 | Common Channel Signaling | A signaling system used by many telephone networks that separates signalling information from user data. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 895 | Common Gateway Interface | A set of rules that describes how a web server communicates with another piece of software on the same machine, and how the other piece of software (the ‘CGI program’) talks to the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 897 | Common Management Information | Protocol/Common Management Information Services. OSI network management protocol/service interface created and standardized by ISO for managing heterogeneous networks. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 898 | Common Management Information Protocol | The OSI network management protocol. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 899 | Common Suite | A group of supported, interoperable information tools provided and supported by the laboratory and used in general throughout the laboratory. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 900 | Communication | Transmission of information. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 901 | Communication Controller | In SNA, a subarea node (such as an IBM 3745 device) that contains an NCP. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 902 | Communication Hardware | Is the physical device (e.g., modem) that allows your computer to communicate with other computers. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 903 | Communication Server | A communications proocessor that connects asynchronous devices to a LAN or WAN through network and terminal emulation software. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 904 | Communication Software | Software, which allows you to use your communication devices. Typically this includes either terminal emulation programs or suites of software that allow you to use protocols like |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 905 | Communications Line | The physical link (such as wire or a telephone circuit) that connects one or more devices to another. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 906 | Communications Port | A plug-in socket at the back of the computer for hooking up devices such as modems. 1 of up to 4 serial ports on your computer. COM Ports are normally used for a mouse or a modem. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 907 | Communications Software | Also referred to as telecommunications software, this software allows one computer to connect with other computers across telephone lines (via modems) and share information. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 908 | Community | In SNMP, a logical group of managed devices and NMSs in the same administrative domain. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 909 | Compact Disk Read-Only Memory | Digital storage medium who surface consists of pits and mirrors. A CD player runs a laser over the surface. If the laser hits a mirror, it sees its reflection and records a 1; if it |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 912 | Compact Disk-ReWritable Drive | This is a drive that allows you to do both, read and write CD-ROMs. CD-RWs are becoming very popular today. These drives can be expensive depending on the type and speed you get one |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 913 | Companding | A contraction derived from the opposite processes called compression and expansion. Part of the PCM process whereby analog signal sample values are logically rounded to discrete |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 914 | Companion Viruses | These viruses don’t change files. Instead these viruses make file-companions to EXE-files, which have the same name, but with extension .COM, for example, for a file XCOPY.EXE a file |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 915 | Comparably Efficient Interconnection | This is the filing arrangement a RBOC must make with the FCC to get into enhanced/information services. They have to promise to make available—through tariff, and usually ONA (Open |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 916 | Comparison | The process of comparing a biometric sample with a previously stored reference template or templates. [See also ‘One-To-Many’ and ‘One-To-One’.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 917 | Competitive Access Provider | A Competitive Access Provider is a venture that may compete with glossary.html—3LECs and IXCs in offering a set of tailored data or voice services. A CAP will often be more regional |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 918 | Competitive Local Entry | The FCC has only two real sticks to keep the telcos from leveraging their monopoly power over the local network into competitive services. The first is competitive local entry, using |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 919 | Competitive Local Exchange Carrier | Alternative provider to Local Exchange Carrier (LEC). Examples of CLECs are MFS, Teleport, ACSI, AT&T (when they finally start), MCI Metro. [See also CAP.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 920 | Compile | Programmers have to convert source code, written in a high-level language such as C, into object code (typically Assembly language), so that a microprocessor can run the program. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 921 | Compiler | One who produces a collection by selecting and putting together matter from the works of various persons or bodies. One who selects and puts together in one publication, matter from |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 922 | Complementary Metal-Oxide Semiconductor | A type of integrated circuit used by some biometric systems because of its low power consumption. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 923 | Complete Sequence Number | PDUs sent by the designated router in an OSPF network to maintain database synchronization. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 924 | Completely Revised Schedule | Previously called phoenix schedule, a term used in the Dewey decimal classification meaning a completely new development of the schedule for a specific discipline. Except by chance, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 925 | Composite Link | The line or circuit connecting a pair of multiplexers or concentrators, carrying multiplexed data. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 926 | Compound Surname | A surname consisting of two or more proper names, sometimes connected by a hyphen, conjunction, and/or prepo-sition. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 927 | Compress | To make a file smaller so that it will take up less disk space and transmit faster over a modem. [See also PKZIP, Stuffit, Compact Pro.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 928 | Compressed Serial Line Internet Protocol | A protocol that minimizes traffic and speed throughput on SLIP lines. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 929 | Compressed video | Video signals compressed in order to reduce the bandwidth needed for transmission. Some |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 931 | Compression | Any of several techniques that reduce the number of bits required to represent information in data transmission or storage, thereby conserving bandwidth and/or memory. Reducing the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 933 | CompuServe | The world’s largest provider of Internet and online services. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 934 | Computer | A programmable machine. The two principal characteristics of a computer are (a) It responds to a specific set of instructions in a well-defined manner. (b) It can execute a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 937 | Computer-Aided Manufacturing | Common Access Method. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 938 | Computer Assisted Nursing Information System | Developed in Dundee, Scotland in 1973. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 939 | Computer Emergency Response Team | A clearing house of information about network security. The CERT was formed by ARPA in November 1988 in response to the needs exhibited during the Internet worm incident. The CERT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 940 | Computer+Science Network | A large computer network, mostly in the US but with international connections. CSNET sites include universities, research labs, and some commercial companies. Now merged with BITNET |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 941 | Computer Search Service | Computer Search Service (CSS), a fee-based service, offers access to more than 500 databases, primarily in the sciences and social sciences, from which the library can create |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 942 | Computer Supported Co-operative Work | The study of computer systems developed to support groups of individuals work together. [See also Groupware.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 943 | Computer Virus | It is a self-replicating program (that is to say, make copies of themselves) containing code that explicitly copies itself and that can ‘infect’ other programs by modifying them or |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 944 | Computerised Protocol | Clinical guideline or protocol stored on a computer system, so that it may be easily accessed or manipulated to support the delivery of care. [See also Clinical Guideline.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 945 | Computing Services Office | The phonebook facilities within gopher are provided by a piece of software originating from the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign (UIUC). This software is commonly known as |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 946 | Concave | A certain kind of shape, opposite of convex. If any two points can be connected by a line that goes outside the shape, the shape is concave. The letter C is a concave shape. An easy |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 947 | Concentrator | (statistical multiplexer). A device which divides a data channel into two or more channels of lower average speed. The concentrator dynamically allocates channel space according to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 948 | Conditional Di-Phase | A digital encoding technique which is a variant of Manchester encoding, but is insensitive to polarity of wires (wires in a pair can be crossed). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 949 | Conditioned Analog Line | Analog line to which devices have been added to improve the electrical signal. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 950 | Conference | (1) A meeting of individuals or representatives of various bodies for the purpose of discussing and/or acting on topics of common interest. (2) A meeting of representatives of a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 951 | Conference Europeene des Postes et | An association of the 26 European PTTs that recommends communication specifications to the CCITT. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 952 | Confidence | Confidence of rule "B given A" is a measure of how much more likely it is that B occurs when A |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 954 | CONFIG.SYS | A file that executes automatically when DOS boots, reading in system parameters such as the maximum number of files allowed to be open at once. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 955 | Configuration | This is a general-purpose computer term that can refer to the way you have your computer set up. It is also used to describe the total combination of hardware components that make up |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 956 | Configuration Management | One of five categories of network management defined by ISO for management of OSI networks. Configuration management subsystems are responsible for detecting and determining the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 957 | Configure | The act of changing software or hardware actions by changing the settings. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 958 | Conformed dimensions | A dimension defines the organization of the measures (facts), or it is an entity “how” an organization measures a fact. A conformed dimension is a dimension that is agreed upon its |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 959 | Confusion Matrix | A confusion matrix shows the counts of the actual versus predicted class values. It shows |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 961 | Congestion | Congestion occurs when the offered load exceeds the capacity of a data communication path. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 962 | Connect | To establish a connection between two computers. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 963 | Connect Time | The period during which a user is signed on, usually for a fee, to an online service, bulletin board system, host computer, or Internet service provider. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 964 | Connection | When two computers have successfully established a communication link. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 965 | Connection Management | An FDDI process that handles the transition of the ring through its various states (off, active, connect, and so on), as defined by the X.3T9.5 specification. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 966 | Connection Oriented | The telephone network is connection oriented. This means that, for the duration of a telephone call, a small segment of the network is solely dedicated to the traffic of that one |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 967 | Connection Tools | One of the three types of communication tools. A connection tool determines the type of connection that is established between your Macintosh and the other computer. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 968 | Connectionism | The study of the theory and application of neural networks. [See also Neural Network.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 969 | Connectionless | Most computer data networks are connectionless. Data is encapsulated in ‘envelopes’ called packets. The packets from a user’s session may be sent by network routers along different |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 970 | Connectionless Broadband Data Service | Synonym for SMDS. High-speed, packet-switched, datagram-based WAN networking technology. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 971 | Connectionless Network Protocol | The OSI protocol for providing the OSI Connectionless Network Service (datagram service). CLNP is the OSI equivalent to Internet IP, and is sometimes called ISO IP. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 972 | Connectionless Network Service | The model of interconnection in which communication takes place without first establishing a connection. Sometimes (imprecisely) called datagram. E.g. LANs, Internet a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 973 | Connectionless Transport Protocol | Provides for end-to-end transport data addressing (via transport selector) and error control (via checksum), but cannot guarantee delivery or provide flow control. The OSI equivalent |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 974 | Connection-Mode Network Service | Extends local X.25 switching to a variety of media (Ethernet, FDDI, Token Ring). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 975 | Connection-Oriented Network Protocol | An OSI protocol providing connection-oriented operation to upper-layer protocols. [See also CMNS.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 976 | Connection-Oriented Network Service | The model of interconnection in which communication proceeds through three well-defined phases connection establishment, data transfer, connection release. Examples X.25, Internet |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 977 | Consequent | When an association between two variables is defined, the second item (or right-hand side) is |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 979 | Conservation | The use of chemical and physical procedures in treatment or storage to ensure the preservation of books, manuscripts and other materials. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 980 | Consistent | Similarity among differing platforms, but not identical; a term applied to user interfaces. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 981 | Console | Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) through which commands are entered into a host. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 982 | Consortium of School Networks | A nonprofit group whose members include K-12 teachers, hardware and software vendors, and Internet Service Providers (ISPs). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 983 | Consultant | A consultant is someone who provides expertise and can be an advisor or a deliverer of tasks. Consultants are hired for their expertise when the company has none |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 985 | Consultative Committee for International Telegraph | The former name of an international organization that develops communications standards such as Recommendation X.25. Now called ITU-T. This organization is part of the International |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 986 | Content | The actual ‘meat’ of a document—all of the words, images, and links, which a user can read and interact with. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 987 | Content Designation | A system of special codes (tags, indicators, and subfield codes) in a USMARC record used for the purpose of identifying a particular unit of information. [See also Tag; Indicator; |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 988 | Contention | A condition arising when two or more data stations attempt to transmit at the same time using the same channel. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 989 | Continuation | (1) A supplement. (2) A part issued in continuance of a momography, a serial, or a series. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 990 | Continuous | Data that can have any value in an interval of real numbers. That is, the value does not |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 992 | Contone | An abbreviation for continuous tone. A colour or greyscale image format capable of illustrating continuously varying tonal ranges, as opposed to line art. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 993 | Contractor | A contractor is a person who provides the delivery of tasks. The contractor might be responsible for building the ETL process or for overseeing the DBA functions. Contractors are |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 994 | Control Characters | In communications, any extra transmitted characters used to control or facilitate data transmission (for example, characters associated with polling, framing, synchronization, error |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 995 | Control Key | A very special key on almost all keyboards, normally in the bottom left hand corner and repeated further along the bottom row next to the arrow keys. The control key is pressed along |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 996 | Control Panel | This is where many of Window’s settings can be viewed. Here you will find icons for most |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 998 | Control Point | Element in an SNA device that manages device res. It can provide services to other devices. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 999 | Control Signals | Signals passing between one part of a communications systems and another (such RTS, DTR, or RI), as part of a mechanism for controlling the system. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1000 | Control totals | The addition of values of specific fields to verify that the ETL job streams have executed properly. Cross footing of numbers to verify that a process (e.g. ETL) has executed |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1001 | Control Unit | The part of the CPU that directs the physical operation of the computer system. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1002 | Controlled Vocabulary | In subject analysis and retrieval, the use of an authorized subset of the language as indexing terms. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1003 | Controller | A circuit board, which links the hard disk and the mother-board. When access to information on the hard disk is requested by the operating system, the controller tells the hard disk |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1004 | Conventional Name | A name, other than the real or official, by which a corporate body, place, or thing has come to be known. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1005 | Convergence | The ability of (and speed with which) a group of internet-working devices running a specific routing protocol, to agree on the internetwork’s topology after a change in network |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1006 | Conversation | In SNA, an LU 6.2 session between two transaction programs. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1007 | Conversational Monitor System | IBM system. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1008 | Convex | A certain kind of shape, without indentations, opposite of concave. If any two points can be connected by a line that goes outside the shape, the shape is not convex. The letter O is |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1009 | COO | Chief Operating Officer |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1010 | Cookie | A ‘cookie’ is an Internet site’s way of keeping track of you. It’s a small program built into a web page you might visit. Typically you won’t know when you are receiving cookies. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1013 | Cooperation for Open Systems Interconnection | A program sponsored by the European Commission, aimed at using OSI to tie together European research networks. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1014 | Coordinates (Positional) | Coords for short, these are the numbers that tell the engine where to position things, whether in 3D or in 2D (like a polygon or an overlay). If positioning something in 3D, you need |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1015 | Coordinates (texture) | These are the numbers that tell the engine where to position textures on mesh. The engine uses three texture coordinates, commonly called U, V, and W. U is the width of the texture, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1017 | Coordinating Committee for Intercontinental | A committee that includes the United States FNC and its counterparts in North America and Europe. Co-chaired by the executive directors of the FNC and the European Association of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1018 | Coplanar | When two or more things are on the same 2D plane. If two pieces of paper are sitting side by side flat on your desk, they’re coplanar. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1019 | CopperOptics | A PairGain trademark referring to the functionality of the company’s xDSL technology. In essence, with PairGain xDSL products, users can achieve fiber optic-quality signal |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1020 | Coprocessor | A chip designed specifically to handle a particular task, such as math calculations or displaying graphics on-screen. A coprocessor is faster at its specialized function than the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1021 | Copy Cataloging | The process of adapting an existing catalog record prepared by another library or agency. [See also Original cataloging.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1022 | Core Gateway | Historically, one of a set of gateways (routers) operated by the Internet Network Operations Center at Bolt, Beranek and Newman (BBN). The core gateway system formed a central part |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1023 | Core Network | Combination of switching offices and transmission plant connecting switching offices together. In the US local exchange Core Networks are linked by several competing Interexchange |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1024 | Corporate Body | An organization or group of persons that is identified by a particular name and that acts, or may act, as an entity. Typical examples of corporate bodies are associations, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1025 | Corporate information factory (CIF) | The framework that exists that surrounds the data warehouse; typically contains an ODS, a data warehouse, data marts, DSS applications, exploration warehouses, data mining |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1026 | Corporation for Open Systems | A vendor and user group for conformance testing, certification, and promotion of OSI products. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1027 | Corporation for Research and Educational | This organization was formed in October 1989, when Bitnet and CSNET (Computer + Science NETwork) were combined under one administrative authority. CSNET is no longer operational, but |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1028 | COS | Corporation for Open Systems |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1029 | Cost/benefit analysis | The process by which the value of a project is estimated based on the expected costs compared to the tangible benefits usually expressed as increased revenue, or reduced cost. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1030 | Cost Drivers | Elements such as 24-hour support or custom application development that raise contract support |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1032 | Count to Infinity | A problem that can occur in routing algorithms that are slow to converge, in which routers sequentially increment the hop count to particular networks until some arbitrary limit is |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1033 | Counter | A number on many web pages that will count the number of hits or count the number of times the page has been accessed. Basically, it counts the number of people that have visited |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1034 | Course Management System (CMS)(aka Learning | Software that |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1036 | Courseware | Software designed to be used in an educational program. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1037 | CR | CR is an acronym for ‘carriage return’—the return key on your keyboard. The ‘carriage’ refers to the carriage of old manual typewriters, when pulling the carriage-return lever moved |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1038 | Crack | (verb) To attempt to guess a user’s password in order to gain access to his/her computer account. (noun) A computer program, which checks a person’s password against common |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1039 | Cracker | A cracker is an individual who attempts to access computer systems without authorization. These individuals are often malicious and have many means at their disposal for breaking |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1040 | Cradle to Grave | The helpdesk's responsibility to follow each call through to closure; also See Total Call |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1042 | Crash | A problem (often caused by a bug) that causes a program, or the entire operating system, to unexpectedly stop working. A malfunction in a computer system, usually one which shuts the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1043 | Critical success factor | An element that contributes to the success of a project, without which the project will fail. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1044 | CRM | Acronym for Customer Relationship Management; usually refers to the software applications used to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1046 | CRON | CRON is a Unix utility named after Chronos, the ancient Greek God of time. It allows you to execute commands automatically according to a schedule you define. CRON timetables are an |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1047 | Cross-classification | Placing works on the same subject in two different class numbers when a given work deals with two or more subdivisions of a subject, with each subdivision representing a different |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1048 | Cross-linked Files | Cross-linking is a common phenomena rarely associated with viruses. It occurs when two files appear to share the same clusters on the disk. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1049 | Cross organizational | Includes multiple departments within an organization. A non-redundant and horizontally cross-functional view of the business. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1050 | Crossover rate | Synonym for ‘Equal Error Rate’. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1051 | Cross Selling | Selling an additional category of products as a result of the customer’s original purchase. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1052 | Cross-platform | Refers to software (or anything else) that will work on more than one platform (type of computer). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1053 | Crosstalk | Line static that can occur when wire pairs within the same bundles are used for separate signal transmission. Especially evident with repeated T1/E1 transmission. Unwanted transfer |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1054 | Cross validation | A method of estimating the accuracy of a classification or regression model. The data set is |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1056 | CSC/3 | Cisco 30-Mhz MC 68020-based processor card. [See also Route Processor.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1057 | CSC/4 | Cisco MC 68040-based (25 Mhz) processor cards with 16 MB of DRAM. [See also Route Processor.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1058 | CSC-1R | Cisco single-port 68030-based token ring interface card that operates at 4 Mbps or 16 Mbps. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1059 | CSC-2R | Cisco dual-port 68030-based token ring interface card that operates at 4 Mbps or 16 Mbps. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1060 | CSC-C2CTR | Cisco high-speed token ring interface card with two or four ports. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1061 | CSC-CCTL2 | Second-generation and faster CiscoBus controller a bitslice processor that administers activity and controls traffic and switching across the high-speed CiscoBus. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1062 | CSC-ENVM | Cisco environmental monitor card for the AGS+ chassis that monitors power supply voltage and temperature conditions to ensure appropriate system shutdown in the event of anomalous |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1063 | CSC-FCIT | Cisco FDDI interface card with translational bridging capabi-lity. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1064 | CSC-MC | Cisco memory card containing 32 kilobytes of memory. The CSC-MC supplies nonvolatile configuration information to the Cisco router. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1065 | CSC-MC+ | Cisco memory card containing NVRAM to store configuration information and Flash EPROM technology to store operating system software. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1066 | CSC-MCI | Cisco Multiport Communications Interface. A Cisco router interface card that provides zero, one, or two Ethernet ports and zero, one, or two serial ports. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1067 | CSC-MEC | Cisco interface card with either two, four, or six Ethernet ports. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1068 | CSC-R16 | Cisco interface card supporting either 4-or16-Mbps token ring. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1069 | CSC-SCI | Cisco interface card supporting one, two, or four synchronous serial interface ports with transmission rates of up to 4 Mbps each. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1070 | CSR | Acronym for Customer Service Representative; these people usually interface between the help desk and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1072 | CUA | Common User Access |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1073 | Current loop | Method of data transmission. A mark (binary ‘1’) is represented by current on the line, and a space (binary ‘0’) is represented by the absence of current. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1074 | Cursor | A character that indicates the current display position on the screen. The representation of the mouse on the screen. It may take many different shapes. Example I-beam, arrow |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1075 | CU-SeeMe | Pronnounced ‘See you, See me,’ CU-SeeMe is a publicly available videoconferencing program developed at Cornell University. It allows anyone with audio/video capabilites and an |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1076 | Customer | (1) Anyone who has a need for an application, service, product, or their by-products. (2) Any person who comes in contact with a Helpdesk or Support Center employee in person, over |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1077 | Customer Information Control System | An IBM application subsystem allowing transactions entered at remote terminals to be processed currently by user applications. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1078 | Customer Premises Equipment | Terminating equipment, such as terminals, phones, routers and modems, supplied by the phone company, installed at customer sites, and connected to the phone company network. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1079 | Customer Segmentation | Separating customers by factors such as age, gender, educational background, and liking or disliking Wayne Newton. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1080 | Customer Service Center | Synonym for Helpdesk; a staffed center, which provides support and customer |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1082 | Cut | In text editing, cutting refers to removing a block of text. On systems that support the clipboard, this cut text is placed in the clipboard. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1083 | CyberMall | A term commonly used to describe an electronic site shared by a number of commercial interests. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1084 | Cybernetics | A name coined by Norbert Weiner in the 1950s to describe the study of feedback control systems and their application. Such systems were seen to exhibit properties associated with |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1085 | Cyberpunk | Cyberpunk was originally a cultural sub-genre of science fiction taking place in a not-so-distant, dystopian, over-industrialized society. The term grew out of the work of William |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1086 | Cyberspace | A term coined by William Gibson in 1984 in his novel ‘Neuromancer’ to refer to a near-future computer network where users mentally travel through matrices of data. The term is now |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1087 | Cyclic Redundancy Check/Code | An error-checking procedure for data transmission. The sending device performs a complex calculation, generating a number based upon the data being transmitted, and sends that number |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1089 | Cylink | EUnet in Cyprus. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1090 | CYMK | Cyan, Yellow, Magenta, Black |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1092 | D channel | Full-duplex, 16-Kbps (basic rate) or 64-Kbps (primary rate) ISDN channel. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1093 | D prime | A statistical measure of how well a biometric system can discriminate between different individuals. The larger the D prime value, the better a biometric system is at discriminating |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1094 | D4 framing | Framing format used on most existing 1.544-Mbps facilities. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1095 | DA | Desk Accessory. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1096 | DA – Data administrator | The role responsible for the enterprise’s data resources and for the administration, control, and coordination of all data related analysis activities. The DA has the responsibility |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1097 | Daemon (Pronounced ‘demon’) | A background process that carries out tasks on behalf of every user. Daemons spend most of their time sleeping until something comes along which requires their help. A UNIX system |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1098 | Dark Map | The texture used to blend with the base map to create a new, darker texture. [See light map, substractive blending.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1099 | Data | Information represented in digital form, including voice, text, facsimile and video. Raw facts and figures, without any context for understanding them. Contrast with information. The |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1100 | Data analysis | The systematic study of data so that its meaning, structure, relationships, origins, etc. are understood. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1101 | Data architecture | The framework for organizing the planning and implementation of data resources. The set of data, processes, and technologies that an enterprise has selected for the creation and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1102 | DBA – Database administrator | The Database Administrator is responsible for the physical aspect of the data warehouse. This includes physical design, performance, and maintenance activities including backup and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1103 | Data Bit | In asynchronous transfers, a character is composed of data bits (the actual information) and framing bits (Start bit, Stop bit/s, Parity bit). When you send an e-mail to a friend, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1104 | Data Carrier Detect | Modem signal. [See also CD.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1105 | Data Channel | In SNA, a device that connects a processor and main storage with peripherals. [See also Channel.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1106 | Data Circuit-terminating Equipment | Equipment that resides at the customer end of a transmission link and provides all necessary termination functions for that link. May be owned by the customer or by the service |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1107 | Data Communication Equipment | The devices and connections of a communication network that connect the communication circuit with the end device (data terminal equipment). A modem can be considered a DCE. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1108 | Data Compression | Storing data in a format that requires less space than usual. Backup programs, communications programs, and graphic file formats (such as JPG) are typical uses of data compression. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1109 | Data Encryption Key | Used for the encryption of message text and for the computation of message integrity checks (signatures). [See encryption.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1110 | Data Encryption Standard | A popular, standard encryption scheme. A commonly used standard method used for encrypting and decrypting data. Encryption is necessary, as valuable and sensitive information is |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1111 | Data Exchange Interface | The Interface between a router and a special DSU that can perform segmentation and reassembly. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1112 | Data File | A file that consists of data that has been created in a program, such as a text file typed in Notepad. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1113 | Data Flow Control Layer | Layer 5 of the SNA architectural model. The data flow control layer processes requests and responses that are exchanged between session partners. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1114 | Data Format | Data items can exist in many formats such as text, integer and floating-point decimal. Data |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1116 | Data Leakage | Unauthorized removal of data from a computer system. The intent may simply be to destroy records, or it may be to pass the information along to another party. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1117 | Data Link Connection Identifier | The frame relay virtual circuit number used in internetworking to denote the port to which the destination LAN is attached. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1118 | Data Link Control layer | Layer 2 in the SNA architectural model, responsible for transmission of data between two nodes over a physical link. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1119 | Data Link Layer | The OSI layer that is responsible for data transfer across a single physical connection, or series of bridged connections, between two network entities. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1120 | Data loading | The process of populating a data warehouse. It may be accomplished by utilities, user-written programs, or specialized software from independent vendors. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1121 | Data mapping | The process of identifying a source data element for each data element in the target environment. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1122 | Data mart | An implementation of an analytics application serving a single department, subject area, or limited part of the organization. Usually refers to a physical platform on which |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1123 | Data Mining | An information extraction activity whose goal is to discover hidden facts contained in |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1127 | Data Mining Method | Procedures and algorithms designed to analyze the data in databases. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1128 | Data Over Voice | A technology for transmitting data and voice simultaneously over twisted pair copper wiring. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1129 | Data ownership | Responsibility for determining the required quality of the data, for establishing security and privacy for the data and determining the availability and performance requirements for |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1131 | Data quality | The degree of excellence of data. Factors contributing to data quality include the data is stored according to their data types, the data is consistent, the data is not redundant, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1132 | Data Service Unit | A device used in digital transmission for connecting data terminal equipment (DTE), such as |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1134 | Data Set Ready | An RS-232-C interface circuit that is activated when the DCE is powered on and is ready for use. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1135 | Data Sink | Network equipment that accepts data transmissions. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1136 | Data source name | (DSN also stands for Deep Space Network.) A data source name (DSN) is a data structure that contains the information about a specific database that an Open Database Connectivity |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1139 | Data staging | The storage of data prior to it being loaded into a data warehouse or data mart. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1141 | Data stewardship | Responsibility for the quality of the business data; an information expert about a particular subject area. [See Stewardship] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1142 | Data Stream | All data transmitted through a communications line in a single read or write operation. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1143 | Data Terminal Equipment | The part of a data station that serves as a data source, destination, or both, and that provides for the data communications control function according to protocol. DTE includes |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1144 | Data Terminal Ready | A modem interface control signal sent from the DTE to the modem, usually telling the modem that the DTE is ready to transmit data. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1145 | Data Transfer Rate | The speed at which data can be read from the hard disk and delivered to the computer’s processor. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1146 | Data Warehouse | A collection of integrated, subject-oriented databases designed to support the DSS function, where each unit of data is relevant to some moment in time. The data warehouse contains |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1147 | Data Warehouse Manager | The data warehouse has overall responsibility for all the organization’s data warehouse initiatives, for data warehouse standards, and for data warehouse tools. The data warehouse |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1148 | Data Warehouse Project Manager | [See Project Manager] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1149 | Database | A file created by a database manager that contains a collection of information organized into records, each of which contains labelled categories (called fields). It is organized |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1151 | Database concepts | Database is the name given to the combination of a program that can manipulate data, together with the data that it acts upon. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1156 | Database Management System | Application software that allows the user to create means for organizing data into manageable form, turning it into information so that answers to key questions about it can be |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1157 | Datagram | A formatted set of electronic data used in communication between computer systems. Datagrams consist of two parts the data proper (which may be part of a longer message), and the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1159 | DATANET 1 | A major Netherlands PSDN. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1160 | DATAPAC | A large Canadian PSDN. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1161 | Datapak | Packet-switched public network in the Nordic countries. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1162 | Dataphone Digital Service | A trademark of AT&T identifying a private line service for digital data communications. Private line digital service with data rates of 56/64 kbps. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1163 | Date Field | A field in a database, which records date and time. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1164 | Date of Origin | Indicates when a virus was first discovered (if known). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1165 | Datex-1 | Circuit-switched public network in Germany. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1166 | Datex-p | Packet-switched public network in Germany. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1167 | Daughterboard | A board that attaches to (rides piggyback on) another board, such as the motherboard or an expansion card. For example, you can often add a daughtercard containing additional memory |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1168 | dB (Decibel) | Unit for measuring relative strength (ratio) of two signals. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1169 | DBA | DataBase Administrator - is software which administers databases. It can carry out the maintenance of a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1171 | DBm | A measure of power in communications. The decibel in reference to one milliwatt (0dBm = 1 milliwatt and 30 dBm = .001 milliwatt). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1172 | DCA | Difense Communications Agency. [See also DISA.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1173 | DDL – Data definition language | The SQL syntax used to define the way the database is physically organized. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1174 | DDN X.25 | U.S. DoD standard protocol very similar to X.25 used for connections to the DDN. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1175 | de facto Standard | A standard by usage rather than official degree, a default standard. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1176 | de jure Standard | A standard by official degree. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1177 | Deadline | The point in time by which a project must be completed. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1178 | Deadlock | Unresolved contention for the use of a re. In APPN, when two elements of a process each wait for action by, or a response, from the other before they resume the process. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1179 | Debug | To test a computer program by giving it every conceivable input that a user could enter, and when the program behaves improperly, to locate and fix the lines of code causing the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1180 | Debugging | A process of testing a program and figuring out where the problems are to make the program work as intended. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1181 | Decision Support System | General term for any computer application that enhances a human’s ability to make decisions. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1182 | Decision Tree | A method of representing knowledge, which makes structures of decisions in a hierarchical tree-like fashion. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1183 | Declination | One of the two rotational axes used by the astronomers, and also by RT3D programmers. Declination is similar to pitch— if you nod your head ‘yes’, you are rotating in declination. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1184 | DECnet | A proprietary network protocol designed by Digital Equipment Corporation. The functionality of each Phase of the implementation, such as Phase IV and Phase V, is different. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1186 | DECnet Routing | Introduced in DECnet Phase III, Digital’s proprietary routing scheme. In DECnet Phase V, DECnet completed its transition to OSI routing protocols (ES-IS and IS-IS). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1187 | Decompression | The expansion of compressed image files. [See also Lossy and Non-lossy.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1188 | Decoy Files or Goat Files or BAIT Files or Victim | These are programs used by antivirus researchers to capture samples of viruses. This is done to make it easier to disassemble and understand the virus, because the infected ‘goat’ |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1189 | Decrypt | To take a message that has previously been encrypted and use a cipher or secret key to transform it into readable form. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1190 | DECT | Digital European Cordless Telephony standard, which defines the architecture for wireless voice and data communication systems restricted to campus-size areas, rather than wide-area |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1191 | Dedicated Line | A communications line that is not switched. When the line is not owned by the user, the term leased line is more common. A telephone or data line that is always available. For |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1192 | Deduction | A method of logical inference. Given a cause, deduction infers all logical effects that might arise as a consequence. [See also Inference, Abduction, Induction.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1193 | Default | A value to which some variable is automatically set, unless an alternative value is provided by the user. Any setting assumed by a computer or its software. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1194 | Default Route | A routing table entry, which is used to direct packets addressed to networks not explicitly listed in the routing table. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1195 | Default setting | The computer or software settings made by the manufacturer. These will remain in place |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1197 | Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency | An agency of the US Department of Defense responsible for the development of new technology for use by the military. DARPA (formerly known as ARPA) was responsible for funding much |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1198 | Defense Data Network Network Information Center | Often called The NIC, the DDN NIC’s primary responsibility is the assignment of Internet network addresses and autonomous system numbers, the administration of the root domain, and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1199 | Defense Data Network | A portion of the Internet, which connects to U.S. military bases, and contractors, used for non-secure communications. MILNET is one of the DDN networks. It also runs the NIC, where |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1200 | Defense Information Systems Agency | Formerly called the Defense Communications Agency (DCA), this is the government agency responsible for managing the DDN portion of the Internet, including the MILNET. Currently, DISA |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1201 | Defragmentation | Over time, the files on a computer's hard disk drive become disorganised. Running a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1203 | Degree of Fit | A measure of how closely the model fits the training data. A common measure is r-square. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1204 | Degrees of Freedom | The number of statistically independent features in biometric data. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1205 | Delay | The time between the initiation of a transaction by a sender and the first response received by a sender. Also, the time required to move a packet from destination to over a given |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1206 | Delimiter | A code (represented by the symbol | or $) used to identify a subfield in a USMARC record. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1207 | Deliverable | The tangible output from a task or a project, e.g. logical model, project agreement, database design or application. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1208 | Delivering Advanced Network Technology to Europe | The launch of DANTE in July 1993 marked an important milestone in the history of European research networking. Set up to provide advanced international computer network services for |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1209 | Delivery | Any method of transferring content to learners, including instructor-led training, Web-based training, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1211 | Delta | A change, e.g. the difference from one period to the next. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1212 | Demarc | Demarcation point between a carrier equipment and a private telephone equipment (CPE). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1213 | Demo | Short for demonstration as in a vendor demonstration of software to impress the users. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1214 | Demodulation | Opposite of modulation; the process of retrieving data from a modulated carrier wave. Process of returning a modulated signal to its original form. Modems perform demodulation by |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1215 | Demultiplex | To separate from a common input into multiple output streams. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1216 | DENet | The Danish research network, operated by UNI-C. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1217 | Denial-of-service attack | A way to slow down the performance of a Web site by repeatedly and rapidly requesting information from the site's server, preventing the server from focusing on its normal operations |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1218 | Denormalization | Data or data design elements that do not conform to the rules of data normalization. Denormalized data structures are often used in databases to provide rapid access for specific |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1219 | Densitometer | A measuring instrument that registers the density of transparent or reflective materials. Colours are read as tonal information. [See also Colourimeter and Spectrophotometer.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1220 | Density | Density is a brightness control to lighten or darken a printout to more closely reflect its screen appearance and to compensate for deficiencies in toner or paper quality. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1221 | Department of Defense | The branch of the US government whose Advanced Research Projects Agency (ARPAnet) began the creation of the Internet. Organization that is responsible for the nation’s defense. The |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1222 | Departmental systems | A data mart implementation that serves the needs of only a single department such as Human Resources or Finance |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1224 | Dependent Variable | The dependent variables (outputs or responses) of a model are the variables predicted by |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1226 | Deployment | After the model is trained and validated, it is used to analyze new data and make predictions. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1228 | Depository Library | Legally designated to receive free copies of government publications. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1229 | Derivations | The transformation of data in the ETL process in which the data is created through the use of an algorithm based upon data from multiple sources. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1230 | Derived data | A new data element that is created from or composed of other data elements. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1231 | Descreening | Removal of halftone dot patterns during or after scanning printed matter by defocusing the image. This avoids moire patterning and colour shifts during subsequent halftone |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1232 | Descriptive Cataloging | That part of cataloging consisting of the presentation of bibliographic description and the determination of access points through personal names, corporate names, and titles. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1233 | Descriptor | In indexing, word or symbol used to designate the subject of a work. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1234 | Design review | A peer review of project deliverables, such as design specifications, program code or test specifications. The objective of the review is to find weaknesses, errors and problems. The |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1235 | Designated Router | A designated OSPF router generates a link state advertisement for a multi-access network and has other special responsibilities in the running of the protocol. In OSPF, each |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1236 | Desktop | The working area on the computer at a user’s office. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1237 | Desktop Colour Separation | An image format consisting of four separate CMYK PostScript files at full resolution, together with a fifth EPS master for placement in documents. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1238 | Desktop Conferencing | A desktop computer workstation configured to provide video conferencing. These systems are excellent for large integrated networks as they provide multiple points of access. Desktop |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1239 | DeskTop Publishing | The genre of computing has been invented by the advent of the personal computer with graphical capabilities (such as the Macintosh or the Windows PC), allowing end-users to produce |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1240 | Destination Address | Address of a receiving network device. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1241 | Destructive Viruses | In addition to self-replication, computer viruses may have a routine that can deliver the virus payload. A virus is defined as destructive if its payload does some damage to your |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1242 | Detection | The ability of an antivirus program to detect that a virus is present, without necessarily reporting which particular virus it is. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1243 | Deutsches Forschungsnetz The DFN | German national research and academic network. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1244 | Developer’s Operating System | An acronym for Developer’s Operating System, this is the operating system that most IBM personal computers work on. It is a command-line operating system, which in some ways |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1245 | Device | An entity that can access a network. Used interchangeably with node. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1246 | Device Driver | A type of software that allows the computer to talk to hardware devices such as the printer and the mouse. If you buy a new printer it will come complete with a disk containing the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1247 | Dewey Decimal Classification | Devised by Melvil Dewey in 1876. Probably the most widely used classification system in the world today. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1248 | DFM | Acronym for Device Fault Manager, a CiscoWorks tool that ensures a sound management foundation by |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1250 | DFS | For all practical purposes another name for AFS. More specifically DFS refers to the AFS implementation that’s part of OSF’s DCE (Distributed Computing Environment). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1251 | Diagnostic | Procedures and systems which detect and isolate a malfunction or mistake in a communications device, network or system. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1252 | Dial Backup | Feature supported by Cisco routers that provides protection against WAN down time by allowing the network administrator to configure a backup serial line through a switched- circuit |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1253 | Dialin | The process of connecting to an online resource using a modem. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1254 | DIALOG | Major vendor of online databases. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1255 | Dialog Box | A window that displays additional options or questions when a command is chosen. A box displayed on your computer’s screen by a program including a message normally indicating that |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1257 | Dial-on-Demand Routing | A technique whereby a router can automatically initiate and close a circuit-switched session. DDR permits routing over ISDN or phone lines using an external ISDN terminal adapter |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1258 | Dial-up | A type of communication that is established by a switched-circuit connection using the telephone network. (a) To connect to a computer by calling it up on the telephone. Often, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1259 | Dial-up Connection | The most popular form of Net connection for the home user, this is a connection from your computer to a host computer over standard telephone lines. A temporary connection between |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1260 | Dial-up Internet connection | Lets a user dial into an Internet service provider using a modem and telephone |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1262 | Dial-up Line | A communication connection from your computer to a host computer over standard phone lines. Unlike a dedicated line, you must dial the host computer in order to establish a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1263 | Dichroic Mirror | A special type of interference filter, which reflects a specific part of the spectrum, whilst transmitting the rest. Used in scanners to split a beam of light into RGB components. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1264 | Dictionary Catalog | A catalog in which all the entries (author, title, subject, series, etc.) and the cross-references are interfiled in one alphabetical sequence. The subject entries in a dictionary |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1265 | Dictionary of the Internet | Offers definitions and explanations of nearly 4,000 terms associated with the technology and infrastructure of the Net; e-commerce; the culture of the Internet; and the jargon of the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1266 | Differential Encoding | Digital encoding technique whereby a binary value is denoted by a signal change rather than a particular signal level. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1267 | Differential Manchester Encoding | Digital coding scheme where a mid-bit-time transition is used for clocking, and a transition at the beginning of each bit time denotes a zero. The coding scheme used by IEEE |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1268 | Digerati | The digital version of literati, it is a reference to a vague cloud of people seen to be knowledgeable, hip, or otherwise in-the-know with regards to the digital revolution. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1269 | Digital | Data or voltages consisting of discrete steps or levels, as opposed to continuously variable analog data. The binary (‘1/0’) output of a computer or terminal. In data communication, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1270 | Digital Access and Cross-Connect System | A computerized or manual facility which allows DS-1/T1 lines to be remapped electronically at the DS-0 (64 kbps) level. A digital cross-connect device for routing lines among |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1271 | Digital Audio | Refers to the reproduction and transmission of sound stored in a digital format. This includes |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1273 | Digital AudioTape | The most common type of tape backup. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1274 | Digital Camera | A digital camera is basically a camera that produces photographs that can be saved as files on your computer. These cameras do not require a film to be processed. This is an ideal |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1275 | Digital Editing | Editing a portion of a movie by digitizing one or more frames and altering them electronically |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1277 | Digital Library | Collection of texts, images, etc., encoded so as to be stored, retrieved, and read by a computer. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1278 | Digital Loop Carrier | Network transmission equipment used to provide a pair gain function. Consists of a CO terminal and a remote terminal. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1279 | Digital Loopback | A technique for testing the digital processing circuitry of a communication device. The loopback is towards the line side of a modem, but tests most of the circuitry in the modem |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1280 | Digital Network Architecture | DEC Architecture. DNA is a unique, measurable human characteristic. However, current DNA technology is not automatic and cannot currently rank alongside other biometric technologies. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1281 | Digital Printing | Printing from digitized information, rather than hot metal, or photographic printing. [See also Printing terms, and Publishing terms.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1282 | Digital Service Unit | Digital loop device residing on customer premises providing interface to customer’s DTE. The abbreviation for Digital Services Unit, DSU replaces the modem in synchronous connections |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1283 | Digital Signal 0 | (1) North American digital hierarchy signalling standard for transmission at 64 kbps. (2) Digital signal level 0 is the worldwide standard transmission rate (64 kbps) for PCM |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1284 | Digital Signal 1 | North American digital hierarchy signalling standard for transmission at 1.544 Mbps. Supports 24 simultaneous DS-O signals. Term often used interchangeably with T-1, although DS-1 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1285 | Digital Signal 2 | Four T1 frames packed into a higher level frame transmitted at 6.312 Mbps. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1286 | Digital Signal Processing | The processing of signal transmission using digital techniques. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1287 | Digital Signal Processor | A specialized computer chip designed to perform speedy complex operations on digitized waveforms. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1288 | Digital Subscriber Line | The telephone companies' equivalent to the broadband service offered by cable companies that allow for fast Internet access, voice calling and enhanced phone services all on one |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1290 | Digital Subscriber Line Access Multiplexer | Provides high-speed internet or intranet access over traditional twisted-pair telephone wiring through the use of RADSL technology. Provides simultaneous high-speed digital data |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1291 | Digital Versatile Disk | The latest movie technology. A CD-sized disc which can hold an entire movie on one side, while also offering high-resolution video, digital surround sound, and advanced special |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1292 | Digital Video Disk | This new medium can store large amounts of data on one disk that looks like a CD, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1294 | Digital Video Disk Read Only Media | DVDROMs are DVDs that can only be read, not written. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1295 | Digital Video Interactive | A system that compresses digital video and audio data for use on a personal computer. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1296 | Digitizers | A machine, which converts analog data into digital data on a computer (such as a scanner digitizing pictures or text). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1297 | Dijkstra’s algorithm | A shortest-path routing algorithm that iterates on lengh of path to determine a shortest-path spanning tree. Commonly used in link-state routing algorithms. [See Distance Vector |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1298 | Dimension | Each attribute of a case or occurrence in the data being mined. Stored as a field in a flat file record |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1300 | Dimensional hierarchy | A dimensional hierarchy refers to the different levels of data within a dimension that data can be rolled up to or down to for analysis. This can be represented in a data model by a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1301 | Dimension data | An entity used to describe, qualify, or otherwise add meaning to “facts” in a star schema fact table. Dimensions are the “by” items in analysis of facts “by” product, market, time, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1302 | Dimmed Command | A command that cannot be used in the current situation; it is displayed in gray instead of black. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1303 | DIN Connector Deutsche Industrie Norm (German | A connector on a network processor panel that connects an FDDI module to an external optical bypass switch. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1304 | DIP Switches | Dual Interface Poll switches allow for either an ON or OFF setting with any number of circuits. DIP switches commonly allow you to change the configuration of a circuit board to suit |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1305 | Dir | DOS command to list the contents of a directory. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1306 | Direct Access | In terms of the infrastructure, ‘direct access’ has two components physical and logical. The physical aspect addresses the need for a connection to the infrastructure in every work |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1307 | Direct Connection | A permanent communication connection between your computer system (either a single CPU or a LAN) and the Internet. This is also called a leased line connection because you are |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1308 | Direct Subdivision | Geographic subdivision of subject headings by the name of a local place without interposition of the name of a larger geographic entity. [See also Geographic Subdivision; Indirect |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1309 | Directed Search | A search request sent to a specific node known to contain a re. A directed search is used to determine the continued existance of the re and to obtain routing information specific to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1310 | Directory | A system that your computer uses to organize files on the basis of specific information. An organized unit for file storage on a computer system. Also a listing of files residing |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1315 | Directory Access Protocol (X.500) | Protocol used for communication between a Directory User Agent and a Directory System Agent. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1316 | Directory Service | (1) A service on a network that relays information about sites, computers, resources, or users in the area. (2) Repository for information about network-based entities, such as |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1317 | Directory Services | Services that help network devices locate service providers. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1318 | Directory System Agent | The software that provides the X.500 directory service for a portion of the directory information base. Generally, each DSA is responsible for the directory information for a single |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1319 | Directory User Agent | The software that accesses the X.500 directory service on behalf of the directory user. The directory user may be a person or another software element. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1320 | Direct-to-Plate | Direct exposure of image data onto printing plates, without the intermediate use of film. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1321 | Direct-to-Press | Elimination of intermediate film and printing plates by the direct transfer of image data to printing cylinders in the press. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1322 | DirectX | Software used by Windows to allow application programs direct access to the sound and graphics hardware. This is very popular in computer games that take full advantage of the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1323 | Disassembler | This is a utility, which translates machine instructions to assembly language. These utilities are valuable for debugging programs and for virus analysis. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1324 | Disassembling | Converting a binary program into human-readable machine language code. The transformation of codes of some program into its representation in assembler language. [See also PAD.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1325 | Disassembly | The translation of program code into its representation in assembly language. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1326 | Discrete | A data item that has a finite set of values. Discrete is the opposite of continuous. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1327 | Discrete Multitone | In DMT, a large number of low-rate carrier frequencies are QAM-modulated at a low rate to transmit a single high-rate data stream. DMT is used for ADSL and proposed for VDSL. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1328 | Discriminant analysis | A statistical method based on maximum likelihood for determining boundaries |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1330 | Discriminant training | A means of refining the extraction algorithm so that biometric data from different individuals are as distinct as possible. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1331 | Disk | A disk (from the Greek discos) typically refers to a flat, round object covered with a magnetized film on which electronic information can be written and stored. On ‘floppy’ disks |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1332 | Disk defragmenter | Arranges the blocks of information for a file into adjacent blocks on your hard drive, which may significantly improve the file access times. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1333 | Disk Drive | The hardware, which performs the basic operations on the hard disk, this includes rotating the disk, reading, and writing data to the disk. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1334 | Disk Operating System | An operating system that provides a user interface and a program interface between software and the computer disks, peripherals etc. This term refers to any of the MS-DOS, PC-DOS, DR |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1336 | Diskette | Another name for a 3.5 inch floppy disk. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1337 | Display Resolution | The number of picture elements, or pixels, that a screen can show. Common Windows screen resolutions are 640 columns by 480 rows, 800 ? 600, and 1024 ? 768. On LCD displays, the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1338 | Distance Vector Routing Algorithm | Also called Bellman-Ford routing algorithm. A class of routing algorithms that iterate on the number of hops in a route to find a shortest-path spanning tree. Distance vector routing |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1339 | Distortion | The unwanted change in waveform occurring between two points in a transmission system. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1340 | Distortion Delay | Problem with a communication signal resulting from non-uniform transmission speeds of the components of a signal through a transmission medium. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1341 | Distributed Computing | Term for computer systems in which data and programs are distributed across different computers on a network, and shared. The use of multiple computers, linked by a communications |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1342 | Distributed Computing Environment | An architecture of standard programming interfaces, conventions, and server functionalities (e.g., naming, distributed file system, remote procedure call) for distributing |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1343 | Distributed Database | A collection of several different data repositories that looks like a single database to the user. A prime example in the Internet is the Domain Name System. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1344 | Distributed denial-of-service attack | In 1998, a group of hackers created a program that allows one hacker to launch a massive, coordinated attack from thousands of "zombie computers" that the hacker has taken control of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1345 | Distributed Queue Dual Bus | Communication protocol proposed IEEE 802.6 committee for use in MANs. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1346 | District Health Authority | Formerly the authority managed healthcare for a defined geographical area, with the 1990 NHS Reforms Act it became a purchaser of services on behalf of the local population. In April |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1347 | Dithered/Dithering | In order to display a full-colour graphic image on a 256-colour monitor, computers must simulate the colours it cannot display. They do this by dithering which is combining pixels |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1348 | Dmax | The point of maximum density in an image or an original. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1349 | Dmin | The point of minimum density in an image or an original. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1350 | Document | The physical entity, which contains recorded information—books, graphics, audio recordings, etc. may be called documents. Unit of information sent from servers to clients; a document |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1351 | Document Object Model | A platform and language neutral interface that allows programs and scripts to dynamically access and update the content, structure, and style of documents. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1352 | Document Window | This is the web browser’s scrollable window in which HTML documents can be viewed. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1353 | Documentation | Systematic collection, organization, storage, retrieval, and dissemination of specialized information, especially scientific or technical. In the context of computers, the manual |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1354 | Domain | ‘Domain’ is a heavily overused term in the Internet. It can be used in the administrative domain context, or the domain name context. On the Internet, a part of naming hierarchy. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1361 | Domain (synonym valid values) | A set of data values which represent the full range ofallowable values that may be used for a given data attribute. Defines validity criteria for a particular column or field. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1362 | Domain Name | The highest level name of a web site. For example, the domain name for USA Today Online is usatoday. If you type usatoday in the location area on your browser, you will be connected |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1366 | Domain Name Server | Also an acronym for Domain Name Server, DNS refers to a database of Internet names and addresses which translates the names to the official Internet Protocol numbers and vice versa. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1368 | Domain Name System | The DNS is a general purpose distributed, replicated, data query service. The principal use is the lookup of host IP addresses based on host names. The style of host names now used |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1373 | Domain Specific Part | That part of the CLNS address that contains an area identifier, a station identifier, and a selector byte. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1374 | DOMPAC | A large French Guiana PSN. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1375 | DOS Boot Sector | The first sector of a logical DOS partition on a hard disk or the first absolute sector of a diskette. It contains the startup code, which loads DOS. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1376 | Dots Per Inch | A measure of how small and accurate you can print. The more dpi you can squeeze on the page, the better a page or picture will look. A measure of screen and printer resolution. A |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1377 | Dotted Decimal Notation | A convention for writing 32-bit IP Addresses as a set of four 8-bit numbers written in base 10 with periods separating them. Dot address refers to the common notation for IP |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1378 | Dotted Quad | A set of four numbers connected with periods that make up an Internet address; for example, 147.31.254.130. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1379 | Double-Click | Pressing and releasing the left-mouse button two times in quick succession (without moving the mouse between clicks). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1380 | Double-sided, Double Density | Floppy disks that hold 800 K (0.8 MB) in the 3 1/2 inch version, and 720 K (0.72 MB) in the 5 1/4 inch version. These are only slightly cheaper than the DSHD (Double-sided, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1381 | Download | The transfer of information from the Internet to your computer. Every time you instruct your computer system to retrieve your mail, you are downloading your mail to your computer. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1382 | Downloading | The process of transferring files from the web to your computer. The opposite of upload. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1383 | Down-sampling | The reduction in resolution of an image, necessitating a loss in detail. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1384 | Downstream | Refers to transmission speed from the CO to the service user. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1385 | Drag (mouse) | Move the pointer on an item, hold down the left button, slide the pointer to a new location, and release the button. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1386 | Draw Order | The back-to-front order of polygons drawing on top of one another, with the last to draw being the one that appears to be in front of the others. Usually, alpha channelled polygons |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1387 | Draw Rate | Same as frames per second. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1388 | Driver | A piece of software that tells the computer how to operate an external device, such as a printer, hard disk, CD-ROM drive, or scanner. For instance, you can’t print unless you have a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1389 | Drop | A point on a multipoint channel where a connection to a networked device is made. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1390 | Drop Cable | A cable that connects a network device such as a computer to a physical medium such as an Ethernet network. Drop cable is also called transceiver cable because it runs from the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1391 | Drop Shadow | A drop shadow gives an image depth by creating a shading offset behind a selected image. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1392 | Dropper | A program designed or modified to ‘instal’ a virus onto the target system. It is a carrier of a virus, which has been compressed with PKLite, Diet, LZExe, etc. It drops a virus or |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1393 | Drum Scanner | Early drum scanners separated scans into CMYK data, recording these directly onto film held on a second rotating drum. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1394 | DS-1 | Digital (transmission) System 1, or Digital Signal level 1. Term used to refer to the 1.44-Mbps (US) or 2.108-Mbps (Europe) digital signal carried on a T1 facility. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1395 | DS-1/DTI | Domestic trunk interface circuit to be used for DS-1 applications with 24 trunks. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1396 | DS3 | A framing specification for T-3 synchronous lines. [See also T3.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1397 | DS-3 | Digital (transmission) System 3, or Digital Signal level 3. Term used to refer to the 44-Mbps digital signal carried on a T3 facility. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1398 | DS-4 | Digital Signal level 4. Bell system terminology for the 274.176 Mbps signal. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1399 | DSU-CSU | A DSU-CSU is the digital equivalent of a modem. It is used for connecting a leased line, usually to a router. Ascend, Livingston and several other companies began offering units in |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1400 | DSX-1 | Cross-connection point for DS-1 signals. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1401 | DT>BOC | Bell Operating Company. More commonly referred to as RBOC for Regional Bell Operating Company. The local telephone company in each of the seven US regions. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1402 | DT>CSNET | Computer+Science Network. Formerly a large computer network, mostly in the US but with international connections. CSNET sites included universities, research labs, and some |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1403 | DT>JANET | Joint Academic Network. A university network in the UK [See also SUPERJANET]. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1404 | DT>kernel | The level of an operating system or networking system that contains the system-level commands or all of the functions hidden from the user. In a Unix system, the kernel is a program |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1405 | DT>NetBIOS | Network Basic Input Output System. The standard interface to networks on IBM PC and compatible systems. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1406 | DT>PAD | Packet Assembler Disassembler; the hardware or software interface between a user’s terminal and a packet-switching network. A PAD assembles the user’s input characters into packets |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1407 | DT>proxy | The mechanism whereby one system ‘fronts for’ another system in responding to protocol requests. Proxy systems are used in network management to avoid having to implement full |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1408 | DTP | DeskTop Publishing |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1409 | Dual-Attached Station | Also known as a Class A station, a DAS is a device attached to both FDDI rings. If the primary ring breaks, the station can use the secondary ring. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1410 | Dual-Homed Station | A device attached to multiple FDDI rings. Dual homing provides redundancy. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1411 | Dual IS-IS | See Integrated IS-IS |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1412 | Duel Tone Multifrequency | Use of the two simultaneous voice-band tones for dialing (suct as touch tone). The tones generated by punching in numbers on a telephone key-pad. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1413 | Dump | Back-up of data. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1414 | Dumb Terminal | A terminal that doesn’t contain an internal microprocessor. It responds to simple control codes, and usually displays only characters and numerals. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1415 | Duplex (Full, Half) | Full duplex is data flowing in both directions at the same time. When remote echo is ON, communication is occurring in full duplex. Half Duplex has data moving in only one direction |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1416 | Duplicate Entry | Entry of the same subject heading in two different forms (e.g., United States—Foreign relations—France and France—Foreign relations—United States). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1417 | DXF | Drawing Interchange Format used for Macintosh graphic files. The standard file-exchange format for 3-D and CAD programs. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1418 | Dye Sublimation | A printing process using small heating elements to evaporate pigments from a carrier film, depositing these smoothly onto a substrate. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1419 | Dynamic Adaptive Routing | Automatic rerouting of traffic based on a sensing and analysis of current actual network conditions. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1420 | NOTE | This does not include cases of routing decisions taken on predefined information. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1421 | Dynamic Address Resolution | Use of an address resolution protocol to determine and store address information on demand. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1422 | Dynamic Data Exchange | A communications channel that allows compatible programs to exchange data and control other applications in Windows, OS/2, and Presentation Manager. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1423 | Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol | DHCP is a protocol by which a machine can obtain an IP number (and other network configuration information) from a server on the local network. Established to lessen the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1426 | Dynamic HTML | Instructions written in HTML that enable web pages to react to user input and produce content that changes each time it is viewed. With dynamic HTML coding, web pages are created ‘on |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1428 | Dynamic Lighting | Lighted, but every frame updated, as you’d want for moving lights and for characters that move amongst various light sources. Perhaps the lighting itself animates colour and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1429 | Dynamic Link Library | The ability in Windows and OS/2 for executable memory to call software libraries (i.e sub-routines, or code for accomplishing specific functions) not previously linked to the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1430 | Dynamic Random Access Memory | Memory used to store data in PCs and other devices. It is a type of RAM capable of speeds of about 40MHz. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1431 | Dynamic Routing | Routing that adjusts automatically to network topology or traffic changes. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1432 | Dynamic Signature Verification | Synonym for ‘Signature Verification’. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1433 | Dynamic SQL | This feature modifies queries based on user data, environment variables, and previously returned query results. Dynamic SQL can also increase processing efficiency by executing |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1434 | Dynamic Web Page | Web pages that respond to users’ requests and gather information from them. Often, they have built-in links to a related database, from which they extract data, based on input from |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1436 | E-1 Circuit | An E-1 circuit (2,000,000 bits per second) is the European equivalent (roughly speaking) of a T-1. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1437 | E1 | Refers to Europe’s 2.048 Mbps digital system. Also called CEPT. It is a term for a digital facility used for transmitting data over a telephone network at 2.048 Mbps. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1438 | E3 | The highest transmission rate generally available in the European digital infrastructure (34 Mbps). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1439 | Ear Shape | A lesser-known physical biometric that is characterised by the shape of the outer ear, lobes and bone structure. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1440 | EBIDTA | Acronym for the accounting term meaning Earnings Before Interest, Depreciation, Tax and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1442 | Ebone | A pan-European backbone service. One of the leading pan-European service providers. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1443 | Echo | Signal distortion occurring when transmitted signal is echoed back (reflected) to the originating station. For a modem user, echo has two meanings A modem can return all received |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1444 | Echo (Local, Remote) | Local echo ON causes all transmitted data to be sent to the screen of the sending computer. Remote echo ON causes everything that the remote computer (the one you are communicating |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1445 | Echo Cancellation | A technique used in high-speed modems to isolate and filter out unwanted signal energy caused by echoes from the main transmitted signal. Process by which a transmitter/receiver |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1446 | Echoplex | A mode in which keyboard characters are echoed on a terminal screen upon return of the appropriate signal from the other end of the line to indicate that the characters were received |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1447 | ECM | Acronym for Enterprise Content Management; IT tools and methods that help capture, manage, store, preserve and deliver content in support of business processes. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1448 | ECRC | German Industrial Research Centre in Muenchen. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1449 | EDGE | Enhanced Data Rates for GSM Evolution, is a faster delivery system than GPRS, which should be available in late 2001/early 2001. It promises speeds of up to 384kbps. However, as GPRS |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1450 | Edition (Books, Pamphlets, Fascimiles, Single | All copies produced from essentially the same type image (whether by direct or by photographic or other methods) and issued by the same entity. [See also Reprint.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1451 | Editor | One who prepares for publication an item not his or her own. The editorial work may be limited to the preparation of the item for the manufacturer, or it may include supervision of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1452 | EDUCOM | A national lobbying organization composed primarily of major academic computing centers. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1453 | Eigenface | A method of representing a human face as a linear deviation from a mean or average face. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1454 | Eigenhead | The three dimensional version of Eigenface that also analyses the shape of the head. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1455 | Electrically Erasable Progammable ROM | It is a special type of PROM that can be erased by exposing it to an electrical charge. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1456 | ElectroMagnetic Interference | Radiation leakage outside a transmission medium, resulting mainly from the use of high frequency wave energy and signal modulation. EMI can be reduced by appropriate shielding. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1457 | Electronic Commerce | Business which takes place between companies using services such as the Internet, electronic data Interchange or electronic file transfer.The two companies, one the supplier and the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1459 | Electronic Data Interchange | Is a set of standards that allows corporations to order from and send invoices to other corporations, all electronically by means of data networks. It is the electronic communication |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1461 | Electronic Data Interchange For Administration, | A data exchange standard administered by the United Nations to be a multi-industry EDI standard. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1462 | Electronic Frontier Foundation | A non-profit organization concerned with Internet-related privacy and access issues. The foundation was established to address social and legal issues arising from the impact on |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1463 | Electronic Industries | This organization provides standards for the data communications industry to ensure uniformity of the interface between DTEs and DCEs. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1464 | E-learning (electronic learning) | Term covering a wide set of applications and processes, such as web-based |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1466 | Electronic List | Also known simply as list. A discussion group on a list server that is set up for a particular group and/or topic. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1467 | Electronic Mail | Online communications between computer users. The most frequently used communications tool on the Internet. E-mail allows you to communicate with one or thousands of users in less |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1469 | E-mail Address | An E-mail address specifies the user and location of a sender or recipient of E-mail. E-mail addresses are typically of the form login-id@hostcomputer.somewhere. The first part of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1474 | E-mail list | A form of one-to-many communication using e-mail; a software program for automating mailing |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1476 | Electronic Medical Record | A general term describing computer-based patient record systems. It is sometimes extended to include other functions like order entry for medications and tests, amongst other common |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1477 | Electronic Publishing | A relatively new term most often applied to the interactive technological delivery of textual information where the ability to flexibly ‘interrogate’ the information is required. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1478 | Electronic Writing | Offers an introduction to new writing techniques using computers and the Internet. It covers word-processing, desktop publishing, and how to create better-looking documents. Simple |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1479 | Electronics Industries Association | A standards organization in the US specializing in the electrical and functional characteristics of interface equipment. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1480 | Element | A word, phrase, or group of characters representing a distinct unit of bibliograhic information and forming part of an area (q.v.) of the description. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1481 | Element Management System | A management system that provides functions at the element management layer. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1482 | E&M Signalling | Voice transmission system that uses separate paths for signalling and voice signals. The ‘M’ lead (mouth) transmits signal to the end of circuit while the ‘E’ lead (ear) receives |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1483 | Emboss | Embossing a graphic image adds dimension to it by making the image appear as if it were carved as a projection from a flat background. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1484 | Emitted-Coupled Logic | A circuit that provides high-speed switching by having the emitters of two transistors connected to a resistor so that only one transistor can conduct at a given time. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1485 | Emoticons | Smileys [ these things -) ] and other character art used to express feelings in email communication. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1487 | Empirical | Based on observation or experiment, not on theory. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1488 | Employee referral program | An incentive program for existing employees to refer outside candidates to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1490 | Emulation | As a computer term, to emulate something means to duplicate its functioning in another context. For instance, communications programs are able (in software) to emulate the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1491 | Emulation Mode | Function of a network control program that enables it to perform activities equivalent to those performed by a transmission control unit. For example, with the Cisco Works network |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1492 | EN (status) | Acronym for electronically new; the status given when a ticket is first created in the system as the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1494 | ENB | English National Board for Nursing Midwifery and Health Visiting, one of four English national boards which co-ordinate professional educational standards. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1495 | Encapsulated PostScript | EPS formats are generally very useful for printing to postscript printers. EPS files can be written up to 32-bit CYMK (Cyan, Yellow, Magenta, Black) file, which is useful for |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1496 | Encapsulation | The technique used by layered protocols in which a layer adds header information to the protocol data unit (PDU) from the layer above. As an example, in Internet terminology, a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1497 | Encapsulation Bridging | Carries Ethernet frames from one router to another across disparate media, such as serial and FDDI lines. Contrast with translational bridging. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1498 | Encoder | A device that modifies information into the required transmission format. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1499 | Encoding | File transfer formatting that enables encrypted, compressed or binary files to be transferred without corruption or loss of data. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1500 | Encrypted Viruses | Indicates that the virus code contains a special routine that encrypts the virus body to evade detection by antivirus software. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1501 | Encryption | A way of coding information in a file or e-mail message so that if it is intercepted by a third party as it travels over a network it cannot be read. Encryption is the manipulation |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1505 | End Node | An APPN end system that supports end-user applications. ENs do not provide routing services. ENs rely on their directly connected network node (NN) for APPN services. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1506 | End of Transmission | Generally, a character that signifies the end of a logical group of characters or bits. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1507 | End System | An OSI system, which contains application, processes capable of communicating through all seven layers of OSI protocols. It is equivalent to Internet host. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1508 | End System to Intermediate System protocol | The OSI protocol by which end systems announce themselves to intermediate systems. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1509 | Entropy | A way to measure variability other than the variance statistic. Some decision trees split the data into |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1511 | End User | A library user who requests an online database search; non-librarian who conducts his/her own online searches. A person who interacts with a biometric system to enrol or have his/her |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1512 | End user Adaptation | The process of adjustment whereby a participant in a test becomes familiar with what is required and alters their responses accordingly. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1513 | Engine | The heart of the RT3D program, the engine is what converts all the game assets into a display on your computer screen. It is a software program written by one or more programmers, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1514 | Enhanced Expanded Memory Specification | A technique for adding memory to PCs that supports 64 page frames and allows the storage of executable code in expanded memory. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1515 | Enhanced Parallel Port | A standard that supports data transfer rates of up to 500 Kbps used in printers, external disk drives and tape drives. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1516 | Enhanced Small Device Interface | A standard that enables storage devices to communicate with computers, typically transferring data at 10 Mbps, but capable of higher speeds. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1517 | Enrolee | A person who has a biometric reference template on file. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1518 | Enrolment | The process of collecting biometric samples from a person and the subsequent preparation and storage of biometric reference templates representing that person’s identity. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1519 | Enrolment Time | The time period a person must spend to have his/her biometric reference template successfully created. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1520 | Enterprise | In the computer industry, an enterprise is an organization that uses computers. A word was needed that would encompass corporations, small businesses, non-profit institutions, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1521 | Enterprise data model | A logical data model that incorporates all the important components of an enterprise data architecture.Components include entities, attributes, relationships, rules and definitions |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1522 | Enterprise Data Warehouse | A collection of data that can be defined and shared across the whole enterprise along the lines of common dimensions to be used for analysis. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1523 | Enterprise Management Architecture | DEC Network Management. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1524 | Enterprise Network | A large typical corporate network under the auspices of one organization. A (usually large, diverse) network connecting most major points in a company. Differs from WAN in that it is |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1525 | Enterprise systems | Systems that support and are used by the entire enterprise |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1527 | Entitlement | Verification process that the caller is eligible for support on a particular contract. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1528 | Entity | OSI terminology for a layer protocol machine. An entity within a layer performs the functions of the layer within a single computer system, accessing the layer entity below and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1529 | Entry | A record of an item in a catalog. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1530 | Entry Word | The word by which an entry is arranged in the catalog, usually the first word (other than an article) of the heading. [See also Heading.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1531 | Enumerative Scheme | A classification scheme or subject headings system, which lists subjects and their subdivisions and provides ready-made class marks or compound headings for them. [See also Faceted |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1532 | Envelope | Envelope is another term for the data packet within which is held information, desired by a network’s end users. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1533 | Environment | The combination of computer hardware, operating system and user interface. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1534 | Environment Mapping | A method of texture mapping that simulates the look of reflections in a shiny surface, like chrome or glass. The texture is usually painted to look like an all-encompassing world. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1535 | Ephemera | Printed material, including pamphlets and clippings, which record or are of use in current events, and which are not intended for long-term preservation. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1536 | Epistemology | The philosophical study of knowledge. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1537 | EPLD | Electrically Programmable Logic Device. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1538 | EPS 5 | Another term used for DCS. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1539 | EPSF | Encapsulated PostScript File |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1540 | Equal Error Rate | When the decision threshold of a system is set so that the proportion of false rejections will be approximately equal to the proportion of false acceptances, it is known as equal |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1541 | Equalization | A technique used to compensate for communications channel distortions. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1542 | Equalizer | A device that compensates for distortion due to signal attenuation and propagation time with respect to frequency (reduces the effects of amplitude frequency and/or phase |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1543 | Erasable Programmable ROM | Is a special type of PROM that can be erased by exposing it to ultraviolet light. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1544 | ERASMUS | European Community Action Scheme for the Mobility of University Students. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1545 | ERIC | An index to educational journal articles and documents collected by national clearing houses for educational information. It provides summaries of the articles and documents, and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1546 | ERP | Acronym for Enterprise Resource Planning; a compilation of a company's information systems designed to bind more closely a variety of company functions including human resources, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1547 | Error Checking and Correcting Memory | This is a memory that can locate errors and correct them. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1548 | Error Control | A technique for assuring that transmission is received at the destination without errors. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1549 | Error-correcting Code | A code having sufficient intelligence and incorporating sufficient signaling information to enable the detection and correction of many errors at the receiver. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1550 | Error-detecting Code | A code that can detect transmission errors through analysis of received data based on their adherence to appropriate structural guidelines. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1551 | ESC | Acronym for Enterprise Service Center; a Managed Service Desk. Single point of focus and accountability |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1553 | Escalate | Forward a call to a higher level of support; usually done when the technician does not have sufficient |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1555 | ESCON Channel | Entreprise Systems CONnection. An IBM 17-Mbps channel for attaching mainframes to peripherals, such as storage devices, backup units, and network interfaces. This channel |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1556 | Esnet | Energy Sciences Network is the TCP/IP network of the Department of Energy. With the rise of the commercial Internet, it has declined considerably in importance. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1557 | ETA | Acronym for Estimated Time of Arrival. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1558 | Ethernet | Ethernet is a local area network transport protocol that first appeared in the 1970s. It is a LAN that was developed by Xerox Corporation in cooperation with DEC and Intel in 1976. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1560 | Ethernet, IEEE 802.3 CSMA/CD (Carrier Sense | A media access (or data link) standard that specifies a 10 Mbps broadcast bus topology that can be implemented passively (on coaxial cable or passive fiber-optic star) or actively |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1561 | Ethernet Meltdown | An event that causes saturation, or near saturation, on an Ethernet. It usually results from illegal or misrouted packets and typically lasts only a short time. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1562 | ETL | Extract/Transform/Load This is the process of extracting data from their operational data sources or external data sources, transforming the data which includes cleansing, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1563 | ETR | Acronym for Estimated Time of Repair. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1564 | Eudora | Eudora is an electronic mail program for the Macintosh and MS-Windows. That is produced and distributed by Qualcomm. This program makes it possible for anyone with a POP account and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1565 | Euronet | A X.25 Packet Switching Data Network for the European Academic and Research entities, launched in 1978. Disappeared with the subsequent implementation of national PSDNs in Europe. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1566 | EuropaNet | DANTE’s European network service. Currently using BT’s IBDNS as its European backbone. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1567 | European Academic and Research Network | A network connecting European academic and research institutions with electronic mail and file transfer services using the bitnet protocol. It was merged with RARE in 1994 to form |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1568 | European Institute of Computer Anti-Virus Research | This institute has developed a string of characters that can be used to test the proper installation and operation of antivirus software. The EICAR test file is an important file for |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1570 | European Multi Protocol Backbone | Previous EuropaNET (DANTE) backbone. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1571 | European Telecommunication Standards Institute | Organization created by European PTTs and the EC (European Community) to propose telecommunications standards for Europe. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1572 | European Union | The integration of a number of European countries with the intention to create a common supranational space, in which persons, goods and services can freely circulate without |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1573 | European UNIX Network | Designed to provide interconnection and electronic mail services that began as an extension to Usenet. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1574 | European Workshop for Open Systems | The OSI Implementors Workshop for Europe. [See also OIW.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1575 | EUUG | See European UNIX Users Group |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1576 | Evaluation | Any systematic method for gathering informationn about the impact and effectiveness of a learning |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1578 | Event | Network message indicating operational irregularities in physical elements of a network or a response to the occurrence of a significant task, typically the completion of a request |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1579 | Evidence-based Medicine | A movement advocating the practice of medicine according to clinical guidelines, developed to reflect best-practice as captured from a meta-analysis of the clinical literature. [See |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1580 | EXEC | Cisco term used to designate software that interprets commands on Cisco products. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1581 | Executable | A file that is in the computer’s language; it can run, or execute, the file, but it will make no sense to humans attempting to read it. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1582 | Executable Code | Instructions, which are ‘executable’ by the computer system. This includes COM, EXE, DLL and similar files. In a broader sense, executable codes include the code found in disk boot |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1583 | Executable Files | Refers to a file that is a program. Executables in DOS and Windows usually have an .exe or a .com extension. In UNIX and Macintosh environments, executable files can have any name. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1585 | Execute | Means to perform an action, as in executing a program or a command. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1586 | Executive Information System | A collection of programs that organizes data and provides information about a corporation. A system that lets upper management view the organization’s performance at a highly |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1587 | Expansion | The process of running a compressed data set through an algorithm that restores the data set to its original size. [See also Compression and Companding.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1588 | Expansion Cards | A printed circuit card such as a video/graphics card that plugs into an expansion slot and adds functionality to the computer’s capibilities. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1590 | Expansion Slots | Compartments in a computer, into which you can plug expansion cards such as a graphics or sound card and connect them to the system bus. Most computers today have from 3 to 8 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1592 | Expedites Delivery | Generally, an option set by a specific protocol layer telling other protocol layers (or the same protocol layer in another network device) to handle specific data more rapidly. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1593 | Expert System | A computer program that contains expert knowledge about a particular problem, often in the form of a set of if-then rules, that is able to solve problems at a level equivalent or |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1594 | Explanatory Reference | An elaborated see or see also reference that explains the circumstances under which the headings involved should be consulted. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1595 | Explicit Route | In SNA, a route from a subarea to a destination subarea, as specified by a list of subarea nodes and transmission groups that connect the two. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1596 | Exploit | Shorthand for any vulnerability in an operating system or application that opens a system to a hacker's attack. New exploits are constantly being uncovered. Each time a new OS or |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1597 | Exploratory Analysis | Looking at data to discover relationships not previously detected. Exploratory analysis |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1599 | Explorer | The Windows program that you can use to explore your disks. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1600 | Explorer Frame | Frame sent out by a networked device in a route bridging environment to determine the optimal route to another networked device. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1601 | Export | To save a file in a different format (that of another program). For example, many Adobe Photoshop files are exported to become GIF or JPEG files. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1602 | Expressions | A formula used to create procedural animation, often using mathematical elements like sine and cosine. Expressions can automate and greatly speed up repetitive animation tasks. Also |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1603 | External Data | Data not collected by the organization, such as data available from a reference book, a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1605 | Extended Binary Coded Decimal Interchange Code | A standard character-to-number encoding used primarily by IBM computer systems. This is a standard way of representing ordinary text as a stream of binary numbers. There are only 256 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1606 | Extended Data Out Random Access Memory | This is a type of RAM capable of speeds of about 50MHz. It holds its last requested data in a cache after releasing it. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1607 | Extended Four Letter Acronym | A recognition of the fact that there are far too many TLAs. [See also Three Letter Acronym.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1608 | Extended memory | Physical memory above 1 megabyte for computers with a 286 or above microprocessor. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1609 | Extended Superframe Format | A T1 framing format that uses the framing but to provide maintenance and diagnostic functions. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1610 | eXtensible Markup Language | A web programming language being desired to replace Hypertext Markup Language. It has several features that add greater functionality to web documents, including the ability to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1611 | Extensions | A suffix at the end of a filename describing its type. Usually preceded by a period. In DOS the extension is restricted to three letters. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1613 | Exterior Gateway Protocol | A protocol which distributes routing information to the routers which connect autonomous systems. The term ‘gateway’ is historical, as ‘router’ is currently the preferred term. There |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1614 | eXternal Data Representation | A standard for machine independent data structures developed by Sun Microsystems and defined in RFC 1014. It is similar to ASN.1. [See also Abstract Syntax Notation One.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1615 | External Keyboard | Even a ‘full-sized’ laptop keyboard lacks standard desktop keyboard features, such as a separate numeric keyboard. An external keyboard port allows you to plug in a standard keyboard |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1616 | External Mouse | Most people find that built-in pointing devices in notebooks, whether they are trackballs, touch pads, or eraser-head sticks, are not as convenient or precise as desktop mice. Many |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1617 | External VGA Port | While built-in screens on notebook computers are getting bigger and brighter you may still want to connect to an external monitor or projector for group viewing. External VGA ports |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1618 | External Viewer | A program used for presenting graphics, audio and video files. Programs that allow the viewing of GIF and JPEG files and the hearing of AU files fall into this category. A software |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1619 | Extraction | The process of converting a captured biometric sample into biometric data so that it can be compared to a reference template. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1620 | Extranet | (Compare Internet and Intranet) An extended intranet connecting not only internal personnel, but also select customers, suppliers, and strategic partners. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1622 | E-Zine | Stands for electronic magazine and is a name for a website which is modelled after a print magazine or for a magazine that is only available online or through e-mail. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1624 | F2F (face-to-face) | Term used to describe the traditional classroom environment. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1625 | Face | Another name for a polygon. This term can be used specifically for a single triangle or more generally for a multi-triangle polygon. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1626 | Face Monitoring | A biometric application of face recognition technology where the biometric system monitors the attendance of an end user at a desktop. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1627 | Face Recognition | A physical biometric that analyses facial features. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1628 | Faces | This odd symbol is one of the ways a person can portray ‘mood’ in the very flat medium of computers by using ‘smiley faces’. This is ‘metacommunication’, and there are literally |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1629 | Facet | A component (based on a particular characteristic) of a complex subject (e.g., geographic facet, language facet, literary form facet). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1630 | Facet Analysis | The division of a subject into its component parts (facets). Each array of a facet consists of parts based on the same characteristic (e.g., English language, French language, German |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1631 | Faceted Scheme | A classification scheme that identifies subjects by their component parts and requires fitting together the appropriate parts in order to provide a class mark for a work. For |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1632 | Facial Thermogram | A specialised face recognition technique that senses heat in the face caused by the flow of blood under the skin. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1633 | Fact table | The central table in a star join schema, characterized by a composite key, each of whose elements is a foreign key drawn from a dimension table. Facts are information about the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1634 | Failure to Acquire | Failure of a biometric system to capture and extract biometric data. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1635 | Failure to Acquire Rate | The frequency of a failure to acquire. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1636 | False Acceptance | When a biometric system incorrectly identifies an individual or incorrectly verifies an impostor against a claimed identity. Also known as a Type II error. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1637 | False Acceptance Rate | The probability that a biometric system will incorrectly identify an individual or will fail to reject an impostor. Also known as the Type II error rate. It is stated as follows FAR |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1638 | False Alarm | Heuristic scans, used to detect new and previously undiscovered viruses, will often give off a lot of false alarms or flags. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1639 | False Match Rate | Alternative to ‘False Acceptance Rate’. Used to avoid confusion in applications that reject the claimant if their biometric data matches that of an enrolee. In such applications, the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1640 | False Non-Match Rate | Alternative to ‘False Rejection Rate’. Used to avoid confusion in applications that reject the claimant if their biometric data matches that of an enrolee. In such applications, the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1641 | False Positive | It occurs when a scanner identifies a file as infected when in fact it is not. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1642 | False Rejection | When a biometric system fails to identify an enrolee or fails to verify the legitimate claimed identity of an enrolee it is called false rejection. Also known as a Type I error. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1643 | False Rejection Rate | It is the probability that a biometric system will fail to identify an enrolee, or verify the legitimate claimed identity of an enrolee. Also known as a Type I error rate. It is |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1644 | Family Application Programming Interface | An application programming interface that enables programmers to make programs that run on both OS/2 and DOS operating systems. Because this format is not the normal .exe or .com |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1645 | Fan-out-unit | It is the device that allows multiple devices on a network to communicate using a single network attachment. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1646 | Fans | One of the ways that triangles can be created to reuse vertex transforms, and thus save memory and also render time. Once you have drawn one triangle, the next triangle only needs to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1647 | FARnet | A non-profit corporation, established in 1987, whose mission is to advance the use of computer networks to improve research and education. The Federation of American Research |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1648 | Fast Ethernet | It is a proposed specification in the 802.3 Ethernet working group to boost Ethernet speeds to 100 Mbps, and referred to as 100BaseTX. Early implementations promise to offer |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1649 | Fast Switching | A Cisco-supported feature whereby a route cache is used to expedite packet switching through a router. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1650 | FAT Client | A FAT Client is a client that does most of the work (processing) and leaves a limited amount for the server to do. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1651 | Fault Management | One of the five categories of network management defined by ISO for management of OSI networks. Fault management attempts to ensure that network faults are detected and controlled. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1652 | Fawn Book | The document produced for the JNT defining the Simple Screen Management Protocol (SSMP). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1653 | FAX | A shortened form of facsimile. The fax protocols (CCITT V.17, V.19 & V.27ter) define ways of sending information (in a visual format) over telephone lines. Faxing is a very common |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1654 | Fax Modem | A modem that sends/receives information which is coded in a special fax format. The information being transmitted is converted from/to a graphic image for a standard fax application |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1655 | FCCSET | The FNC reports to the Federal Coordinating Committee on Science Engineering and Technology. FCCSET in turn reports to the executive branch’s OSTP (Office of Science and Technology |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1656 | FDDI II | The proposed ANSI standard to enhance FDDI. FDDI II will provide isochronous transmission for connectionless data circuits and connection-oriented voice and video circuits. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1657 | Feathering | Feathering the edge of a graphic image gradually dissipates the edge, making the edge look blurry. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1658 | Federal Communications Commission | The regulatory agency established in the United States for all interstate radio and electronic communications. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1659 | Federal Information Exchange | One of the connection points between the American governmental internets and the Internet. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1660 | Federal Networking Council | The coordinating group of representatives from those federal agencies involved in the development and use of federal networking, especially those networks using TCP/IP and the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1661 | Federal Research Internet Coordinating Committee | Now replaced by the FNC. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1662 | Federated database system (FDS) | A federated database system is a collection of independently managed, heterogeneous database systems that allow partial and controlled sharing of data without affecting existing |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1663 | Feed-Forward | A neural net in which the signals only flow in one direction, from the inputs to the outputs. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1664 | Feeder Distribution Interfaces | These are points where cable bundles from the telephone switch use drop lines extended out to service users. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1665 | Feeder Network | Part of a public switched network, which connects access nodes to the core network. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1666 | Fiber | Fiber, or fiber optic, refers to cable containing often about two dozen threads of pure glass. Lasers attached to the end of such cable can send digital patterns of light pulses at |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1667 | Fiber Distributed Data Interface | It is a 100 megabit per second transport protocol used over fiber in local area networks and is based on token ring technology where data collisions are avoided by allowing hosts to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1669 | Fiber Optic Cable | A transmission medium that uses glass or plastic fibers, rather than copper wire, to transport data or voice signals. The signal is imposed on the fiber via pulses (modulation) of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1670 | Fiber-Optic Inter-Repeater Link | Fiber-optic signalling methodology based on the IEEE 802.3 fiber-optic specification. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1671 | Fiber Optics | A method for the transmission of information (sound, pictures, data). Light is modulated and transmitted over high purity, hair-thin fibers of glass. The bandwidth capacity of fiber |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1672 | Fiber Opticus | Thin filaments of glass or plastic carrying a transmitted light beam (generated by an LED or laser). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1673 | Field | A unit of data in a USMARC record, identified by a three-character numeric tag. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1674 | Field Terminator | A symbol used to signal the end of a field in a USMARC record. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1675 | Field Test | A trial of a biometric application in ‘real world’ as opposed to laboratory conditions. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1676 | File | A collection of information on a disk, usually a document or a program, that’s lumped together and is called by one name. A collection of related records treated as a unit. This is a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1677 | File Allocation Table | Consists of sequential sectors on a logical disk. It contains a table of file allocation addresses associated with this disk and is located in the sectors following the boot-sector. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1679 | File Attributes | The file attributes contain file characteristics system file, hidden file, read-only file, etc. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1680 | File Compression | This makes computer data smaller, lesser and, consequently, the information takes up less disk or file space and may be transmitted in less time. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1681 | File Conversion | This term relates to taking a file from one computer system and running a series of programs to create a different file that can be used in another computer system. The input file |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1682 | File-creation Mode Mask | In UNIX a number consisting of three octal digits, which is subtracted from a similar number, used by the system to create files and directories. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1683 | File Extension | In DOS or Windows, computer files have to be named using a standard consisting of a name, a point and a file extension. For example, the file letter.doc has a file extension of DOC. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1684 | File Format | The file format defines/categorises files based on the way the data is stored and the program it uses. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1685 | File Infecting Viruses | File infecting viruses infect executable programs (generally, files that have extensions of .com or .exe). Most of such viruses simply try to replicate and spread by infecting other |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1686 | Filename | The name assigned to a collection of data that is stored on a disk. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1687 | Filename Extension | The optional "period" and up to three characters at the end of a filename. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1688 | File Permissions | When you place files on a UNIX system you can assign the files various levels of permission, specifying who can access them, and what type of access they can have. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1689 | Fill Rate | It is the number of textured and shaded pixels that an engine can render over a given time period, usually measured in millions of pixels per second (MPPS). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1690 | Film Recorder | Used in reference to colour transparency recording devices, and sometimes also to imagesetters. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1691 | File Server | It is a computer that shares its resources, such as printers and files, with other computers on the network. An example of this is a Novell NetWare server, which shares its disk |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1692 | File Stealth Virus | In addition to redirection for the boot information, these viruses attack .COM and .EXE files when opened or copied and hide the file size changes from the DIR command. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1693 | File System | In UNIX the physical or logical device that holds a collection of files and directories. This might be a hard disk drive or a partition on a disk drive. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1694 | File Transfer | The copying of a file from one computer to another over a computer network. [See also File Transfer Protocol, Kermit, protocol (file transfer).] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1695 | File Transfer Access and Management | The OSI remote file service and protocol developed for network file exchange and management. Similar to FTP and NFS. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1696 | File Transfer Protocol | A protocol, which allows a user on one host to access, and transfer files to and from, another host over a network. Also, FTP is usually the name of the program the user invokes to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1700 | Filter | A piece of software that an application uses for file-format conversion or special effects. PageMaker, for example, has a filter that lets it import Microsoft Word files, while |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1702 | Filtering | A specialised technique used by some AFIS vendors. Filtering is the process of classifying finger images according to data, which is unrelated to the finger image itself. This may |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1703 | Find | A program that helps you locate files and folders by entering search criteria. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1704 | Finger | A program that displays information about a particular user, or all users, logged on to the local system or on a remote system. It typically shows full name, last login time, idle |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1706 | Finger Geometry | A physical biometric that analyses the shape and di-mensions of one or more fingers. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1707 | Finger Image | A physical biometric, which looks at the patterns, found in the tip of the finger. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1708 | Fingerprint/Fingerprinting | The preferred terms are now ‘Finger Image’ and ‘Fingerscanning’. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1709 | Fingerscanning | The process of finger image capture. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1710 | Finite State Machine | A knowledge representation that makes different states in a process explicit, and connects them with links which specify some transition condition that specifies how one traverses |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1711 | Finnish Commercial Internet Exchange | An exchange point for EUnet Finland, Datanet (Telecom Finland), LanLink (FINNET group) and FUNET. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1712 | Firewall | A mechanism that isolates a network from the rest of the Internet, permitting only specific traffic to pass in and out. A combination of hardware and software that separates a LAN |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1716 | FireWire | Apple Computer's trademarked name for its high-speed serial bus supporting the IEEE 1394 data |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1718 | Firmware | Software instructions set permanently or semipermanently in ROM, this lies half way between hardware and software. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1719 | First Call Resolution | Percentage of help desk calls that are resolved upon first contact with the customer. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1720 | First-In-First-Out Buffer | A buffer of this type is used in the 16650 type of UARTs which allow higher data throughput rates on PCs. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1721 | FIX West and FIX East | Federal Internet Exchange West is a link at NASA Ames (Moffit Field) California and Federal Internet Exchange East College Park Maryland between the backbones of MILnet, ESnet, and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1722 | Fixed Field | A field with a fixed (i.e., predetermined) length in a USMARC record. [See also Variable field.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1723 | Fixed Location | System of marking and arranging library materials by shelf and book marks so that their absolute position in room or tier and on the shelf is always the same. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1724 | Fixed-text System | The preferred term is ‘Text-Dependent System’. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1725 | Flame | A strong opinion and/or criticism of something usually as a frank inflammatory statement, in an electronic mail message. It is common to precede a flame with an indication of pending |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1728 | Flame War | When an online discussion degenerates into a series of personal attacks against the debators, rather than discussion of their positions. A heated exchange. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1729 | Flapping | Routing problem where the advertised route between two node alternates (flaps) back and forth between two paths due to a network problem that causes intermittent interface failures. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1730 | Flash EPROM | A PROM (Programmable Read-Only Memory) technology developed by Intel and licensed to other semiconductor companies. Flash EPROM is nonvolatile storage that can be electrically erased |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1731 | Flash Update | A routing update sent asynchronously in response to a change in the network topology. Normal routing updates are sent at fixed intervals. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1732 | Flatbed Scanner | Any scanning device that incorporates a flat transparent plate, on which original images are placed for scanning. The scanning process is linear rather than rotational. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1733 | Floating-point Processor | A special chip that handles sophisticated calculations, such as those used in spreadsheets, CAD, and scientific programs. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1734 | Flooding | Routing tehnique by which routing information received by a routing device is sent out of each of that device’s interfaces except the interface on which the information was received. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1735 | Floppy Disk Drive | A floppy disk drive is a hardware device that you read and write data from and to. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1736 | Floppy Diskette, Floppy | A removable magnetic secondary storage medium, popular for its low cost and portability. Floppy disks come in 3 1/2 inch and 5 1/4 versions, most commonly in DSHD format, although |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1737 | Floptical | This is a data storage mechanism using both magnetic and optical technology. The data is accessed magnetically but, using optical technology, data is positioned, read, and written. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1738 | Flow Control | A technique for ensuring that a transmitting entity does not overwhelm a receiving entity. In IBM networks, this technique is called pacing. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1739 | Fog | Objects in the RT3D scene become more and more the same colour as they recede into the distance. This is similar to real fog, except that RT3D fog is a perfect gradient, whereas real |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1740 | Folder | An object that can hold other objects, such as other folders and files. In the Macintosh realm directories are known as ‘folders’. Two words for the same thing - a space on your hard |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1741 | Folder Window | A window that displays the contents of a folder. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1742 | Follow-up | A reply to a Usenet posting. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1743 | Font | Also known as typeface. The style of lettering used, described by style and point size (the size of the character). The larger the print size the larger the character. A 2-point font |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1744 | For Position Only | A low resolution image placed in a document to indicate where the final version is to be positioned. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1745 | For Your Information | A subseries of RFCs that are not technical standards or descriptions of protocols. FYIs convey general information about topics related to TCP/IP or the Internet. (a) A common |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1746 | Foreign eXchange Office | A voice interface emulating a PABX trunk line, as it appears to the C.O. (Central Office). Also emulating regular telephone set, as it appears to the PABX extension interface. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1747 | Foreign eXchange Subscribe | A voice interface, emulating the extension interface of a PABX (or subscriber interface of a C.O.) for connecting a regular telephone set to a multiplexer. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1748 | Foreign keys | Foreign keys are columns on one table that are inherited from the primary key of another table by means of a dependent or independent relationship. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1749 | Form Heading | A heading representing the physical, bibliographic, artistic, or literary form of a work (e.g., Encyclopaedias and dictionaries, Essays, Short stories, String quartets). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1750 | Form Subdivision | A division of a class number or subject heading which brings out the form of the work (e.g., – 03 and – 05 in Dewey Decimal Classification, —Dictionaries and —Periodicals in Library |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1751 | Format | It means to initialize a disk to prepare it for use. The disk is checked for errors and organized so that data can be recorded and retrieved. Formatting a used disk erases any |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1752 | Format Indicator 4 | One of the several formats that an SNA transmission header (TH) can use. An FID4TH encapsulates messages between SNA subarea nodes that are capable of supporting virtual and explicit |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1753 | Forms | Forms are special sorts of web (HTML) documents, which gather information. One can enter information either by typing it into designated fields or by selecting appropriate sorts of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1754 | FORTHnet | FOundation for Research and Technology—Hellas forums. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1755 | Forward Channel | The communications path carrying information from the call initiator to the called party. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1756 | Forward Error Correction | A technique for detecting and correcting errors in transmission without requiring retransmission of data by the transmitter. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1757 | Forward Kinematics | FK for short. A method of manipulating objects in a hierarchy where the animator positions objects in the hierarchy and the program calculates the positions and orientations of the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1758 | Forwarding | The process of sending a frame towards its ultimate destination by an internetworking device. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1759 | Fourier Transform | Technique used to evaluate the importance of various frequency cycles in a time series pattern. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1760 | Four-wire Circuit | A communications path consisting of two pairs of conductors (wires), one pair for transmitting and one pair for receiving. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1761 | FOV | Field Of View is a traditional photography term, meaning the area that the viewer can see in the RT3D scene. The FOV is usually defined by its width in degrees. A typical FOV in RT3D |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1762 | Fractional T1 | A service provided by North American carriers where a full T1 link is given to the customer, but the service charge is calculated based on the number of timeslots used. A WAN |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1763 | Fragment | A piece of a packet. When a router is forwarding an IP packet to a network that has a maximum packet size smaller than this packet size, it is forced to break up that packet into |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1764 | Fragmentation | A condition where parts of a file are stored in different locations on a disk. When a file is fragmented, the drive’s read/write head has to jump from place to place to read the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1765 | Frame | A frame is a datalink layer ‘packet’ which contains the header and trailer information required by the physical medium. That is, network layer packets are encapsulated to become |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1781 | Frame Buffer | The frame buffer is what a video board uses to store the images it renders, while it is rendering them. When it is done, it sends the completed frame to your monitor and starts |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1782 | Frame Check Sequence | HDLC term adopted by subsequent link layer protocols and referring to extra characters added to a frame for error control purposes. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1783 | Frame Rate | It is same as frames per second. The number of images (or frames) displayed in 1 second of video. Frame rate is directly related to motion and motion artifact. Standard video |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1784 | Frame Relay | A protocol used across the interface between user devices (for example, hosts and routers) and network equipment (for example, switching nodes). Frame relay is more efficient than |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1785 | Frame-grabbing System | A combination of hardware and software, designed to capture individual frames from video clips for further digital manipulation, or consecutive replay on computer platforms. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1786 | Frames | In HTML, providing the ability to break the web page into multiple, separately scrollable areas. Because some search engines cannot follow links in a framed website, a good web |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1787 | Frames Per Second | This means how many animation frames the computer displays each second. Also called frame-rate. The NTSC television standard used in the United States displays its frames at around |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1788 | Free Text | The use of natural language in information retrieval. [See also Controlled Vocabulary.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1789 | Free-floating Subdivision | A subdivision that may be used by a cataloger (at the Library of Congress) under any existing appropriate subject heading for the first time without establishing the usage |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1790 | Freenet | An organization to provide free Internet access to people in a certain area, usually through public libraries. An open-access, community-sponsored and maintained computer network, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1792 | Free-text System | The preferred term is ‘Text-Independent System’. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1793 | Freeware | Non-copyrighted software made available free for public use by the author. Software developed by individuals or small companies that costs nothing to use. The developer retains the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1795 | French National Research Institution/Organisation | Where EUnet France saw the light of day many years ago. ‘Institut National de Recherche en Informatique et en Automatique’ Organisation currently in charge of FR NIC (not an ISP). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1796 | Frequency | Measured in Hertz (Hz), the number of cycles of an alternating current signal per unit time. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1797 | Frequency Division Multiplexing | A technique whereby information from multiple channels can be allocated bandwidth on a single wire based on frequency. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1798 | Frequency Shift Keying | A frequency modulation scheme. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1799 | Frequently Asked Questions(FAQs) | A document that covers a topic of general concern to many users. FAQs are a good way for new users to get information on various aspects of the Internet. FAQs are documents that list |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1803 | Ftp to | rtfm.mit.edu |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1805 | Front End Processor | A dedicated computer designed for communications control of a mainframe. Also a node or software program that requests services from a back end application. [See also Client and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1806 | Front-end | The access and analysis piece of the data warehouse architecture. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1807 | Frontside Bus | The Frontside Bus (FSB) within a microprocessor that connects the CPU with main memory. It's used to communicate between the motherboard and other components. A backside bus connects |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1808 | Frustum | A term from traditional photography, it is the shape that the viewer’s FOV creates when projected into the scene. This pyramidal shape defines the limits of what the viewer can See |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1809 | FSR | Acronym for Field Service Representative; the technicians who handle on-site IT service calls for |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1811 | FST/TP | Fast Sequenced Transport encapsulation for route bringing on IP networks. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1812 | FTE | Full time employee, Full time equivalent |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1813 | FTP | File transfer program A program that transfers data from one computer to another. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1814 | Fubar | Fucked Up Beyond All Repair, or more politely Fowled Up Beyond All Recognition. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1815 | Full Duplex | A circuit or device permitting transmission at two directions at the same time. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1816 | Full Pathname | In UNIX the name of a directory or file in relation to the root(/) directory. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1817 | Full Stop | A British contribution to AACR2, this is the term used for the symbol representing the punctuation mark, the period (i.e., the ‘ . ’). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1818 | Full-bright | When a colour or a texture is drawn at its full intensity, unaffected by real-time lighting. Some RT3D engines do not have lighting or dynamic lighting, so all textures are drawn |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1819 | Fully Qualified Domain Name | The FQDN is full name of a system, rather than just its hostname. For example, ‘venera’ is a hostname and ‘venera.isi.edu’ is an FQDN. [See also Host Name, DNA (Domain Name System).] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1820 | Function | A function is similar to a subroutine in that it is part of a program which can be performed a number of times. The difference is that a function has input/output parameters. An |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1821 | FUNET | The Finnish University Network. The academic computer network in Finland. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1822 | Fuzzballl | Digital’s LSI-11 computer system running IP gateway software. The NSFnet used these systems as a backbone packet switches. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1823 | Fuzzy Logic | An Artificial intelligence method for representing and reasoning with imprecisely specified knowledge, for example defining loose boundaries to distinguish ‘low’ from ‘high’ values. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1825 | G.703 | A CCITT standard for the physical and electrical characteristics of various digital interfaces, including those at 64 kbps and 2.048 Mbps. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1826 | Game Port | An I/O Port used for devices such as joysticks. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1827 | Gamma Correction | The correction of tonal ranges in an image, normally by the adjustment of tone curves. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1828 | Gamut | The limited range of colours provided by a specific input device, output device or pigment set. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1829 | Gang Scanning | Sequential scanning of multiple originals using the same previously defined exposure setting for each. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1830 | Gap Analysis | The difference between what is needed and what is available. The difference between where you are and where you want to be. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1831 | Garden of Eden Mechanism | A term used to identify a virus authors’ original copy of a virus. Patterns in code, and amount of functionality, help antivirus experts to determine if a virus is a ‘Garden of Eden |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1832 | Gatedaemon | A program, which supports multiple routing, protocols and protocol families. It may be used for routing, and makes an effective platform for routing protocol research. The software |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1833 | Gateway | A special-purpose dedicated computer that attaches to two or more disparate networks and converts data packets from one form to another. A computer that links two networks, routing |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1835 | Gateway NCP | An NCP that connects two or more SNA networks and performs address translation to allow cross-network session traffic. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1836 | Gateway-to-Gateway Protocol | A Milnet protocol specifying how core gateway (routers) should exchange reachability and routing information. GGP uses a distributed shortest-path algorithm. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1837 | Gb | Gigabit. 10^9 bits of information (usually used to express a data transfer rate; as in, 1 Gigabit/second = 1Gbps). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1838 | General Material Designation | A term indicating the broad class of material to which an item belongs (e.g., sound recordings). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1839 | General Packet Radio System | Delivery system for mobile phones. GPRS allows data speeds of up to 115kbps. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1840 | General Protection Fault | This term is associated with Microsoft Windows. Every program running under Windows is given its own exclusive area of memory, which is protected from other applications. A general |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1841 | General Purpose Interface Bus | The IEEE-488 interface, designed primarily to provide communications between test equipment, supports several peripherals and 8-bit data transmission in both directions. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1842 | General Reference | A blanket reference to a group of headings rather than a particular heading. [See also Specific reference.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1843 | Genetic Algorithms | A computer-based method of generating and testing combinations of possible input |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1845 | Genetic Penetrance | The degree to which characteristics are passed from generation to generation. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1846 | Geographic Based Routing | Dave Crocker, a prominent IETF member, has argued that the CIDR working group should have done more to enable geographic based routing where IP numbers would have been assigned |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1847 | Geographic Qualifier | The name of a larger geographic entity added to a local place name [e.g., Cambridge (Mass.), Toledo (Spain)]. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1848 | Geographic Subdivision | A subdivision by the name of a place to which the subject represented by the main heading is limited. [See also Direct Subdivision; Indirect Subdivision.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1849 | Geometry | This term is commonly used to define all polygonal objects in a game. Also called mesh. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1850 | Geosynchronous Orbit | Term referring to an orbit taken by satellites where the satellite’s orbit velocity matches the rotation of the earth, causing the satellite to remain stationary relative to a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1851 | GIF-Graphic Interchange Format | A common format for image files, especially suitable for images containing large areas of the same colour. GIF format files of simple images are often smaller than the same file |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1852 | GIF File | A graphic file of a specific format the Graphic Interchange Format. This format was developed by CompuServe and has become an Internet standard for exchanging files across multiple |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1853 | Gigabit Ethernet | An emerging Ethernet technology that raises transmission speed to 1 Gbps. It is expected to be introduced in 1997 for backbone use. Its ability to integrate into existing Ethernets |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1854 | Gigabit Point Of Presence | High-speed points of presence (POPs), the first of which was deployed in North Carolina. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1855 | Gigabits Per Second | 1,000,000,000 bits per second. A measure of transmission speed. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1856 | Gigabyte | A unit of information stored, equal to 1,073,741,824 bytes. 1000 or 1,024 megabytes, or 1,048,576 kilobytes of digital data, depending on who is measuring. A Gigabyte is the largest |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1857 | GigaPOP | See Gigabit Point Of Presence |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1858 | Gigaswitch | A device used for high speed routing interchange at the MAEs to allow those with heaviest traffic to do their data exchanges before sending the remainder to the FDDI ring. At an NAP, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1859 | Gimbal Lock | The rotation of an object seems to ‘stick,’ when it is rotated all the way down or all the way up. This can also happen with the camera itself. It happens because the mathematics in |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1860 | Global 2000 | The 2000 largest companies worldwide. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1861 | Global Internet eXchange | Some confusion may arise here, if you see the term ‘the GIX’, this usually means the MAE-East Internet exchange point in Washington DC, USA, which could also be referred to as a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1862 | Global Positioning Satellite | Once mobile phones have GPS chips in them, their position can instantly be recognized. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1863 | Glow | A glow is the opposite of a shadow in that it creates a surrounding highlight of an image. A high radiance creates a soft, subtle glow and a low radiance creates a hard, bright glow. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1864 | GNU | An acronym for Gnu is Not Unix. It is a Unix software library and distributing initiative of the Free Software Foundation. Humorously adapted from the Gnu (Connochaetes taurinus, the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1865 | Goal | An objective to be achieved within a specific period of time. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1866 | Goat Files or BAIT Files or Decoy Files or Victim | These are programs used by antivirus researchers to capture samples of viruses. This is done to make it easier to disassemble and understand the virus, because the infected ‘goat’ |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1867 | Goats | Biometric system end users whose pattern of activity when interfacing with the system varies beyond the specified range allowed by the system, and who consequently may be falsely |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1868 | Gopher | Invented at the University of Minneasota in 1991 and named after its school mascot, the Golden Gophers, this is the direct precursor, in both concept and function, to the World Wide |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1872 | Gopherspace | A term used to describe the entire gopher network. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1873 | GOTO | A computer command, often frowned upon by the IT cognoscenti. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1874 | Gouraud Shading | A shading method, named after the French mathematician Henri Gouraud (pronounced on-REE grrr-ROW). Each triangle’s colour is created by interpolating the vertex colours that are |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1875 | Government OSI Profile | A subset of OSI standards specific to US government procurements, designed to maximize interoperability in areas where plain OSI standards are ambiguous or allow excessive options. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1876 | Grade of Service | Measure of telephone service quality based on the probability that a call will encounter a busy signal during the busiest hour of the day. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1877 | Grades | A clinical grading system, based on the span of management and depth of knowledge required in a post, which is used for salaries. Grade A is an unqualified nursing auxiliary. Grade G |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1878 | Gradient | A gradient is a gradual transition of colours. Many metallic images are gradients, and the image shown below is a 2-colour gradient. Web images that use gradient fills as a special |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1879 | Granularity | The level of the measures within a fact table represented by the lowest level of the dimensions. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1880 | Graphic | A graphic is an image or picture that is non-text. Usually web pages contain a multitude of graphics or graphical images. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1881 | Graphic Backgrounds | The bottom-most layer on a web page, usually with either a design or colour that highlights the above copy. A small graphic can be tiled to create a background texture for a web |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1882 | Graphical User Interface | The graphical visual representation of the working environment that presents the elements of your computer as objects on a desktop. A GUI (pronounced ‘gooey’) is a graphics-based |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1888 | Graphics | An output device incorporating a cathode ray tube, on display which both line drawings, complex images and text can be displayed. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1889 | Graphics Adapter | Contributes to a pleasurable computing experience as any other component. You’ll want a card with at least 2 megabytes of video memory. An upgrade here will almost always make a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1890 | Graphics Card | A hardware device that is linked to the monitor and it enables the screen-based output of a program to be visible to the user. Between the monitor and graphics card, it will |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1891 | Green Belt | An individual who supports the implementation and application of Six Sigma by way of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1893 | Green Book | The document listing recommendations on the use of Triple-X and the definition of the TS29 protocol, formerly used in UK Universities. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1894 | Greenfield | A new, soft-switched network, often built to replace an existing circuit-switched network (e.g., |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1896 | Grey Balance | The balance between CMY colourants required to produce neutral greys without a colour cast. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1897 | Grey Book | The document describing the JNT Interim Mail Protocol used in the UK for mail transfers. Mostly superseded by Internet mail protocols such as SMTP (q.v.). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1898 | Grey Component Replacement | A technique for replacing all the neutral tones of an image with an appropriate amount of black. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1899 | Grey Levels | Discrete tonal steps in a continuous tone image, inherent to digital data. Most CT images will contain 256 grey levels per colour. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1900 | Greyscale | A continuous tone image comprising black, white, and grey data only. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1901 | Gross | A dozen dozen (144) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1902 | Ground Station | Collection of communications equipment designed to receive (and usually transmit) signals from/to satellites. Also called a downlink station. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1903 | Group | A group collects together a number of different codes associated with medical events, that are considered to be sufficiently similar for some purpose, e.g. the determination of an |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1904 | Group 3 Fax | One of several fax standards. Most available fax machines use the group 3 (G3) standard. This standard defines the compression of graphic data and transmission speed of up to 14400 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1905 | Group Address | A single address that refers to multiple network devices. Synonymous with multicast address. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1906 | Group Conferencing | Video conferencing systems specifically designed for conference rooms or auditoriums. These systems may have enhanced features for multiple video sources and multiple microphones. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1907 | Group Editor | Software interface that is part of Csuite which allows (through HTTP authorized access) for individuals to add or remove users to Unix edit groups. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1908 | Groupware | This term refers to software applications that facilitate shared work on documents and information. A computer application that assists communication and shared working amongst |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1910 | Gruppo Armonizzazione Reti della Ricerca | The Italian Research Network. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1911 | GSM | The Global System of Mobility. A widely adopted international standard for the architecture and operation of digital cellular telephony systems that can carry voice and data |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1912 | Guaranteed Service Standards | The lack of guaranteed service (now called Quality of Service) is a complaint of those who want to impose settlements—something that would intensify power in the hands of the large |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1913 | Guard Band | Unused frequency band between two communication channels that provides separation of the channels to prevent mutual interference. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1915 | H Channel | Full-duplex ISDN primary rate channel operating at 384 Kbps. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1916 | Hacker | A person who delights in having an intimate understanding of the internal workings of a system, computers and computer networks in particular. The term is often misused in a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1918 | Hacktivism | Hacktivism is hacking for a cause. Social or political activism combines with hacking techniques--hackers who use their skills to make a statement, or activists who learn hacking |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1919 | Half Duplex | A circuit or device capable of transmitting in two directions, but not at the same time. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1920 | Half Gateway | Literally, a device that performs the functions of half of a gateway. Gateways are often divided into two functional halves to simplify design and maintenance. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1921 | Half-Title | A title of a publication appearing on a leaf preceding the title page. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1922 | Halftone | A simulation of continuous tones by the use of black or overlapping process colour dots of varying size or position. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1923 | Halo | A light line around object edges in an image, produced by the USM (sharpening) technique. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1924 | Hamming Distance | The number of disagreeing bits between two binary vectors. Used as measure of dissimilarity. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1925 | Hand Geometry/Hand Recognition | A physical biometric that involves analysing and measuring the shape of the hand. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1926 | Handle | Unique character string identifier assigned to each entry in the NIC WHOIS database. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1927 | Handset | Part of a telephone containing the transmitter and receiver that is handled during use. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1928 | Handshake | Sequence of messages exchanged between two or more network devices to ensure transmission synchronization. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1929 | Handshaking | Exchange of predetermined signals between two devices establishing a connections protocol. The process computers and modems go through in order to establish a connection and agree on |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1930 | Hard Disk | A high-capacity disk storage in which metallic plates covered with a magnetized surface are used to store digital information. A secondary storage medium, a magnetic disk that |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1932 | Hard dollar (benefits) | Tangible benefits that can be measured. Hard dollar benefits can result from an increase in revenue or a reduction in cost. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1933 | Hard Drive | The hardware device, which performs basic operations on the hard disk. This includes rotating the disk and reading/writing data to/from the disk. Hard disk drives are rapidly |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1934 | Hardware | The physical parts of a computer system including keyboard, printer and screen. This term is used to describe the actual physical components of a computer, in contrast with the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1935 | Hardware Address | Also called physical address or MAC-layer address, a data link layer address associated with a particular network device. Contrasts with network or protocol address, which is a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1936 | Hardware Key | A component that is connected to the I/O port for certain application programs to prevent illegal use of the software. Providing a software key means that only one person can run the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1937 | Hashing Message Authentication Gyptography | A mechanism for message authentication using cryptographic hash functions. HMAC can be used with any interactive cryptographic hash function, e.g., MD5, SHA-1, in combination with a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1938 | Hayes Compatible | A modem is considered Hayes compatible if it supports the Hayes command set (a language used to communicate with and control a modem). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1939 | HDLC Distant Host | A means of running the 1822 protocol over synchronous serial links instead of over special-purpose 1822 hardware. HDH is essentially 1822 headers and data encapsulated in LAPB (X.25 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1940 | HDSL2 | Same as description for HDSL but it supports full T1 over a single pair, it is interoperable with other vendors and it is ANSI standard based. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1941 | Head | This refers to the part on a hard disk that actually does the reading and writing of data on a disk. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1942 | Headend | The end point of a broadband network. All stations transmit toward the headend then transmit towards the destination stations. The source end of a coaxial cable TV system. Often, the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1943 | Header | The portion of a packet, preceding the actual data, containing source and destination addresses, error checking and other fields. A header is also the part of an electronic mail |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1944 | Header of EXE-file | This is a part of an EXE-file, containing control information. The EXE-header situated in the beginning of an EXE-file and contains information for the system loader length of the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1945 | Heading | The access point (word, name, or phrase) to a bibliographic record, which determines the filing of the entry. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1946 | HEAnet | The Higher Education Authority’s Network in Ireland. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1947 | Height Map | A grayscale texture used as a displacement map to define the topography of the polygons. Usually the brighter pixels make higher elevations, and the darker pixels make lower |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1948 | HELLO | A routing protocol used principally by NSFnet nodes. Hello allows trusting packet switches to discover minimal delay routes. Also, the Hello protocol (different than the NSFnet Hello |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1949 | Helpdesk | The customers placing a service request for technical support. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1950 | Helper Addresses | The address configured on an interface to which broadcasts received in the interface will be sent. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1951 | Helper Applications | Additional software occasionally needed to help a web browser program deal with an unusual file on the Internet. When an unusual file is downloaded, a helper application takes over |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1952 | Hertz | Abbreviated ‘Hz’, a measure of frequency or bandwidth. Synonymous with cycles/second. Frequency measurement, 1 Hertz = 1 cycle per second. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1953 | Heterogeneous Network | A network running multiple network layer protocols. [See DECnet, IP, IPX, Xerose Network System (XNS).] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1954 | Heuristics | A rule-based scanning technique for identifying new viruses and assessing the probability that a file contains a computer virus. This method of scanning does not rely on specific |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1955 | Hexadecimal | A numbering system, which uses a base of 16. The first ten digits are 0-9 and the next six are A-F. Hexadecimal numbers are used to colour web pages. For example, the hexadecimal |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1956 | Hidden Nodes | The nodes in the hidden layers in a neural net. Unlike input and output nodes, the number of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1958 | Hidden Surface Removal | [See also backface culling, clipping plane.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1959 | Hierarchical File System | The Apple Macintosh storage system in which files are stored in folders. HFS offers no default paths for applications to find files. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1960 | Hierarchical Routing | The complex problem of routing on large networks can be simplified by reducing size of the networks. This is accomplished by breaking a network into a hierarchy of networks, where |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1961 | Hierarchy | A list of things linked together in a certain order. A family tree is used as an analogy to help describe parts of the hierarchy. However, the hierarchy tree traditionally hangs |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1962 | High Capacity Disk | This refers to disk such as Zip disk, which holds a large amount of data. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1963 | High Data Rate Digital Subscribe Line | Modems on either end of one or more twisted pair wires that deliver T1 or E1 speeds. At present T1 requires two lines and E1 requires three. [See also SDSL for one line HDSL.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1964 | High-Definition TeleVision | A television signal that has over five times the resolution of standard television |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1966 | High Density Bipolar-3 Zeros | A bipolar coding method that does not allow more than three consecutive zeros. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1968 | High Density Disk | This refers to a floppy disk that holds 1.44 megabytes of data. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1969 | High Integrity Computing Laboratory | This is a group of antivirus experts at IBM Thomas J. Watson Research Center. IBM Antivirus is now part of Symantec, their solutions show up in Symantec’s Norton’s Antivirus for Mac |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1970 | High Key | A light image that is intentionally lacking in shadow detail. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1971 | High Level Data Link Control | Popular ISO standard bit-oriented, link-layer protocol derived from SDLC. HDLC specifies an encapsulated method of data on synchronous serial data links. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1972 | High Memory | The first 64 kilobytes of extended memory. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1973 | High Performance Computing and Communications | High performance computing encompasses advanced computing, communications, and information technologies, including scientific workstations, supercomputer systems, high speed |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1974 | High Performance Parallel Interface | An emerging ANSI standard which extends the computer bus over fairly short distances at speeds of 800 and 1600 Mb/s. HIPPI is often used in a computer room to connect a supercomputer |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1975 | HIgh PErformance Radio Local Area Networks | These are radio based local area networking (RLAN) solutions, intended for connectivity between PCs, laptops, workstations, servers, printers and other networking equipment. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1976 | High-bit-rate Digital Subscriber Line | Designed to be a cost-effective method of delivering T1/E1 line speeds over unconditioned copper cable, without the use of repeaters. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1977 | High-Energy Physics Network | Research network that originated in the US, but has spread to most places where high-energy physics is done. Well-known sites include Argonne National Laboratory, Brookhaven National |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1978 | Higher-level Entity Management System | A technically intriguing network management protocol that was a candidate for Internet standardization until it was withdrawn by its designer during the evaluation process in |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1979 | Highlight | The lightest tones in an image. A spectral highlight is a bright, reflected light source. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1980 | High-Performance File System | An OS/2 file system that accommodates complex data structures, multiple levels of caching, and long filenames that include both uppercase and lowercase characters. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1981 | High-Speed Communications Interface | A controller developed and marketed by Cisco Systems. The HSCI is a single-ported interface providing full-duplex synchronous serial communications capability at up to 52 Mbps. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1982 | Highspeed Modem | A modem that works at bit rates higher than 9600 bps. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1983 | High-Speed Serial Interface | Network standard for high-speed (up to 52 Mbps) serial communications over WAN links. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1984 | Histogram | A chart displaying the tonal ranges present in an image as a series of vertical bars. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1985 | Historical data | Data from previous time periods, in contrast to current data. Historical data is used for trend analysis and for comparisons to previous periods. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1986 | History List | In NCSA Mosaic, a list of recently visited documents. The list of the documents you’ve visited during your current web session. This may be implemented differently by different |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1987 | Hit | As used in reference to the World Wide Web, ‘hit’ means a single request from a web browser for a single item from a web server; thus, in order for a web browser to display a page |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1988 | Hits | A colloquial term to refer to URL accesses. This refers to the number of times that the page has been requested by an HTTP server and is an indication of the use and popularity of a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1990 | HL7 | Health Level 7. A healthcare specific communication standard for data exchange between computer applications. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1991 | HLLAPI | High-Level Language Application Programming Interface |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1992 | HMMU | Hardware Memory Management Unit |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1993 | Hoax | Is generally an e-mail or newsgroup posting claiming that a new threat has been created when in fact it does not exist. The purpose of the message is to scare other users into |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1994 | HOB | High-Order Byte. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1995 | Holddown | A state into which a route can be placed whereby routers will neither advertise the route nor believe advertisements about the route for a specific length of time (the olddown |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1996 | Holdings | Issues of a serial owned by a library; also may be used to mean the library’s entire collection. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1997 | Home Directory | In UNIX the directory you are placed in immediately after you login to the system. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1998 | Home Page | Several meanings. Originally, the web page that your browser is set to use when it starts up. A sort of introductory WWW page or web server at a web site that provides hyperlinks to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2000 | Homograph | A word with the same spelling as another or others, but with a different meaning and origin and sometimes a different pronunciation. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2001 | Homologation | Conformity of a product or specification to international standards, such as CCITT, VCCI, UL, CS, and TUV. These enable portability across company and international boundaries. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2002 | Hop | A term used in routing. A path to a destination on a network is a series of hops, through routers, away from the origin. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2003 | Hop Count | A routing metric used to measure the distance between a source and a destination. RIP uses hop count for RIP is 16. [See also RIP.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2004 | Hospital Information System | Typically used to describe hospital computer systems with functions like patient admission and discharge, order entry for laboratory tests or medications, and billing functions. [See |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2005 | Host | Any computer on a network that is a repository for services available to other computers on the network. It is quite common to have one host machine provide several services, such as |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2007 | Host Computer Worms | There are worms entirely contained in the computer they run on and use network connections only to copy themselves to other computers. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2008 | Host Name | The name given to a machine. Name, which officially identifies each computer, attached to the Internet. [See also FQDN.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2009 | Host Node | An SNA subarea node that contains an SSCP. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2010 | Host Number | See Internet Address, Host Address. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2011 | Host Number-Host Address | An IP address that uniquely identifies a node on an Internet. An Internet address (capital ‘I’) uniquely identifies a node on the Internet. An array of many computer networks linked |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2012 | Hot Spot | The exact position(s) on the screen that will result in a particular event occurring should the mouse be clicked. An example may be clicking on a particular part to an image and it |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2013 | Hotlist | A file containing list of web pages, enabling you to easily access your favourite web pages. A personal online reference of WWW documents. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2014 | Hotlists | Lists of frequently used Web locations and URLs. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2015 | HPGL | Hewlett-Packard Graphics Language |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2016 | HP-IB | Hewlett-Packard Interface Bus |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2017 | HSYNC | Horizontal Synchronization |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2018 | HTML Document | A document written in HyperText Markup Language |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2019 | HTTP streaming | A form of streaming (popularized by QuickTime) in which media files begin to play |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2021 | HTU-R | HDSL Transceiver Unit-Remote |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2022 | Hub | A device connected to several other devices. In ARCnet, a hub is used to connect several computers together. In a message handling service, a hub is used for the transfer of messages |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2023 | Hue | The colour of an object perceived by the eye due to the fact that a single or pair of RGB primary colours predominates. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2024 | Human-computer Interaction | The study of the psychology and design principles associated with the way humans interact with computer systems. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2025 | Human-computer Interface | The ‘view’ presented by a program to its user. Often literally a visual window that allows a program to be operated, an interface could just as easily be based on the recognition and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2026 | HUNGAEnet | The association and computer network of Hungarian institutes of higher education, research and development, libraries and other public collections. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2027 | Hybrid Network | Term used to describe an internetwork made up of more than one types of network technology, including LANs and WANs. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2028 | Hybrid support | Technical support for a customer combining customized On-Site and Remote aspects. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2029 | Hyperlink | A hotspot that links one document to another; in Mosaic, Netscape, a hyperlink is displayed as a highlighted word or graphic (colour and/or underlining); clicking on a hyperlink |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2030 | Hypermedia | A blending of hypertext and multimedia. Describes hypertext in which various types of data can be stored—sound, images, video and so on—as regular text. Media (such as pictures, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2031 | Hypertext Links | Hypertext links make it possible to connect or link a passage in a document to another document on the same website or a document on website on a machine residing on the opposite |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2032 | Hypertext/hyperlink | A highlighted word or graphic in a document that, when clicked upon, takes the user to a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2034 | Hypertext | A process of data manipulation where information interface can be given depth and inter-relationships allowing easy cross-referencing. A text-linking strategy that lets you jump |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2037 | Hypertext Markup Language (HTML) Viruses | They use the scripts embedded in HTML files to do their damage. These embedded scripts automatically execute the moment the HTML page is viewed from a script-enabled browser. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2038 | HyperText Markup Language | A system of marking up, or tagging, a document so it can be published on the World Wide Web. An author incorporates HTML markup in his or her document to define the function (as |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2042 | HyperText Transfer Protocol | The protocol for moving hypertext files across the Internet. Requires an HTTP client program on one end, and an HTTP server program on the other end. HTTP is the most important |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2045 | HyperText Transfer Protocol Secure | Used to secure Web sites by using encrypted traffic to and from the user by means of Secure Socket Layer (SSL). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2046 | HYTELNET | A program that provides an easily adaptable and fluid connection to a multitude of networked information resources, including library catalogs. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2047 | Hz | Abbreviation for hertz, the number of cycles per second, used to measure clock speed. (See MHz.) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2049 | I&R | Information and referral, a service provided by some public libraries, which directs users to community services. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2050 | I/O Port | This is part of the computer that is used for passing data in and out of a computing device. This is normally located on the back of the computer. The port can be a serial port, data |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2051 | I-beam | The blinking vertical line that shows the point at which text or graphics will be inserted. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2052 | IBM | International Business Machines Corporation. The de facto industry standard microcomputer compatible designed originally by International Business Machines Inc. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2053 | IBR | The ‘IBR-LAN’ is where the Amsterdam Internet Exchange is currently living; don’t know where the name comes from. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2054 | ICD-9 | The International Classification of Diseases, 9th edition. Published by World Health Organisation. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2055 | ICD-10 | The International Classification of Diseases, 10th edition. Published by World Health Organisation. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2056 | ICE | In-Circuit Emulator OR Intrusion Countermeasures Electronics; Intelligence Concept Extraction |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2057 | ICMP Router Discovery Protocol | Enables a host to determine the address of a router that it can use as a default gateway. Similar to ES-IS, but used with IP. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2058 | Icon | A graphic symbol, usually representing a file, folder, disk or tool. A small ‘high concept’ image meant to give the reader a message that takes less time to read and is more |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2060 | IDCMP | (Intuition Direct Communications Message Port). Amiga |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2061 | Identification/identify | The ability of an antivirus program to detect and recognize a virus by its name, and its uniqueness. Exact identification occurs when every section of the non-modifiable parts of the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2062 | Identifying note | Note entered into the Network Registration database that contains additional information about a machine (for instance, model (laptop, desktop, PC, Macintosh), physical location, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2063 | IDSL | ISDN DSL using 2B1Q line code |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2064 | IEEE 802.2 | IEEE LAN protocol that specifies an implementation of the logical link control sublayer of the link layer. IEEE 802.2 handles errors, framing, flow control, and the layer 3 service |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2065 | IEEE 802.3 | IEEE LAN protocol that specifies an implementation of the physical layer and Mac sublayer of the link layer. IEEE 802.3 uses CSMA/CD access at a variety of speeds over a variety of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2066 | IEEE 802 | The set of IEEE standards for the definition of LAN protocols. See IEEE, 802.x |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2067 | IEEE 802.4 | IEEE LAN protocol that specifies an implementation of the physical layer and MAC sublayer of the link layer. IEEE 802.4 uses token-passing access over a bus topology. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2068 | IEEE 802.5 | IEEE LAN protocol that specifies an implementation of the physical layer and MAC sublayer of the link layer. IEEE 802.5 uses token passing access at 4 or 16 Mbps over shielded |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2069 | IEEE 802.6 | IEEE metropolitan area network (MAN) specification based on DQDB technology. IEEE 802.6 supports data rates of 1.5 Mbps to 155 Mbps and supports data packets and circuits. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2070 | IFF | (Interchange File Format) OR (Image File Format) OR (Iterative Function Fractal). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2071 | IMAC | Acronym for Install/Move/Add/Change, which are four common functions performed in an IT services |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2073 | Image map | A graphic divided into regions or ‘hotspots’. When a particular region is clicked, it calls up a web page that has been associated with that particular region. Graphic images |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2074 | Imagesetter | A device used to record digital data (images and text) onto monochrome film or offset litho printing plates by means of a single or multiple intermittent light beams. Colour |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2075 | Impedance | The total effect of resistance inductance and capacitance on a transmitted signal impedance vanes at different frequencies. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2076 | Import | To bring data into a document from another document, often generated by a different application. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2077 | Impostor | A person who submits a biometric sample in either an intentional or inadvertent attempt to pass him/herself off as another person who is an enrolee. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2078 | Impression | Relates to counting the number of times a web page advertising banner is displayed. This is normally gauged on a 24-hour period. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2079 | Imprint | A note on a book’s title page or its reverse or at the end of the book, giving the publisher’s or printer’s name, time and place of publication [See also Publication, Area.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2080 | In My Humble Opinion | Usually accompanies a statement that may bring about personal offense or strong disagreement. An acronym commonly used in e-mail and newsgroups. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2082 | In the Wild Viruses | They are known to be spreading, as opposed to viruses, which are not then spreading, but are confined ‘in the zoo’. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2083 | In/Out (I/O) Error | Means that something didn’t work when sending information in and out. With disks it usually means that the disk is corrupt, is full, or some other type of problem. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2084 | Inactive Window | A window that is open but is not the top window. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2085 | In-bank Signalling | Transmission within a frequency range normality used for information transmission. Contrasted with out-of-band signall-ing, which uses frequencies outside the normal range of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2086 | Incident | Synonym for Call |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2087 | Incumbent Local Exchange Carrier | The RBOCs, also GTE, and independent phone companies may be ILECs. ILECs are sometimes referred to as Dominant carriers. Refers to the primary existing carrier, as distinguished from |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2088 | Independent variable | The independent variables (inputs or predictors) of a model are the variables used |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2090 | Index | Systematic guide to the contents of a file, document, or group of documents. An index is something that points at other information, a program will often use an index to locate a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2091 | Indexed Sequential Access Method | A way of quickly accessing records in a large database using a small index file that includes a key and a pointer to the main body of data. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2092 | index.html | This is simply the name of an HTML file. By convention, however, if not told otherwise, a browser will preferentially look for a file of this name in a directory. Thus, many websites |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2093 | Indicator | One of two character positions at the beginning of each variable data field in a USMARC record containing values that interpret or supplement the data found in the field. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2094 | Indirect Subdivision | Geographic subdivision of a subject heading with the interposition of a larger geographic entity between the main heading and the local subdivision. [See also Direct Subdivision.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2095 | Individual Biography | A work devoted to the life of a single person. [See Collective biography.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2096 | Induction | A method of logical inference used to suggest relationships from observations. This is the process of generalisation we use to create models of the world. [See also Deduction, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2097 | Industry Standard Architecture | A personal computer bus architecture. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2098 | Inference | A logical conclusion drawn using one of several methods of reasoning, knowledge and data. [See also Abduction, Deduction, Induction.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2099 | Infobot/ mailbot | An email address that automatically returns information requested by the user. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2100 | Infopath | Internet gopher for the University of California at San Diego. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2101 | Information | Often used very broadly to encompass all ideas, facts, and imaginative works; can also be used to mean a single data element. Whole volumes have been written in the effort to define |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2102 | Information Architecture | A framework for making effective, consistent decisions regarding information resources throughout the laboratory; this involves a process for overall planning and coordination of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2103 | Information Broker | Individual or organization providing information service to clients for a fee. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2104 | Information Center | Corporate libraries are often called this; may also mean that department of an organization, which assists staff in using computers. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2105 | Information Industry | Used by librarians to lump vendors of online databases, jobbers, producers of materials and automated systems acquired by libraries, etc. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2106 | Information Infrastructure | The cabling, equipment, software, services, desktop tools, and support that provide and maintain the connections among users’ desktops, central computers, and other information |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2107 | Information Literacy | The ability to define problems in terms of information needs, to locate, evaluate, and apply information (See also BI). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2108 | Information Science | The study of the creation, use, and management of information in all its forms. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2109 | Information Solution | A combination of hardware and software to perform a specific task. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2110 | Information Superhighway | A popular term associated with the Internet, used to describe its role in the global mass transportation of information. A term used to describe a future, computer-accessible, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2111 | Information System for Advanced Academic Computing | Serves as a clearinghouse for information about the use of IBM-compatible hardware and software as aids to instruction and research in higher education. Membership is free to all |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2112 | Information Systems | This usually refers to the organization, which is responsible for the internal computing systems of an enterprise. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2113 | Information Technology | A very general term referring to the entire field of Information Technology - anything from computer hardware to programming to network management. Most medium and large size |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2114 | Information Technology training | A combination of desktop training and information systems and technical training. Includes training in areas such as system infrastructure software, application |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2116 | Information Theory | Initially developed by Claude Shannon, describes the amount of data that can be transmitted across a channel given specific encoding techniques and noise in the signal. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2117 | Information Tool | The implementation of an information solution. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2118 | Infrared Electromagnetic | Waves whose frequency range is above that of microwave but below the visible spectrum. LAN systems based on this technology represent an emerging technology. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2119 | Infrastructure | The underlying mechanism or framework of a system. In e-learning, the infrastructure includes |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2121 | In-house Test | A test carried out entirely within the environs of the biometric developer, which may or may not involve external user participation. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2122 | Initial Domain Identifier | Specifies the authority responsible for Domain Specific Part (DSP) values in OSI network addresses (NSAPs). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2123 | Initial Domain Part | The part of a CLNS addresses that contains an authority and format identifier and a domain identifier. [See also Internet Datagram Protocol (XNS equivalent to IP).] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2124 | Initial Graphics Exchange Specification | A graphics file format well-suited for CAD models and supported by the American National Standards Institute. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2125 | Initializing (formatting) | Setting up a disk (any kind) to receive information. When a disk is initialized (formatted), its magnetic media is divided into tracks and sectors, and structure files that your |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2126 | Injector | A dropper, which instals a virus only in memory (without infecting anything on the disk). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2127 | In-line | Almost always used in the context ‘in-line image’, this refers to a resource of some type, which is placed directly into a document. As I say, this is nearly always an image, but the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2128 | In-line Image | A graphic image that is displayed along with text in a NCSA mosaic window. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2129 | Inline Images | Graphics that are contained within a document’s textual information. In a web document, these graphics can either be loaded automatically when the page is accessed or loaded manually |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2130 | Inode Number | In UNIX unique number associated with each filename. This number is used to look up an entry in the inode table, which gives information on the type, size, and location of the file |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2131 | IPO | Initial public offering |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2132 | Input | Data the user gives the computer before processing. Contrast with output. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2133 | Input Device | Device, which lets the user enter data into the computer. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2134 | Input/Output Ports | Connectors that allow you to attach external devices, such as modems or printers, to your computer. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2135 | Islands of automation | Systems that were developed without consideration for their ability to interface with each other. As a result, data stored in these systems is often redundant and inconsistent. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2137 | Install | This refers to the actions taken to add new hardware or software to your computer. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2138 | INSTALL.EXE | Program, which instals Windows software. The software usually won’t work until this program is executed. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2139 | Installer | A utility that copies system software or an application from floppy disks or a CD-ROM to your hard disk. An Installer may also decompress the new files, remove obsolete files, place |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2140 | Instant Messenger | AOL's instant messaging system. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2141 | Instant Messaging | Sending messages to another user that immediately appear on that user’s computer screen over a network, or through the Internet. Instant messages are different from e-mail messages |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2142 | Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers | Professional organization that defines network standards. IEEE LAN standards are the predominant LAN standards today, including protocols similar or virtually equivalent to Ethernet |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2143 | Instructional designer (ID) | An individual who applies a systematic methodology based on instructional theory |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2145 | Insulation Displacement Connection | A type of wire connection device in which a wire is punched down into a metal holder that strips away the insulation to achieve electrical connection. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2146 | Integrated Gateway Server | Cisco integrated (fixed-configuration) bridge/router. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2147 | Integrated IS-IS | Integrated IS-IS routing protocol based on the OSI routing protocol IS-IS, but with support for IP or other networks. Integrated IS-IS implementations send only one set of routing |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2148 | Integrated Services | Integrated services refers to an emerging set of applications designed to run on links established by the RSVP protocol. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2149 | Integrated Services Digital Network | Developed by Bell Labs in the mid-1980s, which was the first digital switching system used by telephone companies. It laid the groundwork for the great increases in capacity and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2151 | Integrated Voice and Data Network | A network designed to carry voice, video and data, thereby eliminating |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2153 | Integration | Combining hardware, software (and, in e-learning, content) components together to work as an |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2155 | Integrity | On a computer system it refers to the correctness of information and/or processing of information. Viruses sometimes attack the integrity of a computer by tricking the user to think |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2156 | Integrity Checker | A program, which checks for changes to files. Integrity checkers, when used correctly, can provide an excellent second line of defense against new viruses or variants. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2157 | Integrity of Numbers | The policy of maintaining the stability of numbers in a classification scheme. Such a policy is opposed to revision, especially when the relocation of a subject is involved. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2158 | Intellectual property | An idea, invention, formula, literary work, presentation, or other knowledge asset owned |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2160 | Intelligence Concept Extraction | This is a technique adopted by search engines to relate words to ideas, so if you search for ‘hockey equipment’ you might find articles about hockey sticks. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2161 | Intended Virus | This file/sector contains a program that ‘intends’ to be a virus. It searches and tries to hit the files or sectors but fails, or the second generation of that ‘virus’ cannot |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2162 | Interaction | Two independent variables interact when changes in the value of one change the effect on the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2164 | Interactive Mail Access Protocol | The intent of the Version 2 (IMAP2) is to allow a workstation, personal computer, or similar small machine to access electronic mail from a mailbox server. Since the distinction |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2165 | Interactive media | Allows for a two-way interaction or exchange of information. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2166 | Interagency Interim National Research and | An evolving operating network system. Near term (1992-1996) research and development activities will provide for the smooth evolution of this networking infrastructure into the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2167 | InterApplication Communication | A feature in System 7 that allows you to create hot links and cold links between applications. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2168 | InterBusiness | An Italian commercial Internet provider. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2169 | InterDomain Policy Routing | An experimental interdomain routing protocol that dynamically exchanges policies between autonomous systems. IDPR encapsulates interautonomous system traffic and routes it according |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2170 | Interentwork | A collection of networks interconnected by routers that functions (generally) as a single network. Sometimes called an Internet, which is not to be confused with the Internet. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2171 | Interexchange Carrier | (1) A long-distance telephone company offering circuit-switched, leased-line or packet-switched service or some combination. (2) Any individual, partnership, association, joint-stock |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2172 | Interface | (1) The point at which two systems or pieces of equipment are connected. (2) A connection between two systems or devices. A shared boundary defined by common physical interconnection |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2176 | Interface Message Processor | Old name for Internet packet switches. IMPs are now called packet-switched nodes, packet switches, or switches. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2177 | Interference | Unwanted communication channel noise. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2178 | Interim Local Management Interface | The ATM forum’s specification for incorporating network-management capabilities into the ATM UNI. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2179 | Interior Gateway Protocol | A protocol that distributes routing information to the routers within an autonomous system. The term ‘gateway’ is historical, as ‘router’ is currently the preferred term. [See also |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2180 | Intermediate Routing Node | In SNA, a subarea node with intermediate routing capability. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2181 | Intermediate System | An OSI system, which performs network layer forwarding, i.e. not an end system. It is analogous to an IP router. [See also Open Systems Interconnection, IGP, router, Intermediate |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2182 | Intermediate System-Intermediate System | The OSI IGP. [See also Open Systems Interconnection, Interior Gateway Protocol.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2183 | Internal data | Data collected by an organization such as operating and customer data. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2184 | Internal Organization of the Network Layer | The OSI standard for the detailed architecture of the network layer. Basically, it partitions the network layer into subnetworks interconnected by convergence protocols (equivalent |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2185 | International Federation for Information | Research organization that performs OSI prestandardization work. Among other accomplishments, IFIP formalized the original MHS model. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2186 | International Organization for Standardization | An association that has defined a different set of network protocols, known as the ISO/OSI protocols, that are in line to replace those currently in use on the Internet. A voluntary, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2187 | International Standard Bibliographic Description | An internationally agreed on standard format for representing bibliographic information. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2188 | International Standard Book Number | An internationally agreed on standard number that identifies a book uniquely. In the United States, these are obtained from the R.R. Bowker Company. Basically a way to move more data |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2189 | International Standard Serial Number | An internationally agreed on standard number that identifies a serial publication uniquely. In the US ISSNs are assigned by the Library of Congress. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2190 | International Telecommunications Union | United Nations. organization with representatives from the PTTs of the world. The ITU, headquartered in Geneva, Switzerland is an international organization within which governments |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2191 | International X.25 Interconnect | 64Kbit/s X.25 European research backbone. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2192 | internet (Lower case i) | Any time you connect 2 or more networks together, you have an internet - as in inter- |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2194 | Internet (Upper case I) | Any time you connect two or more networks together, you have an Internet—as in inter-national or inter-state. The Internet is the largest inter net in the world. It is a three level |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2196 | Internet2 | The next-generation Internet under development by the US government and more than 100 universities. Internet2 is actually a misleading name, because it is only one of several |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2197 | Internet Access Providers | Otherwise known as Internet service providers (ISP). These organizations allow other computer users to dial-in and connect to their Internet connection for a fee. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2198 | Internet Account | Purchased through an Internet service provider, the account assigns a password and mail |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2200 | Internet Architecture Board | The ‘regulatory body’ that makes decisions about standards and other vital issues. The technical body that oversees the development of the Internet suite of protocols. It has two |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2201 | Internet Assigned Numbers Authority | The central registry for various Internet protocol parameters, such as port, protocol and enterprise numbers, and options, codes and types. The currently assigned values are listed |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2202 | Internet-based training | Training delivered primarily by TCP/IP network technologies such as e-mail, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2204 | Internet Control Message Protocol | Is an extension to the Internet Protocol. It allows for the generation of error messages, test packets and informational messages related to IP. It is defined in STD 5, RFC 792. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2205 | Internet-Draft | Internet-Drafts are working documents of the IETF, its areas, and its working groups. As the name implies, Internet-Drafts are draft documents. They are valid for a maximum of six |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2206 | Internet Engineering Steering Group | The IESG is composed of the IETF area directors and the IETF Chair. It provides the first technical review of Internet standards and is responsible for day-to-day ‘management’ of the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2207 | Internet Engineering Task Force | The primary working body developing new TCP/IP standards for the Internet. A voluntary group that investigates and resolves technical problems, as well as making recommendations to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2208 | Internet Experiment Note | A series of reports pertinent to the Internet. IENs were published in parallel to RFCs and are no longer active. See also Internet-Draft, Request For Comments. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2209 | Internet Explorer | A popular World Wide Web browser application created by the Microsoft Corporation. It is a graphic browser. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2210 | Internet Gateway Routing Protocol | A proprietary IGP used by Cisco System’s routers. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2211 | Internet Iceland Inc | Limited company that runs the Icelandic Internet, ISnet. Formally part of NORDUnet. This is the successor of SURIS, which used to be the academic and research network in Iceland. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2212 | Internet Message Access Protocol | A standard protocol that allows you to both store and work with your e- mail on a central server. One of the main advantages of IMAP is that you can access your |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2214 | Internet Monthly Report | Published monthly, the purpose of the IMRs is to communicate to the Internet Research Group the accomplishments, milestones reached, or problems discovered by the participating |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2215 | Internet Network Information Centre | (http //rs.internic .net). It is made up of three separate commercial organizations, and provides (US) government-contracted services. This agency is the one that assigns and records |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2216 | Internet Network Operations Center | A BBN group that in the early days of the Internet monitored and controlled the Internet core gateways (routers). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2217 | Internet Protocol | The standards by which data is sent from one computer to another via the Internet. IP allows |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2232 | Internet Protocol Number | Sometimes called a dotted quad. A unique number consisting of four parts separated by dots, e.g. 165.113.245.2. Every machine that is on the Internet has a unique IP number—if a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2233 | Internet Proxy | A proxy server receives a request for an Internet service (such as a Web page request) from a user. If it passes filtering requirements, the proxy server, assuming it is also a cache |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2234 | Internet Registry | The IANA has the discretionary authority to delegate portions of its responsibility and, with respect to network address and autonomous system identifiers, has lodged this |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2235 | Internet Relay Chat | A worldwide ‘party line’ protocol that allows one to converse with others in real time. IRC is structured as a network of servers, each of which accepts connections from client |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2240 | Internet Research Steering Group | The ‘governing body’ of the IRTF. [See also Internet Research Task Force.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2241 | Internet Research Task Force | The IRTF develops and carries out Internetworking research experiments. The IRTF is chartered by the IAB to consider long-term Internet issues from a theoretical point of view. It |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2242 | Internet Secretariat | The Internet Secretariat provides logistical and administrative assistance to the various Internet governing bodies (IAB, IETF, IRTF, IESG, etc). Agencies belonging to the FNC have |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2243 | Internet Server | A computer that stores data that can be accessed via the Internet. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2244 | Internet Service Provider | An Internet Service Provider (ISP) is an organization that provides individuals with a connection to the Internet and its services. ISPs can be commercial groups, corporations, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2248 | Internet Site | A computer connected to the Internet containing information that can be accessed using an |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2250 | Internet Society | The Internet Society is a non-profit, professional membership organization which facilitates and supports the technical evolution of the Internet, stimulates interest in and educates |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2251 | Internet Terms | An Internet Glossary |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2252 | Internet Way | A French Commercial Internet Provider. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2253 | Internetwork Packet eXchange | Novell’s protocol used by Netware. A router with IPX routing can interconnect LANs so that Novell Netware clients and servers can communicate. LAN communications protocol used to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2254 | Internetworking | General term used to refer to the industry that has arisen around the problem of connecting networks together. The term can refer to products, procedures, and technologies. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2255 | Internic | The Internic is the entity that controls the registration of most domain names on the Internet. The Internic is a corporative activity between the National Science Foundation Network |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2256 | Internship | A specified period of planned and supervised professional training in a library, upon completion of the MLS, such as the internships provided by the Library of Congress, the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2257 | INTeroperability Technology Association for | The technical organization, which has the official charter to develop Japanese OSI profiles and conformance tests. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2258 | Interoperability | The ability of software and hardware on multiple machines from multiple vendors to communicate meaningfully. The ability of equipment from multiple vendors to communicate using |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2265 | Interpolation | In the image manipulation context, this is the increase of image resolution by the addition of new pixels throughout the image, the colours of which are based on neighbouring pixels. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2266 | Interrupt ReQuest | A peripheral’s signal to the CPU asking that the CPU perform a routine or provide specific data. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2267 | Interrupt Service Routine | Information storage and retrieval. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2268 | Interrupt vector | This is an element of interrupt vector table, which contains address of an interrupts handler. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2269 | Interrupt VectorTable, Interrupt Table | This is a table containing values of addresses of programs that handle interrupts. Located at lowest addresses (00000000 - 000003FF) and has 256 4-byte addresses (interrupt vectors). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2270 | Interrupt | This is a signal on which the processor stops execution of the current command sequence and transfers control to the program-handler of the interrupt. The address of the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2271 | Interstitial ads | Web pages that pop up in front of the page the viewer expects to get. Interstitials are considered by many Internet users as highly aggravating. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2272 | Inter-Switching System Interface | The standard interface between SMDS switches. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2273 | In-the-wild Virus List | It is a list of the most common viruses that have been found infecting users’ computers worldwide. The list is compiled by the renowned antivirus researcher Joe Wells. Wells updates |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2274 | Intranet | A private Internet site used by an organization for internal communication. The Intranet is the use of Internet technologies within a company deployed on an internal network based on |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2276 | Intrusion detection system | A burglar alarm for a computer or network that tells an administrator when an intruder might be trying to gain access to the system. Intrusion detection systems go one step further |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2277 | Intuitive | Easily understood; an intuitive application that builds upon a user’s previous experience and produces predictable, consistent results. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2278 | Inverse Address Resolution Protocol | InARP will allow a Frame Relay station to discover the protocol address of a station associated with the virtual circuit. It is more efficiently than simulating a broadcast with |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2279 | Inverse kinematics | IK for short. A method of manipulating hierarchies where the animator positions objects at the end of the hierarchy and the program calculates the positions and orientations of all |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2280 | Invert Blending | When using texture blending, invert is when the light map inverts the RGB colour of the base map. [See additive blending, average blending, subtractive blending.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2281 | IP Address | Network addresses are usually of two types (1) the physical or hardware address of a network interface card; for Ethernet this 48-bit address might be 0260.8C00.7666. The hardware |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2283 | IP Control Protocol | IPCP is responsible for configuring, enabling, and disabling the IP protocol modules on both ends of the point-to-point link. IPCP uses the same packet exchange machanism as the Link |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2284 | IP Datagram | The basic unit of information passed across the Internet. An IP datagram is to the Internet as a hardware packet is to a physical network. It contains a source and destination |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2285 | IP fabric | Another name for the data network, especially vis-à-vis IP telephony. The fabric usually contains |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2287 | IP Security Option | The part of the Internet Protocol (IP) that defines security levels on a per interface basis. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2288 | IP Switching | IP switching refers to attempts to combine in a single device the benefits of switching at the IP level. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2289 | IPDB | Under Csuite the term IPDB is an acronym for Information Provider DataBase. This is a software tool, which allows system administrators to retain information about an Information |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2290 | IPT | Acronym for Internet Protocol Telephony; using the Internet as the medium for telephone services (an IP |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2292 | IPv4 | IPv4 is the current version of the IP protocol in use today. Several aspects of the protocol today such as numbers of addresses available are not scaling very well in the current |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2293 | IPv6 | IPv6 (formerly referred to as IP (ng) or IP next generation) is a new version of IP designed for the new commercial Internet. Test implementations are underway, but some people |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2294 | IRC | Internet Relay Chat |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2295 | IRC-unique Excerpts from the | Communication Shortcuts |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2319 | Iris Features | A number of features can be found in the iris. These are named corona, crypts, filaments, freckles, pits, radial furrows and striations. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2320 | Iris Recognition | A physical biometric that analyses iris features found in the coloured ring of tissue that surrounds the pupil. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2321 | IrisCode | The biometric data that is generated for each live iris presented. The code is a mathematical representation of the features of the iris. [See ‘Biometric Data’.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2322 | IS | Acronym for Information Systems; also see IT. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2323 | ISAPI | Microsoft Internet Information Server. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2324 | Isarithmic Flow Control | Flow control technique wherein a permit travels through the network. Possession of these permits grants the right to transmit. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2325 | IS-IS Hello | Message sent by all IS-IS systems to maintain adjacencies. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2326 | IS-IS InterDomain Routing Protocol | OSI protocol that specifies how routers communicate with routers in different domains. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2327 | ISO Development Environment | Software that allows OSI services to use a TCP/IP network. Pronounced eye-so-dee-eee. [See Open Systems Interconnection, TCP/IP Protocol Suite.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2328 | Isochronous Transmission | Asynchronous (start-stop) transmission over a synchronous data link. In telephony, asynchronous implies constant bit-rate sampling and is referred to as the inverse of asynchronous |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2329 | ITAPAC | Major packet data network run by Telecom Italia. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2330 | IT8 | Industry standard colour reference target used to calibrate input and output devices. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2331 | Item | A document or set of documents in any physical form, published, issued, or treated as an entity, and as such forming the basis for a single bibliographic description. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2332 | Item Number | That part of a call number, which designates a specific individual work within its class. May consist of the author number and/or other elements such as a work mark and an edition |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2333 | Iteration | The division of a project in which functionality is provided to the users in a series of phases. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2334 | IVR | Acronym for Interactive Voice Response unit |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2336 | J2EE | Java 2 Enterprise Edition. Middleware written in Java used in critical, large-scale networked developments, such as electronic banking. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2338 | Jabber | An error condition in which a network device continually transmits garbage onto the network. In IEEE 802.3, a data packet whose length exceeds than the standard prescribed. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2339 | Japan UNIX Network | Japan UNIX Network. The largest nationwide, non-commercial network in Japan, designed to promote communication between Japanese and outside researchers. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2340 | Java | A programming language that developers use to create applets, small programs that are embedded in web pages and they run when a user accesses the page or clicks on a certain area. If |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2343 | Java Development Kit | A software development package from Sun Microsystems that implements the basic set of tools needed to write, test and debug Java applications and applets. [See also Applet, Java.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2344 | Java Electronic Commerce Framework | Is a secure, extensible framework for conducting business on the Internet. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2345 | Java Malicious Code | Java applets allow web developers to create interactive, dynamic web pages with broader functionality. Java applets are small, portable Java programs embedded in HTML pages. They can |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2346 | JAVA Workshop | It is a commercial product that provides programmers a comprehensive environment for Java application development. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2347 | JAVABeans | Provides a platform-independent, portable, component model and a rational security model. JavaBeans will work with ActiveX/COM, OpenDoc, and LiveConnect. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2348 | JavaScript | JavaScripting is a programming language for developing Client-Internet applications. The web browser interprets JavaScript statements embedded in an HTML page. LiveWire is the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2350 | JIPS | The Janet Internet Protocol Service (JIPS) is the IP service on JANET, including an X.25 network using the technique of ‘IP tunnelling’—i.e. encapsulation of the X.25 packets into |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2351 | Jitter | The slight movement of a transmission signal in time or phase. Can introduce errors and loss of synchronization in high-speed synchronous communications. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2352 | JKREY | Joyce K. Reynolds |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2353 | JNT | The former UK Joint Network Team; sponsored by the Computer Board and SERC to manage academic network developments. Now known as UKERNA. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2354 | Job Transfer and Manipulation Protocol | This protocol is designed to allow jobs to be sent from one computer to another to be executed, and to allow specifications of output handling. [See also Red Book.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2355 | Jobber | Wholesale book supplier who sells books from the various publishers to bookstores and libraries. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2356 | John Von Neumann Center Network | A regional network composed of T1 and slower serial links providing midlevel-networking services to sites in the Northeast. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2357 | Joint Academic Network and Electronic Network | The academic and research network in the United Kingdom. The UK educational and research network run by UKERNA. An early network shared by universities and other academic facilities. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2358 | Joint Photographic Expert Group/Graphics | An image file compression standard established by this group. It achieves tremendous compression at the cost of introducing distortions into the image, which are almost always |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2361 | Joins | Within the context of SQL, joining refers to the comparison of similarly valued keys across multiple tables for the purpose of selecting rows of data from multiple tables. This is |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2362 | Joke Programs | These are ordinary executable programs. They are added to the detection list because they are |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2365 | Joystick | A peripheral or external hardware device most commonly used for playing computer games. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2366 | JSP | Java Server Pages - a scripting language based on Java for developing dynamic Web pages and sites. It is |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2368 | Jughead | A program, used in conjunction with gopher that provides the means to search all of the menu selections within a particular gopher server. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2369 | Jump-Arrow | A small arrow that appears in the lower-left corner of shortcut icons to distinguish them from |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2371 | Junk email | Email messages which are received, but not asked for or even wanted. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2372 | Justification | The process by which each project is evaluated to determine if there is financial viability in its |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2374 | Just-in-time (JIT) | Characteristic of e-learning in which learners are able to access the information they need |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2377 | KA9Q | A popular implementation of TCP/IP and associated protocols for amateur packet radio systems. [See also TCP/IP Protocol Suite.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2378 | Karn’s Algorithm | An algorithm that improves round-trip time estimations by helping transport layer protocols distinguish between good and bad round-trip time samples. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2379 | Keepalive Interval | Period of time between each keepalive message sent by a network device. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2380 | Keepalive Message | Message sent by one network device to inform another network device that the virtual circuit between the two is still active. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2381 | Kerberos | Kerberos is the security system of MIT’s Project Athena. It is based on symmetric key cryptography. [See also Encryption.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2382 | Kermit | An error-checking file-transfer protocol used to copy files from one computer to another. Also the name given to the public domain software distributed by Columbia University, which |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2384 | Kernel | The kernel is the central core of a Unix (or other) operating system, in which the computer’s activities are controlled and coordinated. The kernel remains in a machine’s memory at |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2385 | Kernel Size | The number of pixels sampled as a unit during image manipulation and sharpening processes. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2386 | Kernel Viruses | Target specific features of the programs that contain the ‘core’ (or ‘Kernel’) of an operating system. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2387 | Kerning | The horizontal spacing between the letters in a word. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2388 | Key Title | The unique name assigned to a serial by the International Serials Data System (ISDS). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2389 | Keyboard | The most common input device, on which a user communicates data to the computer via a device similar to the keyboard of a typewriter. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2390 | Keymap | Keymap refers to the mapping of ASCII character codes to the keys on a particular keyboard. In some circumstances it is possible to change this keymap to use non-qwerty keyboards. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2391 | Keystroke Dynamics | A behavioural biometric under development that analyses typing rhythm when an end user types onto a keyboard. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2392 | Keyword | A significant word in the title, abstract, or text of a document, which is used as a descriptor. A word you might use to search for a web site. For example, searching the web for the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2394 | Kibi | Binary prefix multipliers that, in 1998, were approved as a standard by the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) in an effort to eliminate the confusion that sometimes |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2395 | Killer application | A software program which is so successful that it corners the market, or inspires people |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2397 | Kilo Bits Per Second | The unit used to measure how fast data is transferred between devices on a network. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2398 | Kilobit | 10^3 bits of information (usually used to express a data transfer rate; as in, 1 Kilobit/second = 1Kbps = 1Kb). Is a kilobit 1,000 bits or 1,024 bits? Whatis.com says it's 1,000 bits |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2399 | Kilobits Per Second | 1,000 bits per second. A measurement of transmission speed. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2400 | KiloByte | A unit of data storage size which represents 10^3 (one thousand) characters of information. 1,024 bytes of digital data. A thousand bytes. [See also Byte, Bit] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2401 | Kilobyte | A Kilobyte is a unit of measure for data storage. 1 Kilobyte is equivalent to 1024 (2^10) Bytes. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2402 | Kit | An item containing two or more categories of material, none of which is identifiable as the predominant constituent of the item. Also called multimedia item. A single-medium package |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2403 | Knowbot | A registered trademark of the Corporation for National Research Initiatives. Knowbots are robots designed to seek out files on the Internet. An experimental directory service. An |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2405 | Knowledge | In information technology, knowledge is, to an enterprise or an individual, the possession of information or the ability to quickly locate it. In the context of the business |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2406 | Knowledge Acquisition | Sub-speciality of artificial intelligence, usually associated with developing methods for capturing human knowledge and of converting them into a form that can be used by computer. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2408 | Knowledge base | A specialized database that stores knowledge assets. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2409 | Knowledge management | The process of capturing, organizing, and storing information and experiences of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2412 | Knowledge Transfer | The act of transferring knowledge from one individual to another by means of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2414 | K-nearest neighbor | A classification method that classifies a point by calculating the distances between the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2417 | Kohonen feature map | A type of neural network that uses unsupervised learning to find patterns in data. In |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2419 | Korn Shell | A Unix shell written by David Korn at AT&T Bell Labs in 1982, which attempts to integrate the best features of the Bourne shell and the C shell. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2420 | KTH | The Royal Institute of Technology in Stockholm (really ‘Kungliga Tekniska Hogskolan’). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2422 | L2TP | Layer Two Tunneling Protocol. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2423 | Laboratory Corporate Information Directory | A central, digital, easily accessible listing of laboratory data, information, and products (software and hardware); for data and information, LCID describes what the information is, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2424 | Laboratory Information | Information that is of ongoing, laboratory-wide value, as opposed to data generated for a single, limited purpose. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2425 | Lan Link | Commercial LAN interconnect (IP, DECnet, IPX, etc.) service offered by FINNet group (a consortium of local PNOs). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2426 | LAN Manager | Distributed file system developed and supported by Microsoft. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2427 | LAN Network Manager | Source-bridge and token ring management package provided by IBM. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2428 | LAN Server | Distributed file system derived from LAN manager, which is developed and supported by IBM. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2429 | LANE | LAN Emulation. Typically used in LANE over ATM. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2430 | Language | Refers to the language locale of the virus working platform, such as MS Word in English or Chinese. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2431 | Laptop | A computer small enough to sit on your lap. The laptop computer’s small size allows you to take it almost anywhere and access the Internet. Great if you travel a lot and don’t want |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2432 | Laser Printer | Although a number of devices employ laser technology to print images, this normally refers to black-and-white desktop printers, which use the dry toner, xerographic printing process. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2433 | Laserdisc | A 12-inch disk that’s similar to an audio CD but holds visual images (such as high-quality movies) as well as music. Also called a videodisc. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2434 | Last Mile | A reference to the local loop, the distance between a local telco office and the subscriber, a distance actually about 0 to 3 miles (0 to 4 kilometers). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2435 | Latency | The amount of time between a device requesting access to a network and when it is granted permission to transmit. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2436 | Latent | An impression of a finger image collected from a crime scene. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2437 | LATNet | The Latvian Academic and Research Network. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2438 | Launch | A term used to mean start a program. Interchangeable with "load". |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2439 | Layer | Communication networks for computers may be organized as a set of more or less independent protocols, each in a different layer (also called level). The lowest layer governs direct |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2440 | LCC | The Library of Congress Classification system |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2441 | LCSH | Library of Congress Subject Headings |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2442 | LDT | Local Descriptor Code |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2443 | Leader | Data elements (numbers or coded values identified by relative character position) that provide information for the processing of the MARC record. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2444 | Leading | The vertical spacing between lines of text. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2445 | Leaf | A leaf refers to a node found at the end of a network branch. There is only one connection between the leaf and the rest of the network. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2446 | Learning | Training models (estimating their parameters) based on existing data. A cognitive and/or physical |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2449 | Learning environment | The physical or virtual setting in which learning takes place. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2450 | Learning object | A reusable, media-independent collection of information used as a modular building block for |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2453 | Learning objective | A statement establishing a measurable behavioral outcome, used as an advanced organizer |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2455 | Learning platforms | Internal or external sites often organized around tightly focused topics, which contain |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2457 | Learning portal | Any web site that offers learners or organizations consolidated access to learning and training |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2460 | Learning solution | (1) Any combination of technology and methodology that delivers learning. (2) Software |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2462 | Learning space | An imaginary geography in which the learning enterprise flourishes. Mapped by market |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2464 | Leased Line | A dedicated (as opposed to a dial-up) telephone line typically used to link a moderate-sized local network to an Internet Service Provider. A leased line is the telephone circuit |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2466 | Least squares | The most common method of training (estimating) the weights (parameters) of a model by |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2468 | Left-hand side | When an association between two variables is defined, the first item is called the left-hand side |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2470 | Legacy Systems | A computer system or application program, which continues to be used because of the cost of replacing or redesigning it and often despite its poor competitiveness and compatibility |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2472 | Level 1 Cache | This is cache memory that is part of your computer’s processor in your computer. Level 1 cache is fast and expensive. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2473 | Level 1 Router | A device that routes within a DECnet or OSI areas. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2474 | Level 2 Cache | This is cache memory that is mounted on your computer’s motherboard. Level 2 cache is slower than Level 1. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2475 | Level 2 Router | A device that routes between DECnet or OSI areas. All Level 2 routers must form a contiguous network. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2476 | Level of Detail | This is used primarily to reduce polygon count in a scene, especially when you have multiple characters like in a sports game. A lower polygon count model of the character is used |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2477 | Leveraging | Utilizing current support staff to handle some or all of a new contract; helps reduce both costs and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2479 | Libraries (queries and reports) | Sets of programs that have been created, fully tested, quality |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2481 | Libraries FAQ Page Listserv | Software that allows the creation of electronic discussion lists on a server for a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2483 | Library | A collection of functions, usually provided by a manufacturer or software vendor, which programmers |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2485 | Library Bill of Rights | Codifies the profession’s stance on intellectual freedom as it relates to libraries. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2486 | Library Internet Online Network | A menued front-end system at SDSU that allows access to a number of databases such as library on-line catalogs, periodical indexes, and Internet gophers. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2487 | Library of Congress | The unofficial national library of the US, which serves Congress and provides many services to all types of libraries. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2488 | Library of Congress Catalog System | The Library of Congress has an extensive and useful congressional legislation system that you can use to look up the bills that are in Congress, as well as having nearly any book |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2489 | Library of Congress Rule Interpretations | Library of Congress interpretations of AACR2 rules. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2490 | Lifeline POTS | A minimal telephone service designed to extend a ‘lifeline’ to the telephone system in case of emergency, particularly when electric power is lost. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2491 | LIFO | Last In, First Out |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2492 | Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission of | Analog transmission device in which a suitable active material is excited by an external stimulus to produce a narrow beam of coherent light that can be modulated into pulses to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2493 | Light Emitting Diode | A display element. An electronic device that gives off light when an electric current is passed through it. Most indicator lights, such as the one that comes on when you switch on |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2494 | Light Map | The texture used to blend with the base map to create a new, brighter texture. [See also Additive Blending, Dark Map.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2495 | Lightweight Directory Access Protocol | It is Netscape’s strategic directory protocol. It defines a reasonably simple mechanism for Internet clients to query and manage an arbitrary database of hierarchical attribute/value |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2496 | Limited Resource Link | Resource defined by device operator to remain active only when being used. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2497 | Line | Generally, another word for link. In SNA, a connection to the network. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2498 | Line Art | Images containing only black and white pixels. Also known as bilevel images. The term line art is sometimes used to describe drawings containing flat colours without tonal variation. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2499 | Line Code | Any method of converting digital information to analog form for transmission on a telephone line. 2B1Q, DMT, and CAP are all line codes. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2500 | Line Conditioning | The use of equipment on leased voice-grade channels to improve analog characteristics, thereby allowing higher transmission rates. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2501 | Line Driver | A signal converter, which conditions a digital signal to ensure reliable transmission over an extended distance. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2502 | Line Noise | Static over a telephone line that interferes with network communications. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2503 | Line of business | Divisions of a company responsible for the production and creation of the organization’s products and/or services. IT, HR and Accounting are not lines of business. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2504 | Line of Sight | Characteristic of certain transmission systems such as laser, microwave, and infrared systems in which no obstruction on a direct path between transmitter and receiver may exist. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2505 | Line Turnaround | The time required to change data transmission direction on a phone line. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2506 | Link | A link will transport you from one Internet site to another with just a click of your mouse. Links can be text or graphic and are recognizable once you know what to look for. Text |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2508 | Link Access Procedure ‘D’ | ISDN’s link-layer protocol for the D channel. LAPD was derived from the CCITT X.25 LAPB protocol and is designed primarily to satisfy the signalling requirements of ISDN basic |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2509 | Link Access Procedure, Balanced | Derived from HDLC, a CCITT X.25 version of a bit-oriented data link protocol. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2510 | Link Access Procedure for Modems | Protocol which controls the handshake between two modems. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2511 | Link Control Protocol | The LCP is used to automatically agree upon the encapsulation format options, handle varying limits on sizes of packets, authenticate the identity of its peer on the link, determine |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2512 | Link-state Routing Algorithm | A routing algorithm in which each router broadcasts or multicasts information on the cost of reaching each of its neighbours to all nodes in the internetwork. Link-state algorithms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2513 | Link Viruses | File virus, which, like companion viruses, do not change the physical contents of files. When an infected file is started, the operating system is forced to execute the virus code by |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2514 | Links | Synonymous with anchors, hotlinks and hyperlinks. These are the hypertext connections between web pages. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2515 | Linux | A version of the Unix operating system designed to run on PCs. A widely used Open Source Unix-like |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2517 | Liquid Crystal Display | A display device similar to those used in pocket calculators. LCD display forms the flat-panel screen used in laptops. LCD displays come in two varieties. An active matrix (or TFT, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2518 | List | Text that is categorized, be it bulleted, numbered, or unnumbered. The default list bullets and numbers are black with no special effects. To make a bulleted list using graphic |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2519 | List Address | A list address takes the form of an e-mail address to which you send mail that you want a mailing list program to distribute to the other members (or subscribers) of the list. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2520 | List Owner | Every mail list has an owner, who is a person who administers the list and makes various decisions and judgments about the way in which the list functions. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2521 | LISt Processing | An interpreted programming language that uses list identifying the relationships of symbolic values as the fundamental data structure. Lisp is regularly used in |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2522 | Listserv | A distribution list management package whose primary function is to operate mailing lists. It allows groups of computer users with a common interest to communicate among themselves. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2523 | Listserver | A listserver is a computer program, which runs and administers a mail list. There are a variety of programs that do so, including Listserv and Majordomo, which have similar, although |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2525 | Listserver Address | A listserver address is an e-mail address through which you send administrative commands to the listserver. Typically these commands involve subscribing or unsubscribing to a list, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2526 | Literary Warrant | The principle, which allows a category to exist in a classification or thesaurus only if a work exists for that category. The use of an actual collection or holdings of a library or |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2527 | Literature Search | A systematic and exhaustive search for published material on a specific topic. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2528 | LITNet | The Lithuanian University and Research Network. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2529 | Little-Endian | A format for storage or transmission of binary data in which the least significant byte (bit) comes first. [See Big-Endian.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2530 | Live | When used in reference to a World Wide Web file, this term designates an object linked to another layer of information. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2531 | Live Capture | The process of capturing a biometric sample by an interaction between an end user and a biometric system. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2532 | Live Scan | The term live scan is typically used in conjunction with finger image technology. Synonym for ‘Live Capture’. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2533 | LM/X | LAN manager for UNIX environments. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2534 | LMI | Local Management Interface |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2535 | Load | Short for download and upload. If someone asks how long did the page take to load? He/She is referring to the time it takes a page to appear on your screen. If a web page is loading |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2536 | Load Balancing | In routing, the ability of a router to distribute traffic over all its network ports that are at the same distance from the destination address. Good load-balancing algorithms use |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2537 | Loading | The addition of inductance to a line in order to minimize amplitude distortion. Used commonly on public telephone lines to improve voice quality and makes the lines impassable to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2538 | Local Access and Transport Area | A telephone dialing area serviced by a single local telephone company. Calls within LATAs are called local calls. There are well over 100 lATAs in the US (1) A geographic area |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2539 | Local Acknowledgement | A method whereby an intermediate network node, such as a Cisco router, terminates a data link layer session for an end host. Use of local acknowledgement reduces network overhead |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2540 | Local Area Network | A computer network limited to the immediate area, usually the same building or floor of a building. The means by which a local community of users and workgroups can share information |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2544 | Local Area Transport | A network virtual terminal protocol developed by Digital Equipment Corporation. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2545 | Local Exchange Carrier | LEC’s provide local transmission services. The local telephone company for a given geographic area. In return for being given a monopoly over residential connections to the telephone |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2546 | Local Host | In UNIX the host on the network. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2547 | Local Loop | Refers to the physical copper pair or loop of wire from Central Office to the subscriber. The line from a telephone subscriber’s premises to the telephone company CO. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2548 | Local Management Interface | LMI for frame relay. Packet containing sequence-number exchange between a DTI (router) and a switch. It is used by the switch to learn which DLCIs are defined and the current status |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2549 | Local Mutli-Point Distribution System | It is like a ‘fibre in the sky’, it delivers high-speed data, video, Internet, and multimedia services. It is a broadband wireless system that operates by line of sight. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2550 | Local System | The system one is using. Interactions between your computer and another computer on the Internet are sometimes described using the terms ‘local’ and ‘remote’ systems. The local |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2551 | Local Talk | Apple’s proprietary 230-Kbps baseband CSMA/CD network protocol. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2552 | Local-bridge | A bridge that directly interconnects networks in the same geographic area. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2553 | Localhost | A way referring (in a local URL) to the ‘local’ host (or server) on which the resource is running. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2554 | Localization | The tailoring of an offering to meet the specific needs of a geographic area, product, or target |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2556 | Location | An Internet address. While you are in your browser you will see a section at the top of the page that is titled ‘location’. If you type in the address of someone’s web page there and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2557 | Log | A continuing chronicle (or record of events) which takes place. In computer parlance it descends from a log-book, which was a chronicle of a ship’s voyage kept by the headmaster. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2558 | Log off | This is the process of ending your session from accessing a remote computer by logging on. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2559 | Log on | This is the term for the process of actually gaining access to the resources on a particular computer. You have to enter a user ID and password to gain access. For example, you have |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2560 | Logic Bomb | A Trojan Horse, which is left within a computing system with the intent of it executing when some condition occurs. The logic bomb could be triggered by a change in a file, by a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2561 | Logical Channel | A non-dedicated, packet-switched communications path between two or more network nodes. Through packet switching, many logical channels can exist simultaneously on a single physical |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2562 | Logical Channel Number | Packet switching |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2563 | Logical data model | An abstract formal representation of the categories of data and their relationships in the form of a diagram, such as an entity-relationship diagram. A logical data model is process |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2564 | Logical Disk | It is a unit of disk storage consisting of many sequentially located physical sectors. The logical disk has a boot sector, FAT, root directory and data area. Data area sectors are |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2565 | Logical Link Control | The upper portion of the datalink layer, as defined in IEEE 802.2. The LLC sublayer presents a uniform interface to the user of the datalink service, usually the network layer. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2566 | Logical Link Control, Type 2 | A connection-oriented OSI logical link control sublayer protocol. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2567 | Logical Unit | A primary component of SNA, a LU is a type of NAU that enables end users to communicate with each other and gain access to SNA network resources. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2568 | Logical Unit 6.2 | A LU governing peer-to-peer SNA communications. LU 6.2 supports general communication between programs in a distributed processing environment. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2569 | Login | Noun or a verb. Noun The account name used to gain access to a computer system. Not a secret (contrast with Password) Verb The act of entering into a computer system, e.g. “Login |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2570 | Login, Logon | The process of identifying yourself to your computer or an online service. The initial identification procedure to gain access to a system as a legitimate user. The usual |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2571 | Login Name | It is your account name, used as an identifier, and is typed in when logging on. Frequently your login name is also the first term in your e-mail address, before the ‘@’ sign. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2572 | Logistic regression (logistic discriminant | A generalization of linear regression. It is |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2574 | Logout, Logoff | The concluding steps for formally ending a session with a system. Physically disconnecting or powering down a terminal does not necessarily result in a logout. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2575 | LOL | An acronym for Laugh Out Loud. Look for it in your e-mail, or chat rooms. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2576 | London INternet eXchange | An Internet interconnect point at Telehouse, London, where all UK and many European providers exchange traffic. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2577 | Long Distance Access Protocol | It is the term coined to describe the alliance forced by the MFJ on RBOCs or LECs that wish to provide Internet service. Such companies must partner with an existing Internet Service |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2578 | Longitudinal Redundancy Check | Error detection algorithm. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2579 | Loop | Route where packets never reach the destination, but simply cycle repeatedly through a constant series of network nodes. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2580 | Loopback | A type of diagnostic test in which the transmitted signals are returned to the sending device after passing through all or part of a communications link or network. A loopback test |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2581 | Lossy | Characteristic of a network that is prone to lose packets when it becomes highly loaded. Image compression that functions by removing minor tonal and/or colour variations, causing |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2582 | Lossy Compression | A term coined by graphics programmers to refer to a technique of shrinking file sizes by giving away some precision of detail. JPEG is the most common of these. By reducing the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2583 | Low Key | A dark image that is intentionally lacking in highlight detail. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2584 | Low-Entry Networking Node | End systems similar to end nodes but which cannot rely on network nodes (NN) for APPN services and, therefore, must have a statically defined image of the APPN network. A PU 2.1 that |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2585 | Lowercase | Characters that are not capitalized. Contrast with UPPERCASE. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2586 | LPI/LPCM | Lines per inch or per centimeter. Units of measurement for screen ruling. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2587 | LRC | Learning Resources Center; often used instead of library in K-12 and community colleges; Longitidinal Redundancy Check |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2588 | Lurker | Slang term for someone who regularly reads newsgroup, BBS, or mailing list discussions, but rarely participates in them. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2589 | Lurking | A term used to describe the inactivity of a subscriber who doesn’t actively participate in a mailing list or Usenet newsgroup discussions. One who lurks is just listening to the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2591 | Lynx | A character-based client program for the World Wide Web. A type of browser designed to work with text-only Internet connections like dial-up UNIX shell accounts. Lynx is a fully |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2593 | MAC | (1) Media Access Control. A method of controlling access to a transmission medium (e.g., Ethernet, token ring, FDDI). The lower portion of the datalink layer. The MAC differs for |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2594 | MAC Address | The hardware address of a device connected to a shared media. In a local area network (LAN) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2596 | Machine Language | A programming language in which the user codes directly in the computer’s native language of 0s and 1s. The fastest type of language because no translation is required, but it is |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2597 | Machine Learning | Sub-speciality of artificial intelligence concerned with developing methods for software to learn from experience, or to extract knowledge from examples in a database. [See also |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2598 | Machine-Readable Cataloging | A system in which cataloging records are prepared in a format that enables the computer to recognize the elements and manipulate them for various purposes. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2599 | Macintosh | The Macintosh is a pioneering computer manufactured by the Apple Corporation. It was the first popular computer to feature Graphical User Interface (GUI) with features, such as |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2600 | Macro | Is an instruction that carries out program commands automatically. A macro is a series of commands carried out at the request of the user. For example, if you repeatedly perform the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2601 | Macro Virus | are programs written in one of the many macro languages and are little scripts that record what a user does. To propagate, macro viruses exploit the capabilities of the macro |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2602 | MAE-East | Metropolitan Area Ethernet-East, built by Metropolitan Fiber Systems (MFS) as an interchange for PSI, UUNET and SprintLink in late 1993 was by far the busiest Internet hub in the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2603 | Magnetic Tape | Tape, which can store computer data on, commonly used for backup data. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2604 | Mail Bridge | A mail gateway that forwards electronic mail between two or more networks while ensuring that the messages it forwards meet certain administrative criteria. A mail bridge is simply a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2605 | Mail Exchange Record | A DNS resource record type indicating which host can handle mail for a particular domain. [See also Domain Name System, Electronic Mail.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2606 | Mail Exploder | Part of an electronic mail delivery system, which allows a message to be delivered to a list of addresses. Mail exploders are used to implement mailing lists. Users send messages to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2607 | Mail Forwarding | The processes of either forwarding a copy of an e-mail message to a third party, or else of configuring your mailer application on a particular server so that it will forward e-mail |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2608 | Mail Gateway | A machine that connects two or more electronic mail systems (including dissimilar mail systems) and transfers messages between them. Sometimes the mapping and translation can be |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2609 | Mail List | An e-mail based discussion group. Sending one message to the mailing list’s listserver sends mail to all other members of the group. Users join a mail list by subscribing. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2610 | Mailman | A web-based list management system. See the MIT help pages at http //web.mit.edu/lists/mailman/. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2611 | Mail Merge | The merging of database information (such as names and addresses) with a letter template in a word processor, in order to create personalized letters. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2612 | Mail Path | A series of machine names used to direct electronic mail from one user to another. This system of e-mail addressing has been used primarily in UUCP networks which are trying to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2613 | Mail Reflector | A specialized address, from which e-mail is automatically forwarded to a set of other addresses, commonly used to implement a mail discussion group. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2614 | Mail Server | A software program that distributes files or information in response to requests sent via e-mail. Internet examples include Almanac and netlib. Mail servers have also been used in |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2615 | Mailbox | Most e-mail applications allow you to create multiple mailboxes, which are directories that you can use to organize your e-mail. You can move individual e-mail messages back and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2616 | Mailing List | A list of e-mail users who are members of a group. A mailing list can be an informal group of people who share e-mail with one another, or it can be a more formal LISTSERV group, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2619 | Main Distribution Frame | Central point where all local loops terminate in the CO. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2620 | Main Entry | The complete catalog record of an item, presented in the form by which the entity is to be uniformly identified and cited. The main entry may include the tracing(s) (q.v.). [See also |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2621 | Main Heading | In subject headings, the first part of a heading excluding subdivisions. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2622 | Mainframe | A large, multi-tasking computer that is used by many users. Large computer which allows multiple users to log on and access the facilities simultaneously; makes use of multitasking |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2623 | Majordomo | Majordomo is a particular kind of listserver program. Making a connection with an FTP site, the user responds to the login prompt. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2624 | Malicious | With an intent to do harm. Used to describe computer viruses. Contrast with benign. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2625 | Malicious Code | Any program or piece of code designed to do damage to a system or data it contains, or to prevent the system from being used in its normal manner. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2626 | Malicious Logic | Computer viruses are actually a special case of something known as ‘malicious logic’ or ‘malware’. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2627 | Malicious Software (Malware) | A generic name for software, which intentionally performs actions, which can damage data or disrupt systems. A group of types of program which includes computer viruses, worms and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2628 | Malicious-logic Software (Malware) | See Malicious Software |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2629 | Management Information Base | The set of parameters an SNMP management station can query or set in the SNMP agent of a network device (e.g., router). Standard, minimal MIBs have been defined, and vendors often |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2630 | Man-machine Interface | The means by which the user interacts with the computer program such as text, icons, menus. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2631 | Manuscript | An unpublished printed or hand-written work. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2632 | Map | Short for bitmap. Another name for a texture. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2633 | Mapping | Can mean many things the process of creating textures, or the process of applying the textures to polygons using texture coordinates, or the process of assigning keyboard keys to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2634 | MARC record | A catalog record in machine-readable form. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2635 | Market Penetration | The percentage of the market owned by a company as represented by share of revenue. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2636 | MARS | Multivariate Adaptive Regression Splines. MARS is a generalization of a decision tree. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2637 | Martian | A humorous term applied to packets that turn up unexpectedly on the wrong network because of bogus routing entries. Also used as a name for a packet, which has an altogether bogus |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2638 | Marvel | Machine-Assisted Realization of the Virtual Electronic Library. The Library of Congress’ gopher. It presents information about the library of Congress such as facilities and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2639 | Mashup | A web page or site made by automatically combining content from other sources, usually by using |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2641 | Master Boot Record | It is in a sense, a small program that is automatically executed when the computer is booted. It resides in the hard drive’s master boot sector, which is located at the very |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2642 | Master Transfer Agent | An OSI application process used to store and forward messages in the X.400 Message Handling System. Equivalent to Internet mail agent. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2643 | Match/Matching | The process of comparing a biometric sample against a previously stored template and scoring the level of similarity. An accept or reject decision is then based upon whether this |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2644 | Material | A set of parameters that determine the colour, shininess, smoothness, etc. of a surface. Usually a material is used to assign a texture to a face. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2645 | Math Coprocessor | Another name for a floating-point processor. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2646 | Matrix | This often refers to a 2-dimensional array of CCD elements. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2647 | Matrix management | A reporting structure in which the manager does not hold the performance and payroll card of the subordinate. This is synonymous with dotted line responsibility. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2648 | Maximize Button | The button in the middle of three button at the right end of the title bar which enlarges the window to its greatest possible size. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2649 | Maximum External Display Resolution | When connected to a standard monitor, many laptops can support a higher resolution display than they do on their built-in screen (see screen resolution, below). Display resolution is |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2650 | Maximum likelihood | Another training or estimation method. The maximum likelihood estimate of a parameter |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2652 | Maximum RAM Capacity | This is the maximum amount of memory that can be installed in your computer. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2653 | Maximum Transmission Unit | The largest frame length, which may be sent on a physical medium. See fragment, frame. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2654 | Mbps | Megabit per second. 1,000,000 bits per second. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2655 | MCSE | Acronym for Microsoft Certified Systems Engineer; a certification commonly needed by technical |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2657 | Mean | The arithmetic average value of a collection of numeric data. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2658 | Media | Information storage and distribution format. (e.g. video tape, floppy disk, optical disc, print, etc.) The |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2660 | Media Center | Often used instead of, or in combination with, school library. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2661 | Median | The value in the middle of a collection of ordered data. In other words, the value with the same number |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2663 | Medium | The material used to support the transmission of data. Examples include twisted-pair wire, coaxial cable, optical fiber, or electromagnetic wave (microwave). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2664 | Megabit | Megabit. 10^6 bits of information (usually used to express a data transfer rate; as in, 1 Megabit/second = 1Mbps). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2665 | Megabyte | A unit of data storage size which represents 10^6 (one million) characters of information. A million bytes. Actually, technically, 1024 kilobytes. A unit of information storage equal |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2667 | Megahertz | A million cycles (occurrences, alterations, pulses) per second. Used to describe the speed at which a computer’s processor (or CPU) operates. A 25-MHz processor can handle 25 million |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2668 | Melvyl | An on-line catalog system containing books, music scores and recordings, audiovisual materials, maps, and computer files from UC libraries and the California State Library. Also |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2669 | Memory | In general, another word for dynamic RAM, the chips where the computers store system software, programs, and data you are currently using. Other kinds of computer memory you may |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2671 | Memory Control Block | This is a unit (block) of system memory. Allocated, changed and emptied by DOS on a start of a program or upon corresponding call. In memory, blocks are organized as list containing |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2672 | Memory Resident | Executable programs are divided into memory-resident and non-resident ones. A memory-resident program leaves its code or part of it in RAM after termination and DOS allocates a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2673 | Memory Resident Virus | when run, places itself into the running memory on the computer. This allows for it to be running all the time, to infect and spread as the user works. This is more commonly called a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2674 | Mentor | A person who provides guidance and recommendations to a more junior person for courses of action and behavior. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2675 | Menu | A list of commands. In a GUI, a convenient method for issuing commands. A menu bar appears near the top of a window; clicking on a menu’s title brings up the complete menu. Clicking |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2676 | Menu Bar | The horizontal bar that contains the names of available menus. The menu bar is located below the title bar. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2677 | MERIT | Michigan Education & Research Information Triad (MERIT) was the holder of the 1987 cooperative agreement with the National Science Foundation for the provision of the T-1 and then |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2678 | Mesh | A mesh refers to one possible topology for a network backbone. For redundancy in the case of a circuit outage, a backbone is usually connected in a circular fashion so that if data |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2679 | Message | A collection of data that is ordered according to the rules of a given protocol suite, such that it is intelligible to the sending and receiving software. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2680 | Messaging Services | The services needed to manage e-mail |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2681 | Meta | Prefix that in most information technology usages means "an underlying definition or description." Meta (pronounced MEH-tah in the U.S. and MEE-tah in the U.K.) derives from Greek, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2682 | Meta-analysis | Pooled statistical analysis of results from several individual statistical analyses of different experiments, searching for statistical significance, which is not possible within the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2683 | Metadata | A definition or description of data. Information about content that enables it to be stored in and retrieved from a database. “Data about data.” Usually refers to agreed-on |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2684 | Metalanguage | A definition or description of language. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2685 | Meta-tag | HTML tags that can be used to identify the creator of a web page, what HTML specifications a web page follows, the keywords and description of the page, etc. The most common use of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2686 | Metaverse | From the novel ‘Snow Crash’ by Neal Stephenson, this term describes a virtual online representation of reality. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2687 | Metered Service | Metered Service is a short hand term for charging for measured use by amount of data sent and received. A point of confusion arises because some people also use metered service to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2688 | Methodology | Proven processes followed in planning, defining, analyzing, designing, building, testing, and implementing a system. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2689 | Metrics | Any type of measurement. Metrics could include business results, quantification of system usage, average response time, benefits achieved, etc. The measures that an organization |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2690 | Metropolitan Area Network | A data communication network covering the geographic area of a city. Often used by a CAP to carry backbone traffic in their serving area. A Metropolitan Area Network (MAN) refers to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2691 | Metropolitian Fiber Systems | Metropolitan Fiber Systems is a major CAP that began in the late ’80s by offering high speed Metropolitan Area Network service between clumps of strategically located buildings in |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2692 | MFJ | Modified Final Judgement |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2693 | MHS | Message Handling System. The system of message user agents, message transfer agents, message stores, and access units which together provide OSI electronic mail. MHS is specified in |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2694 | Microfiche | A sheet of film bearing a number of microimages in a two-dimensional array. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2695 | Microfilm | A length of film bearing a number of microimages in linear array. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2696 | Microform | A generic term for any medium, transparent or opaque, bearing microimages. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2697 | Microprocessor | The Microprocessor is built onto a single piece of silicon, known as a wafer or chip. Its size is about 0.5 cm along one side and no more 0.05 cm thick. It can be programmed to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2699 | Microprocessor Speed | The speed of the central processor or ‘chip’. Higher speeds generally mean faster performance but chip speed is only part of the performance story. Other performance factors include |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2700 | Middleware | Software that converts or translates between applications. In the computer industry, middleware |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2704 | Mid-level Network | Mid-level networks (a.k.a. regionals) make up the second level of the Internet hierarchy. They are the transit networks, which connect the stub networks to the backbone networks. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2705 | Midtone | The middle range of tones in an image. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2706 | Migration | Moving from one hardware/software/network environment to another; in a migration, IMAC |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2708 | Milestone | A tangible event used to measure the status of the project. Markers during the execution of a project |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2710 | Millennium Bug | The Y2K problem. A term used to signify the problem that many operating systems and applications would not work properly after the year 2000. This is because the programs were been |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2711 | MILNET | A part if the DDN network that makes up the Internet, centered on non-classified military communications. Military network is the production, non-classified TCP/IP network of the US |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2712 | MIME Mappings | A list of file extensions and the types of files they belong to. When the server sends an HTTP reply, it sends a type/subtype header according to the requested file’s extension. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2713 | MIME Type/Subtype | An HTTP header sent with a reply that determines how a client will view or use the message. The MIME type tells the general type of document, such as image or application, and the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2714 | Minimize Button | A button located at the right side of the title bar that you can click to reduce a window to a task button on the taskbar. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2715 | Minutiae | Small details found in finger images such as ridge endings or bifurcations. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2716 | MIP Mapping | A form of texture filtering. It comes from the Latin phrase ‘Multum In Parvo’ which means roughly ‘many things in a small place’. When viewing a distant texture-mapped object in |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2717 | Mirror | A duplicate of an FTP site. Generally speaking, ‘to mirror’ is to maintain an exact copy of something. Probably the most common use of the term on the Internet refers to ‘mirror |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2719 | Mirror Site | An FTP site that is created after the contents of an original FTP archive server are copied to it. Usually, mirror sites use larger and faster systems than the original, so it’s |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2721 | Miscellaneous Notebook Options | These include options such as optional batteries, mice, infrared ports among others. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2722 | Missing data | Data values can be missing because they were not measured, not answered, were unknown or |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2724 | Mission | A high level set of goals of the organization. For example to be the low cost producer or the company |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2726 | MITCET (MIT Council on Educational Technology) | MIT's Council on Educational Technology provides |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2728 | Mixed Notation | A notational system using a combination of two or more kinds of symbols (e.g., letters and numerals). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2729 | Mixed Responsibility | A work in which different persons or bodies contribute to its intellectual or artistic content by performing different kinds of activities (e.g., adapting or illustrating a work |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2730 | MLS or MALS | The master’s degree in library service; used generically, it means a master’s degree in library and information studies, although various schools use different wording and letters. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2731 | Mnemonics | Recurring concepts denoted by the same notational symbols in a classification scheme. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2732 | Mobile Device Management | Mobile Device Management has become more important as mobile devices such as cell phones, smart phones, and wireless PDAs become more powerful and sophisticated. Mobile Device |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2733 | Mobile Enterprise | Mobile enterprise is a generic term given to the growing market for business-related data applications over wireless, wide-area networks. Mobile enterprise solutions, also referred |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2734 | Mobile Telephone Switching Office | A generic name for the main cellular switching center which supports multiple base stations. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2735 | Mode | The most common value in a data set. If more than one value occurs the same number of times, the data |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2737 | Model | Any representation of a real object or phenomenon, or template for the creation of an object or phenomenon. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2738 | Model-based Reasoning | Approach to the development of expert systems that use formally defined models of systems, in contrast to more superficial rules of thumbs. [See also Heuristic, Artificial |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2739 | MoDem | A device that converts digital signals into analog signals (and back) for transmission over telephone lines (MOdulator, DEModulator). A device that you connect to your computer and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2744 | Modem String | A string of commands sent to a modem. Certain strings are sent to ‘initialize’ a modem, that is to say prepare it to work with a certain set of configurations. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2745 | Moderated | In a moderated mail list or Usenet group, there is a moderator (an actual person) who screens every message sent to the list or group to determine if it is appropriate. If so, he or |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2746 | Moderated Discussion List/Newsgroup | The person who categorizes the topics and selects posts is the moderator. Thus, a moderation discussion list or newsgroup is a service in which the moderator organizes participants’ |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2747 | Moderator | A person, or small group of people, who manage moderated mailing lists and newsgroups. Moderators are responsible for determining which e-mail submissions are passed on to list. [See |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2748 | Modified Final Judgement | It is the name given to Judge Green’s decision outlining the rules of the 1984 divestiture of AT&T. Under the MFJ the RBOCs have been banned from manufacturing. Although allowed |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2749 | Mod_perl | An add-on for the Apache web server software, mod_perl makes it possible to use the Perl language |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2751 | Modular | E-learning that's made up of standardized units that can be separated from each other and rearranged |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2753 | Modulation | Process by which signal characteristics are transformed to represent information. Types of modulation include frequency modulation (FM), where signals of different frequencies |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2754 | Moire | A repetitive interference pattern caused by overlapping symmetrical grids of dots or lines having differing pitch or angle. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2755 | Monitor (Program-monitor, Antiviral Monitor) | It is a utility, which is installed in RAM and allows to detect ‘suspicious’ actions of user programs alteration and renaming of executable programs (COM- and EXE-files), writing to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2756 | Monochrome | Single-coloured. An image or medium displaying only black-and-white or greyscale information. Greyscale information displayed in one colour is also monochrome. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2757 | Monograph | A nonserial item (i.e., an item either complete in one part or complete, or intended to be completed, in a finite number of separate parts). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2758 | Morphing | An animated 2D or 3D effect that makes one texture or geometry smoothly transform into another. Often used to do 3D facial animation. Comes from the word metamorphosis. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2759 | Mosaic | The first WWW browser that was available for the Macintosh, Windows and Unix all with the same interface. ‘Mosaic’ really started the popularity of the web. The source code for the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2760 | Motherboard | A colloquial term used to refer to the main (logical) board of a computer. Many important hardware components are found on this board, including cache, RAM, and the CPU. The floppy |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2762 | Motion Artifact | Any number of image delays, jitters, or tiling patterns observable in a video conference. These symptoms are the result of compression. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2763 | Mottling | A texture similar to orange peel sometimes caused by sharpening. It is particularly visible in flat areas such as sky or skin. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2764 | Mouse | An input device rolled over a flat surface to move a cursor across the screen. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2766 | Mouse Pointer | The object on screen that corresponds to the user’s movement of the mouse. Usually it takes the shape of an arrow; when a program is busy, it may tsurn into an hourglass or clock |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2767 | MOV | A file extension found on the World Wide Web that denotes that the file is a movie or video in QuickTime format. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2768 | Moving/Motion Pictures Expert Group | Group developing emerging ISO standard for the compression and coding of motion video. MPEG is an international standard for video compression and desktop movie presentation. You |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2770 | MP3 | A popular, highly compressed file format used for music. A format for music file compression that enables |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2772 | MPLS | Acronym for multiprotocol label switching, which tunnels paths through networks for specific purposes, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2774 | MPP | Massively parallel processing, a computer configuration that is able to use hundreds or thousands of CPUs |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2776 | MSP | Acronym for Management Service Provider; a vendor providing turnkey solutions for an organization's IT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2778 | MTA | Message Transfer Agent. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2779 | Mud, Object Oriented | One of several kinds of multi-user role-playing environments so far only text-based. [See also MUD, MUSE.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2780 | Multicast | A packet with a special destination address, which multiple nodes on the network may be willing to receive. [See also Broadcast.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2781 | Multicasting | The transmission of information to more than one recipient. For example, sending an e-mail |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2783 | Multi-Channel | Operating across the different channels used by an organization to do business with customers, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2785 | Multidimensional | The aggregation of data along the lines of the dimensions of the business, e.g. sales by |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2787 | Multihomed Host | A host, which has more than one connection to a network. The host may send and receive |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2789 | Multimedia | A delivery medium where attempts have been made to integrate a variety of different media—hopefully with the intention of ‘subtly’ enhancing the final product. Any presentation or |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2790 | Multi Media Extensions | Technology, which is featured in a number of the latest processors, designed mainly for multimedia applications. To benefit from MMX the application running must have been written to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2791 | Multimedia Command Interface | This is a method for controlling multimedia devices from within the Windows operating system. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2792 | Multipart Item | A monograph complete, or intended to be completed, in a finite number of separate parts. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2793 | Multi-partite | Viruses, which are able to infect both files and boot sectors (the Tequila virus is one example). These are also called Boot-And-File virus. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2794 | Multiple Homing | When a small ISP begins to prosper, it often takes a leased line to a second (usually national) backbone provider. This is referred to as multiple homing. It requires the ISP to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2795 | Multiple System Operator | A company that operates more than one cable TV system. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2796 | Multiplex | The division of a single transmission medium into multiple logical channels supporting many simultaneous sessions. For example, one network may have simultaneous FTP, telnet, rlogin, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2797 | Multiplexer | A technique that enables several data streams to be sent over a single physical line. It is also a function by which one connection from a layer is used to support more than one |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2798 | Multipoint Conferencing | A videoconference between three or more sites. This mode of conferencing requires the use of a video bridge (MCU). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2799 | Multipoint Control Unit | A device that works as an audio bridge and video switch for linking multiple sites together for a video-conference. The MCU allows all sites to hear each other and simultaneously |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2800 | Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions | The standard for attaching non-text files to standard Internet mail messages. Non-text files include graphics, spreadsheets, formatted word-processor documents, sound files, etc. An |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2801 | Multitasking | The capability of an operating system to handle multiple processing tasks, apparently, at the same time. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2802 | Multi-texture | Same as Texture Blending. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2803 | Multi-User Dungeon or Dimension | A (usually text-based) multi-user simulation environment. Some are purely for fun and flirting, others are used for serious software development, or education purposes and all that |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2804 | Multi-User Simulated Environment | One kind of MUD—usually with little or no violence. [See also MOO, MUD] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2805 | Musical Instrument Digital Interface | A technology that enables a computer to record and play musical performance. This is a standard for connecting musical instruments to computers. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2806 | Musical Instrument Digital Interface Port | Allows the computer and a digital musical instrument to be interfaced. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2807 | Mutation Engine | Is one of the complicated forms of polymorphism and it comes in the form of an object module. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2808 | My Computer | A program, the obvious, quick way to the files and folders on your Windows computer. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2809 | MySQL | An Open Source development of the SQL language for talking to databases. Most commonly used |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2814 | Nadir | The point directly below you in space. The opposite of zenith. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2815 | Name | A lexical string that is mapped to an IP address (e.g., cutl.city .unisa.edu.au). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2816 | Name Authority File | A collection of name authority records. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2817 | Name Authority Record | A record that shows a personal, corporate, or geographic heading in its established form, cites the authorities consulted in determining the choice of form of name, and indicates the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2818 | Name Registration Scheme | All sites connected to JANET via X25 are expected to register with the national ‘Name Registration Scheme’ (NRS). The NRS maintains a database which records, for each service on each |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2819 | Name Resolution | The process of mapping a name into its corresponding address. [See also Domain Name System.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2820 | Name Server | Software, which matches mnemonic names to raw addresses. This might be a Campus Name Server for local PCs (using a JNT protocol called Name Lookup Protocol or NLP), or a Domain Name |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2822 | Namespace | A commonly distributed set of names in which all names are unique. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2823 | Name-title Added Entry | An added entry consisting of the name of a person or corporate body and title of an item. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2824 | Name-title Reference | A reference made from the name of a person or a corporate body and the titl[See also MHS.] [See also MHS.] e of an item. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2825 | NANOG | The North American Network Operators Group is composed of Internet Service Providers who have technical and operations oriented meetings three times a year and who maintain a useful |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2826 | Narrowband | (1) In data transmission, a limited range of frequencies. (2) More specifically, a network in which |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2828 | NAS | Acronym for network-attached storage; refers to hard disk storage set up with its own network address. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2830 | National Attachment Point | In the United States there are 4 exchange points that exist to enable data exchange between different Internet Service Providers (ISPs). These exchange points lay in Chicago, IL; San |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2831 | National Information Infrastructure | The official U.S. government name for the Internet and other computer networks. Commonly known as the Information Superhighway. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2833 | National Institute of Standards and Technology | United States governmental body that provides assistance in developing standards. Formerly the National Bureau of Standards. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2834 | National Library | A library designated by a government as such, which usually means that it is the copyright depository and the bibliographic control center of a country. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2835 | National Research and Education Network | The NREN is the realization of an interconnected gigabit computer network devoted to Hign Performance Computing and Communications. A US effort to combine networks operated by |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2837 | National Science Foundation | A US government agency whose purpose is to promote the advancement of science. NSF funds science researchers, scientific projects, and infrastructure to improve the quality of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2838 | National Science Foundation Network | Currently the Internet backbone network of the United States. The NSFNET is a high-speed network of networks, which is hierarchical in nature. At the highest level is a backbone |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2839 | National Television System Committee | The video input signal formats used in North America and Japan. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2841 | Native | Software that’s written specifically to run on a particular processor. For example, a program optimized for a 68K processor runs in native mode on a Quadra, but it runs in emulation |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2842 | Navigation | Finding your way from page to page on the World Wide Web. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2843 | Navigation Tools | Allow users to find their way around a website or multimedia presentation. They can be hypertext links, clickable buttons, icons, or image maps. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2844 | NCLIS | National Commission on Libraries and Information Science; comprises Librarian of Congress and fourteen members appointed by the President with advice and consent of Senate; organizer |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2845 | NCSA | This is the abbreviation for National Center for Supercomputing Applications at the University of Illinois in Urbana-Champaign. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2846 | Near-line storage | Data storage that is not on-line and not with immediate access. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2847 | Negative Acknowledgement | Response to receipt of a corrupted packet of information. [See also Acknowledgement.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2848 | Net | Short for Internet. [See also Network or Internet.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2849 | Net.citizen | An inhabitant of Cyberspace. One usually tries to be a good net.citizen, lest one be flamed. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2850 | Netiquette | A form of online etiquette. This term refers to an informal code of conduct that governs what is generally considered to be the acceptable way for users to interact with one another |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2852 | Netizen | Citizen of the Internet. Derived from the term citizen, referring to a citizen of the Internet, or someone who uses networked resources. The term connotes civic responsibility and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2853 | Netscape | A WWW Browser and the name of a company. The Netscape browser was originally based on the Mosaic program developed at the National Center for Supercomputing Applications (NCSA). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2855 | Netscape Extensions | HTML-type tags, which are recognized by Netscape and were invented by the authors of that program. Some of these tags are becoming standard, while others are not. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2856 | Netscape Navigator | Browser software that enables users to view web pages. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2857 | Net surfer | Someone who browses the Internet with no definite destination. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2858 | Netware | The chief priest of network operating systems. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2859 | Network | One or more organizations engaged in a common pattern or information exchange through communications links, for some common objectives. An interconnected or interrelated group of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2861 | Network Access Provider | The NAP provides a transit network service permitting connection of service subscribers to NSPs. The NAP is typical the network provider that has access to the copper twisted pairs |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2862 | Network Address | The network portion of an IP address. For a class A network, the network address is the first byte of the IP address. For a class B network, the network address is the first two |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2863 | Network BIOS Enhanced User Interface | This is standard for network operating systems introduced by IBM. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2864 | Network Design Interface Specification | Used for all communication with network adapters. Works primarily with LAN manager and allows multiple protocol stacks to share a single NIC. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2865 | Network File System | A protocol developed by Sun Microsystems, and defined in RFC 1094, which allows a computer system to access files over a network as if they were on its local disks. This protocol has |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2866 | Network Information Center | A NIC provides information, assistance and services to network users. A network interface card lets you connect to a network, which is important for sharing data and resources such |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2868 | Network Information Services | A set of services, generally provided by a NIC, to assist users in using the network. Also a service used by UNIX administrators to manage databases distributed across a network.(A |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2869 | Network infrastructure | The cabling and communications component of the information infrastructure. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2870 | Network Interface Card | The circuit board installed in a PC that provides the interface between a communicating PC and the network. The hardware that connects an individual computer to a network. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2872 | Network Interface Device | An electronic device that connects the telephone line and the POTS splitter to the local loop. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2873 | Network Layer | The OSI layer that is responsible for routing, switching, and subnetwork access across the entire OSI environment. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2874 | Network Management System | A system responsible for managing at least part of a network. NMSs communicate with agents to help keep track of network statistics and resources. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2876 | Network News Transfer Protocol | A protocol, for the distribution, inquiry, retrieval, and posting of news articles. The protocol used to transfer Usenet pieces on the Internet. The protocol used by client and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2877 | Network Number | See Network Address |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2878 | Network Operating System | This is an operating system that controls the activities on a network, providing services to all the computers on a network. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2879 | Network Operations Center | A site or group that is responsible for the daily care and maintenance of a network. A Network Operations Center is the nerve center for an ISP where a seven days a week 24 hours a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2880 | Network Prefixes | Are used to aggregate class C networks. A network number with a prefix of 8 identifies a Class A, 16 a Class B, 24 a Class C, and 32 a single host. For example, 207.8.160.0/19 would |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2881 | Network Service Access Point | The point at which the OSI Network Service is made available to a Transport entity. The NSAPs are identified by OSI Network Addresses. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2882 | Network Termination Unit | Equipment at the customer premises, which terminates a network, access interface. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2883 | Network Time Protocol | A protocol used to synchronize time between computers on the Internet that assures accurate local timekeeping with reference to radio and atomic clocks located on the Internet. This |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2884 | Network Topology | Network topology is a diagrammatic representation of the physical layout of the network. It includes a description of the hardware at the nodes and the structure adopted that will |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2885 | Network Worms | These are worms consisting of multiple parts (called ‘segments’), each running on different machines and using the network for several communication purposes. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2886 | Networking | (1) Connecting with people of like interests for the purpose of uncovering opportunities, identifying landmines and learning of best practices. (2) The ability to tie more than one |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2887 | Neural Net/Neural Network | Synonym for ‘Artificial Neural Network’. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2888 | Neural Network | Computer program or system designed to mimic some aspects of neurone connections, including summation of action potentials, refractory periods and firing thresholds. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2889 | Newbie | Someone who is new to the web, a newsgroup or e-mail, or any other application. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2890 | News | A term often used to denote USENET news, a popular forum for discussion on the Internet. [See also Usenet.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2891 | Newsgroup | A discussion group, usually found on USENET news. Collection of information and users who get together to communicate about one particular subject. They are groups that often have |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2893 | Newsgroups | Also called usenets, they are groups that often have nothing to do with news. Newsgroups are ongoing discussion groups among people on the Internet who share a mutual interest. [See |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2895 | Newsreader | Any one of a number of programs used to examine articles posted to Usenet. Newsreaders keep track of which news groups interest you and which articles in those groups you have |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2896 | News Server | A machine that contains a number of USENET newsgroups. Also referred to a NNTP server. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2897 | NEXT | Near End Crosstalk. Crosstalk in which the interfering signal is travelling in the opposite direction as the desired signal. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2898 | N-gon | Another word for a polygon. The letter N stands for any whole number. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2899 | NIC.DDN.MIL | This is the domain name of the DDN NIC. [See Defense Data Network, Domain Name System, Network Information Center.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2900 | NII | National Information Infrastructure, a government initiative to develop policies that will affect information access via telecommunication, including Internet, NREN, cable, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2901 | NISO | National Standards Organization, a subgroup of ANSI, which prepares technical standards of importance to libraries and publishers, e.g., romanization of various alphabets, criteria |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2902 | Nodal Switching System | Main routing nodes in the NSFnet backbone. [See also Backbone, National Science Foundation.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2903 | Node | A computer that is attached to a network; sometimes called a host. A device attached to a network. A node uses the network as a means of communication and has an address on the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2905 | Noise | In the scanning context, this refers to random, incorrectly read pixel values, normally due to electrical interference or device instability. Random electrical pulses that occur in |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2906 | Noise Instructions | A No Operation instruction or an instruction to load a currently unused register with an arbitrary value. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2907 | Non-applicable data | Missing values that would be logically impossible (e.g., pregnant males) or are obviously |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2909 | Non-lossy | Image compression without loss of quality. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2910 | Normalize | A collection of numeric data is normalized by subtracting the minimum value from all values and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2912 | Notation | Numerals, letters, and/or other symbols used to represent the main and subordinate divisions of a classification scheme. [See Mixed notation; Pure notation.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2913 | Notebook Connectivity | Options here include port replicators (a device that allows you to connect peripherals to the notebook) network interfaces and expansion chassis. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2914 | NSInet | NASA Sciences Internet is the TCP/IP network of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2915 | NSP | A National Service Provider is an Internet service provider of national scope—one that would provide service in many different states and be connected to public exchange points on |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2916 | NT Service | A process that performs a specific function in Windows NT and can be called by various other programs. Windows NT provides tools to monitor and administer services. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2917 | Number Building | The process of making a class number more specific through addition of segments taken from auxiliary tables and/or other parts of the classification [See also Synthesis.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2918 | NURBS | Short for Non-Uniform Rational B-Spline, a mathematical representation of a 3-dimensional object. Most CAD/CAM applications support NURBS, which can be used to represent analytic |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2919 | Nursing Profile | A term used by Hyslop in 1992 to cover a core care plan with application criteria, title, expected outcomes, actual outcomes, interventions, supplies, indicative grades of staff and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2920 | Nx64 | Describes a contiguous bit stream at the Nx64 kbps rate to application. Examples are LAN interconnect a point-to-point videoconferencing. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2922 | OAM&P | Acronym for operations, administration, maintenance, and provisioning; the traditional model for PBX telephony system deployment, which is what today’s management |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2924 | Object | A general term for "item" or "element", typically referring to an icon. An instance which is a member of a class. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2925 | Object instance | Network management term referring to an instance of an object type that has been bound to a value. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2926 | Object Linking and Embedding | A capability introduced with Windows 3.1 that gives all Windows applications a standard way of incorporating objects (i.e., text, graphics, or sound) created in other Windows |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2927 | Object-oriented | Generally used to describe an illustration or font file as being created by mathematical equations. [See also Bit Map.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2928 | Object-Oriented Programming | A method of programming in which the basic elements are modules, or objects, with their own data structures and programming code, that can interact with one another to add new |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2937 | Objective | Desired outcome of the delivery of the project. An objective can be measured. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2938 | OC-3 | An OC-3 circuit is the backbone speed that major NSPs upgraded their backbones to by the end of 1997. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2939 | OC-12 | An OC-12 circuit is bandwidth that was experimented within the Gigabit Testbeds of the early 1990s. At the beginning of 1998 it was also the bandwidth of Sprintlink and MCI’s |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2940 | OC-48 | An OC-48 circuit is the typical speed for many aggregated telephone voice circuits on inter-city fiber optic lines. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2941 | OC-192 | An OC-192 circuit (9,600,000 bits or 9.6 gigabits per second) was in late 1998 on the verge of becoming the standard inter-city trunks speed for next generation telcos (Qwest, Level |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2942 | OCM | Organizational Change Management |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2943 | Ocn | Optical carrier level signal. The fundamental transmission rate for SONET. For example, OC3 operates at 1.55 Mbps. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2944 | Octal | The base number system based on 8 digits, which has an important use in computer technology. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2945 | Octet | Alternative term for a set of eight bits (i.e., a byte). An octet is 8 bits. This term is used in networking, rather than byte, because some systems have bytes that are not 8 bits |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2946 | Octopuses | Main segment of the network worms, which coordinates the work of the other segments. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2947 | Office Documentation Architecture | OSI standard that specifies how documents are transmitted electronically. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2948 | Offline | When using computer but not connected to a computer through modem, you're said to be working |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2950 | Offset Lithography | A high-volume, ink-based printing process, in which ink adhering to image areas of a lithographic plate is transferred (offset) to a blanket cylinder before being applied to paper or |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2951 | Ohio Academic Resources Network | This network connects sites, including the Ohio supercomputer center in Columbus. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2952 | On-Hold Duration | Average length of time that a customer is kept on hold before a help desk representative |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2954 | OLAP | On-Line Analytical Processing tools give the user the capability to perform multi-dimensional analysis of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2959 | OLTP – Online transaction processing | Defines the transaction processing that supports the daily business operations. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2960 | On-demand Scanning | Virus scan starts on user request. In this mode the anti-virus program remains inactive until user invokes it from command line, batch file or system scheduler. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2961 | One-To-Many | Synonym for ‘Identification’. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2962 | One-To-One | Synonym for ‘Verification’. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2963 | Online | Actively connected to other computers or devices. You’re online when you’ve logged on to a network, BBS, or online service. A device such as a printer is online when it’s turned on |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2964 | Online Catalog | A catalog based on MARC records accessible in an interactive mode. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2965 | Online Community | A meeting place on the Internet for people who share common interests and needs. Online |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2967 | Online Computer Library Catalog | OCLC is a non-profit membership organization offering computer-based services to libraries, educational organizations, and their users. The OCLC library information network connects |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2968 | Online learning | Learning delivered by web-based or internet-based technologies. See web-based training and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2970 | Online Service | A commercial service that (for a price) provides goodies such as e-mail, discussion forums, tech support, software libraries, news, weather reports, stock prices, plane reservations, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2971 | ONN | APPI’s Open Network Node that provides routing and directory services for APPN End Nodes (EN) and Low Entry Nodes (LEN). It is counterpart to APPN’s network node (NN). On the network |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2972 | On-site Installation | Technical support provided to a customer at their location. Some manufacturers offer on- |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2974 | On-the-fly Scanning | All the objects which are processed in any way (opened, closed, created, read from or written to, etc.) are being constantly checked for viruses. In this mode the anti-virus program |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2975 | OO – Object oriented | A self-contained module of data and its associated code. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2976 | Opacity | Opacity (opaque) is the opposite of transparency (transparent). Opacity can mean that something is partially transparent— because you can change an object’s opacity using a setting |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2977 | Open Architecture | An architecture according to which third-party developers can legally develop products and for which public domain specifications exist. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2978 | Open Circuit | A broken path along a transmission medium. Open circuits will usually prevent network communication. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2979 | Open Content | Copyrighted information (such as this Glossary) that is made available by the copyright owner |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2981 | Open DataBase Connectivity | A dynamic-link library (DLL) file that Microsoft Query and Microsoft Excel can use to connect to a particular database. Each database program, such as Microsoft Access or dBASE, or |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2982 | Open Data-link Interface | Novell specification providing a standardized way to access networks. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2983 | Open-loop Control | Partially automated control method in which a part of the control system is given over to humans. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2984 | Open Network Computing | A distributed applications architecture promoted and controlled by a consortium led by Sun Microsystems. The NFS protocols are part of ONC. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2985 | Open Partition | The portion of the information infrastructure that is not used for classified information. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2986 | Open-set Identification | Identification, when it is possible that the individual is not enrolled in the biometric system. Opposite of ‘Closed-set identification’. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2987 | Open Shortest-Path First Interior Gateway Protocol | A link state, as opposed to distance vector, routing protocol. It is an Internet standard IGP defined in RFC 1247. [See also Interior Gateway Protocol, Routing Information |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2988 | Open Software Foundation | A consortium led by Digital, IBM and Hewlett Packard. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2989 | Open Source Software | Open Source Software is software for which the underlying programming code is |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2991 | Open System | Computer industry term for computer hardware and software that is built to common public standards, allowing purchasers to select components from a variety of vendors and use them |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2992 | Open Systems Interconnection | A suite of protocols, designed by ISO committees, to be the international standard computer network architecture. A seven-layer architecture model for communication systems, used as |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2993 | Operating System | The software that determines how a computer operates, including such things as file structure, input and output drivers, printer routines and screen manipulation. Operating Systems |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2996 | Operating System 2 | An operating system by IBM. It’s a flexible operating system capable of multi-tasking both DOS and Windows programs. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2997 | Operational data | Data that supports the productions systems that run the business. This includes, but is not limited to, OLTP systems. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2998 | Operational system | The system that creates, updates and accesses production systems. They do not access, or update decision support systems. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3000 | Operators | Special symbols such as + (addition), – (subtraction), (multiplication), and/(division), which require a program to compute a value in an expression. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3001 | Optical | A finger image capture technique that uses a light source, a prism and a platen to capture finger images. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3002 | Optical Character Recognition | A technology that lets you scan a printed page (with a scanner) and convert it into text document that you can edit on a word processor. A technology enabling computers to convert |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3004 | Optical Network Unit | A form of Access Node that converts optical signals transmitted via fiber to electrical signals that can be transmitted via coaxial cable or twisted pair copper wiring to individual |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3005 | Optical Resolution | In the scanning context, this refers to the number of truly separate readings taken from an original within a given distance, as opposed to the subsequent increase in resolution (but |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3006 | Optical Video Disc | Compact discs, which use lights to read information. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3007 | Optimization criterion | A positive function of the difference between predictions and data estimates that |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3009 | Organizational change management | Major change is defined as those situations in which performance of job functions require most people throughout the organization to learn new behaviors and skills. Major change |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3011 | Original Cataloging | The preparation of a cataloging record without the assistance of outside cataloging agencies. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3012 | Original Equipment Manufacturer/Module | Originally, an OEM (original equipment manufacturer) was a company that supplied equipment to other companies to resell or incorporate into another product using the reseller's |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3013 | Orphan | A process, which continues to run even after its parent process has died. In a page layout context, an orphan is a single line of text from a paragraph, which flows over onto another |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3014 | OSI Internet Management | A group tasked with specifying ways in which OSI network management protocols can be used to manage TCP/IP networks. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3015 | OSI Model | The Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) reference model for describing network protocols was devised by the Internet Standards Organization. It divides protocols into seven layers to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3016 | OSI Network Address | The address, consisting of up to 20 octets, used to locate an OSI transport entity. The address is formatted into an Initial Domain Part, which is standardized for each of several |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3017 | OSI Presentation Address | The address used to locate an OSI application entity. It consists of an OSI network address and up to three selectors, one each for use by the transport, session, and presentation |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3018 | OSINET | International association designed to promote OSI in vendor architectures. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3019 | OSLOnett | Commercial Internet service provider in Norway, with ‘home base’ in Oslo. Currently has a large chunk of the dial-up Internet access market in Norway. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3020 | Other Title Information | A title borne by an item other than the title proper or parallel or series titles(s); also any phrase appearing in conjunction with the title proper, etc. indicative of the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3021 | Out of Set | In open-set identification, when the individual is not enrolled in the biometric system. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3022 | Outframe | Maximum number of outstanding frames, allowed in an SNA PU2 server at any time. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3023 | Out-of-band Signalling | Transmission using frequencies or channels outside the normal frequencies or channels used for information transfer. Out-of-band signalling is often used for error reporting in |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3024 | Output | Data the computer gives the user after processing. Compare with input. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3025 | Output Device | Device, which lets the computer communicate to the user. Peripherals that are connected to your computer. A printer is an example. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3026 | Outsourcing | Contracting out all or part of an organization's support around service desk, networking, break |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3028 | Outliers | Technically, outliers are data items that did not (or are thought not to have) come from the assumed |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3030 | Overfitting | A tendency of some modeling techniques to assign importance to random variations in the data by |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3032 | Overlapped Pulse Amplitude Modulated Transmission | The technology developed by PairGain and ultimately adopted by the ANSI standards committee as the line coding technique for HDSL2. ANSI committee members agree that PairGain’s OPTIS |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3033 | Overlay | Data not collected by the organization, such as data from a proprietary database, that is combined with |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3035 | Overlay (OVL) File | This is a file which contains executable binary codes used by the main program if necessary. These overlay files often have the format of COM- or EXE-files. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3036 | Overwriting Viruses | A type of file virus, which overwrites the contents of a target file with its own code, destroying the original contents of the target file. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3037 | OWA | Outlook Web Access |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3038 | Ownership, Owners of source data | One of the more controversial and disputed ideas. The person or group who has responsibility for determining who can access the data warehouse (security), the domains of the data, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3041 | Pacing | IBM term for flow control. [See also Flow Control.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3042 | Packet | (1) A logical grouping of information that includes a header and (usually) user data. (2) Continuous sequence of binary digits of information is switched through the network and an |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3048 | Packet Assembly/Disassembly | Device used to connect simple device (like character-mode terminals) that are by themselves not capable of assembling and disassembling packets to X.25 networks. PADs buffer data |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3049 | Packet Buffer | Storage area to hold incoming data until the receiving device can process the data. [See also Buffer.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3050 | Packet InterNet Groper | A program used to test reachability of destinations by sending them an ICMP echo request and waiting for a reply. The term is used as a verb ‘Ping host X to see if it is up!’ A |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3051 | Packet Switch Node | A dedicated computer whose purpose is to accept, route and forward packets in a packet switched network. [See also Packet Switching, Router.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3052 | Packet Switched | A packet switched network is another term for connec-tionless data network. Data are inserted in packets, which are the equivalent of software envelopes with addresses on them. These |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3053 | Packet Switched Network | A network in which data is transmitted in units called packets. The packets can be routed individually over the best available network connection and reassembled to form a complete |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3054 | Packet Switching (Message Switching) | A communication paradigm in which packets (messages) are individually routed between hosts, with no previously established communication path. In packet switching, the data is broken |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3056 | Page | In UNIX a screen of information in UNIXhelp. A screen may be scrollable. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3057 | Page-Description Language | A programming language that describes output (e.g., type, sizes, fonts, and graphics) to a display or printer. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3058 | Page Impression | A page impression occurs when someone accesses a web page over the Internet, this is similar to a hit, but a hit is also registered when a spider or a program accesses the web page. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3059 | Page turner | A derogatory term for e-learning that offers little to no graphics or interaction, instead comprising |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3061 | Paged Memory Management Unit | Hardware that handles functions related to the use of memory by applications and virtual-memory operating systems. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3062 | Pain | An unfulfilled business need that jeopardizes the success of the organization. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3063 | Paint | The oldest and most limited Macintosh graphic file format, holding only black-and-white bit maps at 72 dpi. Paint files (file type PNTG) are limited to 8 by 10 inches. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3064 | Pair Gain | The multiplexing of x phone conversations over a lesser number of physical capacities. ‘Pair gain’ is the number of conversations obtained, divided by the number of wire pairs used |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3065 | PALINET | Provides bibliographic services based on OCLC to mid-Atlantic region; offers training, consulting, etc. in ‘technologies which foster information access, resource sharing...’ |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3066 | Palm | A physical biometric that analyses the palm of the hand. Typically this will involve an analysis of minute data. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3067 | Pamphlet | A printed work of less than 50 pages. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3068 | Parallel | A mode of handling information in which several units of information can be dealt with independently and concurrently. Contrast this with serial data transmission. Parallel ports are |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3069 | Parallel Cable/Parallel Port | A cable used to connect peripheral devices through a computer’s parallel port. A type of port that transmits data in parallel (several bits side by side). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3070 | Parallel Channel | A channel having a system/370 channel-to-control-unit I/O interface that uses bus-and-tag cables as a transmission medium. [See also Bus and Tag Channel.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3071 | Parallel Ports | Designed originally for attaching printers to computers, parallel ports now are also used to attach tape drives, Zip disks, even video cameras. Most PCs have one parallel port; |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3072 | Parallel processing | Several computers or CPUs linked together so that each can be computing |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3074 | Parallel Title | The title proper in another language and/or script recorded in the title and statement of responsibility area. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3075 | Parallel Transmission | The simultaneous transmission of all bits making up a character or byte. Parallel transmission is when a byte can be split into its individual bits and these can be transmitted |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3076 | Parallelism | The ability to run the same process simultaneously (in parallel) within more than one processors. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3077 | Parameter | A word, number, or symbol that is typed after a command to further specify how the command should function. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3078 | Parasitic Viruses | A file virus, which changes the contents of the target file while infecting it. This leaves the original contents of the file completely or at least partly usable. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3079 | PARC Universal Protocol | A protocol similar to IP developed at Xerox Palo Alto Research Center. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3080 | Parent | Any node in a hierarchy that has another node attached to it. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3081 | Parent Directory | In Unix the directory that is one level above the current directory. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3082 | Parity | A check bit used to make the sum of the bits in a unit of data either even or odd (including the parity bit). A unit of data, that is, 8 bits long would have no parity, and a unit of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3083 | Parity Bit | An additional non-information bit added to a group of bits to ensure that the total number of 1 bits in the character is even or odd. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3084 | Parity Check | A process for checking the integrity of a character. A parity check involves appending a bit that makes the total number of bynary ‘1’ digits in a character or word (excluding the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3085 | Parse | This refers to taking a string of data and to break it up into smaller pieces that an application can handle. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3086 | Part | (1) One of the subordinate units into which an item has been divided by the author, publisher, or manufacturer. In the case of printed monographs, generally synonymous with volume; |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3087 | Partial Sequence Number | PDUs. Used to request LSPs from one Integrated IS-IS to another. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3088 | Partition | This refers to section of memory or hard disk that acts as a single device on its own. An example would be to partition your hard drive into two parts, C and D drives. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3089 | Partition Sector | Partitions split things into sections. On a disk, partitions are often used to split a logical drive into several partitions for disk efficiency and easier use of the computer and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3090 | Partition Table | Is a small storehouse of information that tells the operating system where to look for its specific boot code. It is located in the master boot sector and is read by the master boot |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3091 | Partitioning | The ability to divide a table into pieces (partitions). The division can be horizontal (by data value – for example by date) or vertical (by columns – for example, most used columns |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3092 | Passive Impostor Acceptance | When an impostor submits his/her own biometric sample and claiming the identity of another person (either intentionally or inadvertently) he/she is incorrectly identified or verified |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3093 | Password | A code used to gain access to a locked system. Good passwords contain letters and non-letters and are not simple combinations such as virtue7. A good password might be Ramu-9. A |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3094 | Password-Stealing-Ware (PSW) Trojan | A family of Trojan Horse programs that contain password stealing tools. When run, these programs look for system files, which contain phone numbers, Internet access passwords and so |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3095 | Paste | To insert information from the clipboard. Information can be pasted multiple times. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3096 | Path | Defined in the AUTOEXEC.BAT, any program which a user tries to execute in DOS without supplying a directory causes DOS to have to find the directory in which the program exists. It |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3097 | Path Control Layer | Layer 3 in the SNA architectural model. This is the SNA layer that routes packets through an internetwork. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3098 | Path Control Network | SNA concept that consists of lower-level components that control the routing and data flow through an SNA network and handle physical data transmission between SNA nodes. Contrasts |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3099 | Path Cost | Arbitrary value used as a routing metric to determine the best path to a destination. See routing metric. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3100 | Pathname | In UNIX a file name given as the sequence of directories that lead to the file. A pathname can be either a full pathname or a relative pathname. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3101 | Patience | What you need while surfing the web. Some web pages seem to take forever to fully appear on your screen. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3102 | Pattern | Analysts and statisticians spend much of their time looking for patterns in data. A pattern can be a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3104 | Pattern Heading | A subject heading that serves as a model of subdivisions for headings in the same category. Subdivisions listed under a pattern heading may be used whenever appropriate under other |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3105 | Payload | The 192 bits of information in a DS-1 frame. A term used to describe the activity initiated by a virus. Typical virus payloads include displaying a message or deleting files. Some |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3106 | PC-DOS | An operating system sold by IBM for the IBM PC and compatible computers. Microsoft Corporation produces a functionally similar version of this operating system called MS-DOS. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3107 | PC Paintbrush | This file format writes up to 24-bit images. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3108 | PDA | Personal Digital Assistant. It is a small mobile hand-held device that provides computing and information storage and retrieval capabilities for personal or business use, often for |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3109 | PDC | Personal Digital Cellular, is Japan’s homegrown mobile technology. Japan developed the technology, which unfortunately does not have the ability to integrate with GSM, thus roaming |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3110 | Peering | Peering is the exchange of routing announcements between two service providers for the purpose of ensuring that traffic from the first can reach all customers of the second, and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3111 | Peer-to-peer | A network setup that allows every computer to access network resources, such as shared files, without requiring a centralized file server. Macintosh computers utilize this type of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3112 | Peer-to-peer Computing | As contrasted with client-server computing, peer-to-peer computing calls for each network device to run both client and server portions of an application. The phrase can also be used |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3113 | Pentium | The Pentium processor was introduced by Intel in 1993. Computers with this kind of processor are normally referred to as Pentiums. The speed of the Pentium processor when it was |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3114 | Pentium ll | The Pentium II processor was also introduced by Intel in the middle of 1997. The speed of the Pentium II Processor when it was introduced was around 300MHz. The Pentium II is |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3115 | Per Call Pricing | Basing an IT services contract's pricing on the number of calls received (typically per month). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3116 | Per Seat Pricing | Basing an IT services contract's pricing on the number of technicians needed to fulfill the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3118 | Per User Pricing | Basing an IT services contract's pricing on the number of customer personnel who are |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3120 | Performance Criteria | Pre-determined criteria established to evaluate the performance of the biometric system under test. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3121 | Performance Management | One of the five categories of network management defined by ISO for management of OSI networks. Performance management subsystems are responsible for analysing and controlling |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3122 | Period Subdivision | See Chronological Subdivision |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3123 | Periodicity | The frequency of load/update/refresh of the data warehouse, e.g. daily, weekly, monthly. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3124 | Peripheral | A piece of hardware that’s outside the main computer. It usually refers to external hardware such as disk drives, printers, and scanners sold by a third party. Computer accessories, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3125 | Peripheral Component Interconnect | This is a fast bus standard that provides fast data transfer within a computer. A type of connector on computer motherboards, used for expansion or adapter cards. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3126 | Peripheral Node | In SNA, a node that uses local addresses and is therefore not effected by changes to network addresses. Peripheral nodes require boundary function assistance from an adjacent subarea |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3127 | PERL | See Practical Extraction and Reporting Language |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3128 | Permalink | A "permanent link" to a particular posting in a blog. A permalink is a URI that points to a specific |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3131 | Permanent Virtual Circuit | A defined virtual link with fixed end-points that are set up by the network manager. A single virtual path may support multiple PVCs. Generally, a virtual circuit that is permanently |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3132 | Persistence | What you often need to learn anything, including becoming proficient on the Internet. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3133 | Personal Author | The person chiefly responsible for the creation of the intellectual or artistic content of a work. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3134 | Personal Computer | Acronym for computers which are compatible with the IBM PC or AT computers. The industry standard desktop computer. Not to be confused with the generic term ‘pc’ applied to all |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3135 | Personal Computer Memory Card Interface | A standard format for credit-card-size expansion cards, used to add features to laptop computers, hand-held computers, and desktop computers. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3136 | Personal Identification Number | A security method whereby a (usually) four digit number is entered by an individual to gain access to a particular system or area. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3137 | Personalization | Tailoring web content to an individual user. Can be accomplished by a user entering |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3139 | PERT Chart | A PERT chart is a project management tool used to schedule, organize, and coordinate tasks within a project. A graphical representation showing the critical path for a project |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3143 | PGP | An acronym for Pretty Good Privacy, a publicly available encryption scheme that uses a ‘public key’ approach. Messages are encrypted using a public key but can only be decrypted by a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3144 | Ph (short for phonebook) | A client to interrogate the phonebook database. [See also CSO.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3145 | Phase | The location of a position on an alternating wave form. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3146 | Phase Alternate Line | A European video standard. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3147 | Phasing | The method of delivering the data warehouse in separate groupings of functionality to particular groups of users rather than delivering everything all at once to all the intended |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3148 | Phong Lighting | A method of lighting a 3D world, the Phong lighting model applies three different types of lighting to the vertex of every polygon. Phong lighting works by performing operations |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3150 | Phong Shading | A method of shading that applies the Phong lighting model not to every polygon, but to every pixel of every polygon. Even SGI’s Reality Engine can’t do Phong shading, unless you’re |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3151 | Photomultiplier Tube | The light sensing device generally used in drum scanners. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3152 | PHOTOSHOP | (Photoshop format). This image file format is the only format that supports all of the colour modes including Duotones, Lab colours, and Multichannel. This may be useful when working |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3153 | PHP | (Hypertext Preprocessor) A scripting language used for developing dynamic Web pages and sites. It is |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3155 | PHY | FDDI physical sublayer designation for FDDI fiber-optic cables. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3156 | Physical Address | Term sometimes used to refer to the link-layer address of a network device. Contrasts with a network or protocol address, which is a network-layer address. [See also Hardware |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3157 | Physical Control Layer | Layer 1 in the SNA architectural model. See Physical Layer. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3158 | Physical Data Model | A formal representation of data and their relationships in the form of a diagram, depicting the physical placement of data in a database. A physical data model is process dependent, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3159 | Physical Layer | The OSI layer that provides the means to activate and use physical connections for bit transmission. In plain terms, the physical layer provides the procedures for transferring a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3160 | Physical Layer Convergence Procedure | Mapping of cells to a specific physical transmission medium (such as DS-3). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3161 | Physical Media | Any means in the physical world for transferring signals between OSI systems. Considered to be outside the OSI Model, and therefore sometimes referred to as ‘Layer 0.’ The physical |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3162 | Physical Unit | SNA component that manages the physical resources of node, as requested by a SSCP. There is one PU per node. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3163 | Physical Unit 2.1 | A type of network node used for connecting SNA nodes in a peer-oriented network. APPN is based upon Node Type 2.1. Type 2.1 nodes can also be connected into a traditional |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3164 | Physical/Physiological Biometric | A biometric, which is characterised by a physical characteristic rather than a behavioural trait. See Part III Terms Related to Specific Biometric Techniques for ‘Body Odour’, ‘Ear |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3165 | Physician’s Workstation | A computer system designed to support the clinical tasks of doctors. [See also Electronic Medical Record.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3166 | PHYSNET | Physics Network. A group of many DECnet-based physics research networks, including HEPnet. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3167 | PICT/PICT 2 | PICT is the standard Macintosh graphic file format for graphics that are cut or copied to the clipboard and for drawings that won’t be output on PostScript printers. This format is |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3168 | Piggybacking | The process of carying acknowledgments within a data packet to save network bandwidth. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3169 | Pilot | The initial implementation of a data warehouse. A pilot is always a subset of the intended function and would include a subset of the total set of users. A partially built system to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3170 | Pin Grid Array | A technique of placing chips on boards in which the pins protrude from the bottom of the chip. Also (Professional Graphics Adapter). IBM’s video interface card for CAD applications, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3171 | PINE | E-mail program, which was developed by University of Washington and available on most platforms. It is very common on UNIX based shell accounts. It organizes your e-mail. Recently, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3172 | Ping | A packet of data sent from your computer to a site to test the performance of the connection. If all well the target site sends back the data packet, i.e., it pings and the transfer |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3173 | PinGnet | A Swiss commercial Internet provider. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3174 | Ping-ponging | Phrase used to describe the actions of a packet in a two-node routing loop. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3175 | Pink Book | The document describing the implementation of X25 protocol level 3 over a Connection Orientated Network Service based on lower layers of Ethernet protocol. This enables |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3176 | Pitch | If you nod your head ‘yes,’ this is pitch in action. One of the three rotational axes commonly used to describe the rotation of an object. The term comes from aviation. Most RT3D |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3177 | PIXAR File Format | This image file format can be used for PIXAR’s rendering and animation program. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3178 | Pixel | Picture element. Digital images are composed of touching pixels, each having a specific colour or tone. The eye merges differently coloured pixels into continuous tones. Short for |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3179 | Pixel Skipping | A means of reducing image resolution by simply deleting pixels throughout the image. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3180 | PKZIP/PKUNZIP | A software compression utility for the PC. It allows you to compress or ‘zip’ a file or a number of files into one archive file in the ZIP file format. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3181 | PL/1 | Programming Language/1 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3182 | PLA | Programmable Logic Array |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3183 | Place of Origin | Indicates where a virus is believed to have originated (if known). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3184 | Plain Old Telephone Service | The standard telephone service available in most regions. This is suitable for audio conferencing, store andforw- ardcommunication,Internet,andlowbandwidthvideoconferencing. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3185 | PLANET On Line Ltd. | The Planet Online is a digital dial on demand (using ISDN) service provider based in Leeds, UK. We currently offer a number of total connectivity solutions. Our pricing includes |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3186 | Plate | A leaf containing illustrative matter, with or without explanatory text, that does not form part of either the preliminary or the main sequences of pages or leaves. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3187 | Platen | The surface on which a finger is placed during optical finger image capture. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3188 | Platform for Internet Content Selection | Is an infrastructure for associating labels with Internet content. It was originally designed to help parents and teachers control what children access on the Internet, but it also |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3189 | Platform | Indicates the computer operating system or application on which a virus can run and perform an infection. Generally, a particular operating system is required for executable viruses |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3194 | Plenary Session | A conference session attended by all the delegates. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3195 | Plesiochronous | A condition in a synchronized digital network where communicating devices each are synchronized to a different timing source of comparable accuracy and stability. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3196 | PLOKT | Abbreviation of press a lot of keys to abort. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3197 | Plug and Play | The concept of adding new components to a computer. An example would be adding a printer, all you do is connect the cables to the hardware and turn on the computer. Your operating |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3198 | Plug’n’Play compliant | PnP is a standard developed in the early 1990s by Microsoft, Intel, and other companies to make it easier to configure PCs. A PnP-compliant computer will automatically sense the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3199 | Plug-in | A (usually small) piece of software that adds features to a larger piece of software. Common examples are plug-ins for the Netscape® browser and web server. Adobe Photoshop® also |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3201 | PMT | Photomultiplier Tube. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3202 | Podcasting or Pod-casting | A form of audio broadcasting using the Internet, podcasting takes its name from a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3204 | Point of Presence (Point of Presence, also Post | A Point of Presence usually means a city or location where a network can be connected to, often with dial up phone lines. So, if an Internet company says they will soon have a POP in |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3205 | Point-to-Point (Link) | A connection between two, and only two, pieces of equipment. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3206 | Point to Point Conferencing | A videoconference between two sites. This type of connection does not require the use of a video bridge (MCU) and works much like a phone call. One participant places a video call |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3207 | Point to Point Protocol | Most well known as a protocol that allows a computer to use a regular phone line and a modem to make a TCP/IP connection and thus be really and truly on the Internet. PPP is |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3208 | Pointer | The arrow-shaped cursor on the screen that moves when you move the mouse. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3209 | Poison Reverse Updates | Routing updates that specifically indicate that a network or subnet is unreachable, rather than implying that a network is unreachable by not including it in updates. Poison reverse |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3210 | Poll/Final Bit | A bit in bit-synchronous link-layer protocols that indicates the function of a frame. If the frame is a response, a ‘1’ in this bit indicates that the current frame is the last frame |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3211 | Polling | Connecting to another system to check for things like mail or news. In data communications polling is a means of controlling devices on a multipoint line. In a polling scheme each |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3212 | Political agenda | The plans of an individual to enhance his or her position in the organization. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3213 | Polygon | A series of vertices that define a plane in 3D space. Most RT3D engines use polygons to make the surfaces of their objects. A polygon can be made up of 1 or more triangles, like a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3215 | Polymorphic (Encrypted) Virus | If has the ability to morph, or change, as it spreads. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3216 | Polymorphism | A virus is said to be polymorphic if its code appears to be different every time it replicates (though generally each replication of the virus is functionally identical). This is |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3217 | POP3 | POP3 is the abbreviation for Post Office Protocol - a data format for delivery of emails across the Internet |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3218 | Pop-Up | A type of window that appears on top of (over) the window of a Web site that a user has visited. (There are also Pop-Under ads.) A pop-up ad covers other windows, particularly the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3219 | Port | It has three meanings. First and most generally, a place where information goes into or out of a computer, or both. For example, the serial port on a personal computer is where a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3221 | Port Number | (or Port Address). To ensure that each server application responds only to requests and communications from appropriate clients, each server is assigned a port address. If IP |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3222 | Port Number | Common IP Port Numbers |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3240 | Portable Document Format | An Adobe Systems format for files, may contain binary data either in strings or in streams (which are used to represent images among other things). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3243 | Portable Network Graphics | Is an extensible file format for the lossless, portable, well-compressed storage of raster images. PNG provides a patent-free replacement for GIF and can also replace many common |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3244 | Portal | Usually used as a marketing term to describe a web site that is or is intended to be the first place people see when using the web. Typically a ‘portal site’ has a catalog of web |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3247 | Post | To publish a message in an online forum or newsgroup; to place an HTML page on the World Wide Web. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3248 | Post-coordination | Combination of individual concepts into compound or complex subjects at the point of retrieval. [See also Pre-coordination.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3249 | Post Office Protocol | Makes available client-server e-mail messaging. A protocol designed to allow single user hosts to read mail from a server. There are three versions POP, POP2, and POP3. Latter |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3250 | Postal Telegraph and Telephone | Outside the USA, PTT refers to a telephone service provider, which is usually a monopoly, in a particular country. Generic term for a provider of these services. A governmental |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3251 | Posterization | The conversion of continuous tone data into a series of visible tonal steps or bands. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3252 | Posting | A single message entered into a network communications system. For example, a single message posted to a newsgroup or message board. An individual article sent to Usenet news group; |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3253 | Postmaster | The person responsible for taking care of electronic mail problems, answering queries about users, and other related work at a site. The word postmaster is used in two different |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3254 | Posts | Email messages sent to a mailing list or Usenet newsgroup to be read by subscribers or others on the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3256 | PostScript | A page description language developed by Adobe System. Commercial language that describes a common format for electronic documents that can be understood by printing devices and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3257 | POTS Splitter | A device that rejects the DSl signal and allows the POTS frequencies to pass through. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3258 | Plain Old Telephone Service | Standard analog telephone service used by many telephone companies throughout the United States. Refers to basic voice service available in residences throughout the United States |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3259 | Power-On Self Test | A post is a single message sent to a newsgroup or message board. A term developed in Usenet to describe the addition of an item of information to a particular Usenet group. The |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3260 | Power users | Knowledge workers who are capable of writing complex queries and reports with little need for help. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3261 | Powers of 2 | The numbers 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, etc. Usually this is used to describe the texture sizes that an engine requires in order to make good use of video memory. An example |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3262 | ppi/ppc | Pixels per inch or pixels per centimeter. Units of measurement for scanned images. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3263 | Practical Extraction and Reporting Language | A robust programming language frequently used for creating CGI programs on web servers. An interpreted language for CGI scripts. This is a programming language developed by Larry |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3264 | PRAM | Parameter RAM (pronounced pee-ram). A small portion of the Mac’s RAM set aside to hold basic information such as the date and time, speaker volume, desktop pattern, and key-board and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3265 | Precision | The precision of an estimate of a parameter in a model is a measure of how variable the estimate |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3267 | Pre-coordination | Combination of individual concepts into compound or complex subjects at the point of storage. [See also Post-coordination] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3268 | Prescriptive learning | A process in which only coursework that matches a learner's identified skill and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3271 | Predictability | Some data mining vendors use predictability of associations or sequences to mean the same as |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3273 | Preliminaries | The title page or pages of an item, together with the verso of each title page, any pages preceding the title page or title pages, and the cover. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3274 | Presentation Address | See OSI Presentation Address |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3275 | Presentation Layer | The OSI layer that determines how application information is represented (i.e., encoded) while in transit between two end systems. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3276 | Presentation Services Layer | Layer 6 of the SNA architectural model. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3278 | Preservation | Actions taken to prevent the deterioration of library materials and to save their intellectual content. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3279 | Prevalence | The measure of how often the collection of items in an association occur together as a percentage |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3281 | Price Cap Regulation | By the end of 1995 a large number of the LECs had moved to Price Cap regulation where they promised not to raise rates for some specified period of time. They were now perfectly free |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3282 | Price Points | Key elements figured into IT services contract pricing, such as the applications to be supported, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3284 | Primary Cache | This is another term for Level 1 cache. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3285 | Primary Colour | A base colour that is used to compose the other colours. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3286 | Primary key | Refers to the column(s) on a relational table that uniquely define a row of data on that table. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3287 | Primary Rate Interface | ISDN interface to primary rate access. Primary rate access consists of a single 64-Kbps D channel plus 23 (in the case of 1.544 Mbps) or 30 (in the case of 2.048 Mbps) B channels for |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3288 | Primary Station | In bit-synchronous link-layer protocols such as HDLC and SDLC, station that controls the transmission activity of secondary stations and performs other mangement functions such as |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3289 | PRINT AT | Computer command allowing the positioning of text on screen. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3290 | Print Server | A networked computer system that fields, manages, and executes (or sends for execution) print requests from other network devices. A dedicated computer that manages printers and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3291 | Printer Control Language | A proprietary command set used by programs to communicate with printers. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3292 | Printer | A printer is a hardware device or peripheral that is connected to your computer that prints out documents, graphics, etc. onto paper. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3293 | Printer Driver | A printer driver is software that comes with the printer that enables application programs to interact with the printer without the application programs having to concern themselves |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3294 | Printing Terms | Glossary of printing and publishing terminology. [See also Publishing Terms.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3295 | Priority Queueing | Routing feature in which frames in an interface output queue are prioritized, based on various features such as packet size and interface type. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3296 | Privacy Enhanced Mail | An encryption standard generally used to secure Internet mail. Internet e-mail which provides confidentiality, authentication and message integrity using various encryption methods. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3297 | Private Automatic Branch eXchange | A private telephone exchange that automatically handles calls to and from the public telephone network. Telecommunication network switching station that connects telephones in an |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3298 | Private Branch Exchange | A telephone switchboard on the user premises. The traditional telephony system |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3300 | Private Management Domain | An X.400 Message Handling System private organization mail system. Example ADMD. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3301 | Probe | An address resolution protocol developed by Hewlett-Packard. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3302 | Process | This is a Unix term used to refer to any program, which is executing on the computer. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3303 | Process Ink Colours | CMYK pigments used in printing processes, chosen to produce the widest range of colour mixtures. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3304 | Processor | The main part of the computer, consisting of registers (holds the address part of the instruction being executed), arithmetic unit (where the logic operations are performed) and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3305 | Production (video) | The process of filming all of the essential material for a production. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3306 | Profile | The colour characteristics of an input or output device, used by a CMS to ensure colour fidelity. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3307 | PROF-I-NET | An Austrian Information Provider. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3308 | Profit Cap Regulation | Before 1995 this was the predominant form of regulation applied to local phone companies in exchange for the monopoly of local phone service granted to them by each state. Regulators |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3309 | PROFS (PRofessional OFfice System) | See SNA/IBM |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3310 | Program | This is basically a series of instructions that causes the computer to do something. The operating system such as DOS is known as a systems program. Application programs such as a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3312 | Program Evaluation Review Technique | A methodology developed by the U.S. Navy in the 1950s to manage the Polaris submarine missile program. A similar methodology, the Critical Path Method (CPM) was developed for project |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3313 | Program Segment Prefix | Is located at the beginning of the memory area allocated by DOS for a program to be run. Created by the operating system and contains information about some interrupt vectors, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3314 | Programmable Read-Only Memory | A PROM is a memory chip on which you can store a program. But once the PROM has been used, you cannot wipe it clean and use it to store something else. Like ROMs, PROMs are |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3315 | Programmer’s Hierarchical Interactive Graphics | A standard graphics language that allows applications to use a graphics co-processor without having to rely on a particular type of hardware. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3316 | Project agreement | A document outlining the scope of a project including the deliverables, the functions, tools to be used, service level agreements, responsibilities and schedule. The project |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3317 | Project Management Office | Sometimes called project office. This is the office or department responsible for establishing, maintaining and enforcing project management processes, procedures, and standards. It |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3318 | Project Manager | Sometimes referred to as the data warehouse project manager, the Project Manager has overall responsibility for a project’s successful implementation. The Project Manager defines, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3319 | Promises Distribution System | Wiring system developed and marketed by AT&T. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3320 | Promoting Conference for OSI | The OSI ‘800-pound gorilla’ in Japan. Consists of executives from the six major Japanese computer manufacturers and Nippon Telephone and Telegraph. They set policies and commit |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3321 | Prompt | In a command-line interface, after executing a command the computer responds with a symbol, which indicates that it is ready for further commands. Such a ‘prompt’ can be represented |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3322 | Proof-of-concept | Software trial that allows a prospect to try out the product before buying it. Delivers a realistic slice of functionality and is often used as the foundation for the first |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3323 | Propagation Delay | The time required for data to travel over a network from source to ultimate destination. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3324 | Properties | Information about an object, including settings or options for that object. For example, you look at properties of a file for information such as the file size, file type, and file |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3325 | Prospero | A distributed file system which provides the user with the ability to create multiple views of a single collection of files distributed across the Internet. Prospero provides a file |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3326 | Protocol | A formal description of message formats and the rules two computers must follow to exchange those messages. Protocols can describe low-level details of machine-to-machine interfaces |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3327 | Protocol (File Transfer) | Many protocols have been developed to ensure reliable data transfer at maximum speed, among them XModem, YModem, ZModem and Kermit. With modern modems the use of integrated hardware |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3328 | Protocol Control Information | The protocol information added by an OSI entity to the service data unit passed down from the layer above, all together forming a Protocol Data Unit (PDU). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3329 | Protocol Converter | A device/program, which translates between different protocols, which serve similar functions (e.g., TCP and TP4). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3330 | Protocol Data Unit | ‘PDU’ is International Standards Committee Speak for packet. [See also Packet.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3331 | Protocol Stack | The protocol stack usually refers to the seven layer OSI protocol stack where TCP/IP occupies layers three and four and protocols, like x.25. Frame Relay and SMDS, level 2. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3333 | Protocol Translator | A network device or software that converts one protocol into another, similar, protocol. For example, the Cisco CPT performs conversion between X.25 PAD and Telnet. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3334 | Protocols | When data is being transmitted between two or more devices something needs to govern the controls that keep this data in tact. A formal description of message formats and the rules |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3335 | Prototype | (1) In software development, a prototype is a rudimentary working model of a product or information system, usually built for demonstration purposes or as part of the development |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3338 | Provider | A person or organization that provides a service or product to a customer. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3339 | Provider Based Routing | CIDR implementation has come to mean that routing has become largely provider based. An ISP gets its IP numbers from its upstream provider’s CIDR bloc and not from the InterNIC where |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3340 | Provisioning | Defining telephony services for individual subscribers; the last step in the OAM&P model. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3341 | Proxy | The mechanism whereby one system ‘fronts for’ another system in responding to protocol requests. Proxy systems are used in network management to avoid having to implement full |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3342 | Proxy ARP | A technique in which one machine, usually a gateway, answers ARP requests for another machine. By pretending to be the physical network location of another machine, the gateway takes |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3343 | Proxy Server | A server that sits between the client and the server. It may perform some of the tasks of the server itself or filter invalid requests. Reasons for this may be for security or to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3344 | Pruning | Eliminating lower level splits or entire sub-trees in a decision tree. This term is also used to describe |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3346 | Pseudobad Cluster | Every cluster of a logical disk is marked in the FAT as free, occupied, or bad. As bad cluster is referred to as a cluster containing one or several corrupted sectors. Such a cluster |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3347 | PSS | The Packet SwitchStream of British Telecom. PSS includes a UK packet-switching network service as well as a set of PADs in various cities. Now part of Global Network Services. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3348 | PTO | Public Telephone Operator |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3349 | Public Access Catalog | The SDSU University Library’s on-line catalog, which lists the books held here and the journals, subscribed to (but not their contents). It also provides information on circulation |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3350 | Public Data Network | A network operated either by a government (as in Europe) or by a private concern to provide computer communications to the public, ususally for a fee. PDNs enable small organizations |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3351 | Public Domain Software | Software available free, which can be freely copied and distributed without charge or breach of copyright. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3353 | Public IP EXchange | The largest commercial Internet service provider in the UK, and one of a number of Pan-European providers. A subsidiary of Unipalm Group PLC. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3354 | Public Network Operator | An organisation providing public network service. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3355 | Public Services | Includes reference, user assistance and instruction, and other functions not generally considered to fall within technical services. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3356 | Public Switched Telephone Network | The regular old-fashioned telephone system. Refers to the telephone network. The generic term for the collection of networks which provide public telephone switching service. The |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3357 | Public-domain | Software that has no copyright or fee, which means you can copy, use, and even alter and sell it. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3358 | Publication, Distribution, etc., Area | An area in bibliographic description giving details regarding the manufacturing and distribution of a bibliographic item. Such details include place, name, and date. For a printed |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3359 | Publishing Terms | For a glossary of terms used in the book publishing industry look here. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3360 | Pull technology | In reference to the Internet or other online services, the technology whereby people use |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3362 | Pulse Amplitude Modulation | Modulation scheme where the modulating wave is caused to modulate the amplitude of a pulse stream. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3363 | Pulse Code Modulation | A procedure for adapting an analog signal (such as voice) into a 64-kbps digital stream for transmission. The analog signal is sampled 8000 times per second, and an 8-bit code is |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3364 | Pulse Density | Also called ones density. A measure of ones compared with the total number of digit time slots transmitted. Some specifications require no more than 15 consecutive zeros, with an |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3365 | Pure notation | A notational system using one kind of symbol only (e.g., Arabic numerals or letters). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3366 | Push | Any kind of technology that sends information to a user’s browser rather than wait for it to be ‘pulled’ via a request. An Internet technology that sends information to users before |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3367 | Push technology | In reference to the Internet or other online services, the technology whereby information is |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3369 | Macintosh PICT Format | This is a widely used Macintosh file format which stores 16 or 32 bits per pixel. It can also compress files using JPEG compression. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3371 | Q.920/Q.921 | ISDN specifications for the user-network interface (UNI) data-link layer. [See also UNI.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3372 | Q.931 | CCITT recommendation. The standard for signalling to set up ISDN connections. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3373 | Q.93B | CCITT recommendation that is a standard for signalling to set up ATM virtual connections. An evolution of CCITT recommendation Q.931. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3374 | QLLC | Qualified LLC. OSI/SNA-IBM protocol use X.25 network as SNA data link. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3375 | Quad | A square polygon. Some RT3D engines use quads instead of triangular polygons because it saves ‘need definition’, because a square polygon stored as a quad, stores only four vertices, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3376 | Quadrature Amplified Modulation | A two-dimensional modulation used for ADSL, cable modems and proposed for VDSL. CAP is a special case of QAM. In QAM, a single carrier frequency is modulated in both sine and cosine |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3377 | Qualifier | A term (enclosed in parentheses) placed after a name heading or subject heading for the purpose of distinguishing between homographs or clarifying the meaning of the heading [e.g., |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3378 | Qualitative Reasoning | A sub-speciality of artificial intelligence concerned with inference and knowledge representation when knowledge is not precisely defined, e.g., ‘back of the envelope’ calculations. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3379 | Quality | The absence of any defect. The characteristics of a system that conforms to the original design. A system of quality would have the following characteristics 1. Maintainability |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3380 | Quality Assurance | The department, role or process responsible for validating that which is proposed to ensure a correct outcome. The planned and systematic activities to provide confidence that a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3381 | Quality Factor | A multiplication factor (between 1 and 2) applied to output screen ruling to calculate scanning resolution for optimum output quality. This is also known as the halftoning factor. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3382 | Quality of Service | A measure of performance for a transmission system that reflects its transmission quality and availability of service. Term for the set of parameters and their values, which |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3383 | Quarter Tones | Tones between shadow and midtones are known as 3/4 tones and those between highlight and midtones are known as 1/4 tones. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3384 | Query | Message used (usually in a request-response protocol) to inquire about the value of some variable or set of variables. The process by which a web client requests specific information |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3385 | Query By Example | This is a particular search type used by search engines. Once you have found a particular web page, QBE will locate sites of a similar nature for you. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3386 | Queue | A backup of packets awaiting processing. Generally, an ordered list of elements waiting to be processed. In routing, a backlog of packets waiting to be forwarded over a router |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3387 | Queueing Delay | The amount of time that data must wait before it can be transmitted onto a statistically multiplexed physical circuit. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3388 | Queueing Theory | Scientific principles governing the formation or lack of formation of congestion on a network or at an interface. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3389 | QuickTime | This is a digital video standard developed for Apple Macintosh computers. A file extension for videos or movies (like animations) compressed using their QuickTime format. A type of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3390 | QuickTime VR (QTVR) | A part of the QuickTime architecture that allows 360-degree interactive panoramas to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3392 | QuickTime Video | QuickTime video is the Apple technology that allows video, digitized sound and music, 3D, and virtual reality to be viewed on your website. It’s available for Macintosh and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3393 | Quota | A quota is the amount of disk space allotted to a user or organization for their use. This quota cannot be exceeded. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3395 | R&E | Research and Education (R&E) refers to the clientele served by the NSF’s networking efforts. The old NSFnet acceptable use policy (AUP) divided traffic into R&E compliant and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3396 | Rabbits | Host computer worms where the original terminates itself after launching a copy on another host. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3397 | RACI | The list of personnel who are Responsible, Accountable, Consulted, and Informed in relation to a given |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3399 | RAD | Rapid Application Development A process where the time is set (timeboxed) and a small set of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3401 | RADIO AUSTRIA | A PSN based in Austria. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3402 | Radio Frequency | Generic term referring to frequencies that correspond to radio transmissions. Cable TV and broadband networks use RF technology. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3403 | RAID | Redundant Arrays of Inexpensive Disks |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3404 | RAIN | It is France Telecom Transpac’s name for its commercial Internet service. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3405 | Rainbow | A package for the PC allowing file transfer and terminal access between Ethernet based PCs and Ethernet or X25 based hosts, via Coloured Book protocols, running over Pink Book |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3406 | RAM Disk | A RAM Disk is a virtual disk created within a computer’s RAM. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3407 | RAM Doubler | This is a software that has been designed to take your RAM to a higher level. This allows you to have more programs running and to handle more data. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3408 | Random Access Memory or System Memory | Memory that can be read from and written to by the programmer. Random Access Memory is the place to store game assets that are used most often, because it can be read really quick. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3410 | Range | The range of the data is the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3412 | RASCI | The list of personnel who are Responsible (takes initiative and responsibility to make the work happen), Approve (who must sign off on work before it is effective), |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3414 | Raster graphic | A computer image made up of a collection of dots. Can become ragged or otherwise distorted |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3416 | RATE-ADAPTIVE ADSL | A simple extension of ADSL to encompass a wide variety of data rates depending on the line’s transmission capability. RADSL can be either CAP or DMT ADSL. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3417 | Raster | A synonym for grid. Sometimes used to refer to the grid of address-able positions in an output device. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3418 | Raw Image Format | This file format can be useful for transferring an image to different platforms that may not read similar file formats. It simply reads and write the raw information of the image. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3419 | Ray Casting | Projecting an imaginary line from each screen pixel into the RT3D scene, bouncing from the surface it meets up to the light source. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3420 | Ray Tracing | A way of rendering a 3D image, which follows the path of every ray of light. Non-interactive, it works best for rendering images, which have many reflective surfaces, like steel |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3421 | RDF | (Resource Definition Framework); A set of rules (a sort of language) for creating descriptions of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3423 | Read Codes | Medical terminology system, developed initially for primary care medicine in the UK. Subsequently enlarged and developed to capture medical concepts in a wide variety of situations. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3424 | Read Only Media | ROM chips cannot be written to, therefore they contain information, which can never be changed. All computers have ROM chips. When the computer is switched on, the information in the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3425 | Read-Only Memory | It’s like software that’s hard-wired into your computer—basic, permanent information that tells the computer things like how to load up the operating system when you turn it on. It |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3427 | Read the Fantastic Manual | This acronym is often used when someone asks a simple or common question. The word ‘Fantastic’ is usually replaced with one much more vulgar. Common abbreviation in mail and news, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3428 | Read the Fine Manual | This acronym is often used when someone asks a simple or common question. Replace ‘Fine’ with a more vulgar word if desired. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3429 | README File | A file provided with a computer program explaining how to use it, listing last-minute changes to the program, and (in the case of shareware) explaining how to pay for the program. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3430 | Real-Time 3-Dimensional Graphics | Artwork that is rendered in real-time on a computer, usually with interactive input from the viewer. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3431 | Ready Reference | Provision of quick answers to factual questions, using standard sources such as dictionaries, almanacs, and directories. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3432 | Real Audio | A software application that lets you hear sound (as it occurs) over the web. Real audio is a sound technology developed by Progressive Networks to enable streaming sound play on the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3433 | RealMedia | One of the first CODECs for delivering streaming video over the Internet. Like other CODECs, RealMedia (comprised of RealVideo, RealAudio, and other file formats |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3435 | Real-time | When events happen at a rate consistent with events in the outside world. Specifically for RT3D |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3448 | Real-time communication | Communication in which information is received at (or nearly at) the instant it's |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3450 | Real-time Transport Protocol | RTP provides end-to-end network transport functions suitable for applications transmitting real-time data, such as audio, video or simulation data, over multicast or unicast network |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3451 | Reasoning | A method of thinking. [See also Inference.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3452 | Reassembly | The IP process in which a previously fragmented packet |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3454 | Reboot | The computer term for restarting your computer. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3455 | Receiver Operating Curves | A graph showing how the false rejection rate and false acceptance rate vary according to the threshold. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3456 | Reciprocal Compensation for Internet Traffic | All RBOCs are now saying that they will not pay to terminate their end users’ calls to ISPs on a competitor’s network. Under FTA96, (Federal Telecommunications Act of 1996) all LECs |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3457 | Recognition | The ability of an antivirus program (usually a scanner) to detect a virus and to recognize it by name. The preferred term is ‘Identification’. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3458 | Record | A unit in a file or database. Files are comprised of a number of records and have a common set of characteristics. [See also Bibliographic Record, Cataloging Record, Name Authority |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3459 | Record Terminator | A symbol used to signal the end of a USMARC record. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3460 | Recovery | A back-up copy can be some data, a disk, or some software that is made by the user as a safety measure against the loss of the original information. If such information is lost you |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3461 | Recursion | The facility of a programming language to be able to call functions from within themselves. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3462 | Recursive | A relationship between two instances of the same entity, as in "recursive data design". |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3463 | Red Book | Red Book Job Transfer and Manipulation Protocol; a JTMP used in the UK academic and research community. [See also JTMP.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3464 | Red-Green-Blue | Red, green, and blue are the primary colours of light perceived by the eye. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3465 | Rede da Comunidade Cientifica Nacional | The Portuguese Scientific national network. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3466 | Redirect | A part of the ICMP and ES-IS protocols that allows a router to tell a host that use of another router would be more effective. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3467 | Redirector | Software that intercepts requests for resources within a computer and analyzes them for remote access requirements. If a remote access is required to satisfy the request, the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3468 | RedIRIS | Is the spanish network for research and development. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3469 | Redistribution | Allowing routing information discovered through one routing protocol to be distributed in another routing protocol’s update messages. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3470 | Reduced-Instruction-Set Computer | A microprocessor designed to decode and execute only a small set of instructions, which optimizes performance and allows the processor to run much faster than CISC chips. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3471 | Redundancy | In telephony, the portion of the total information contained in a message that can be eliminated without loss of essential information or meaning. In computing, multiple (redundant) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3472 | Redundancy/Redundant Card or Power | Backup components used to ensure uninterrupted operation of a system in case of failure, also called ‘failsafe’. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3473 | Refer from Reference | An indication of the terms of headings from which references are to be made to a given heading. It is the reverse of the indication of a see or see also reference and is represented |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3474 | Reference | A direction from one heading or entry to another [See also Refer from reference.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3475 | Reference Service | Providing answers to users’ questions, in person or by telephone. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3476 | Reference source | Any publication from which authoritative information may be obtained. Not limited to reference works. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3477 | Referential integrity | The concept of enforced relationships between tables based on the definition of a primary key and foreign key. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3478 | Regional Bell Holding Company | One of seven telephone companies created after the AT&T divestiture in 1984. The RBHC crosses state lines. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3479 | Regional Bell Operating Companies | The 1984 divestiture of AT&T left local telephone service under the control of seven Regional Bell Operating Companies (RBOCs), also sometimes referred to as RHCs (Regional Holding |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3480 | Regional Network | A Regional Network usually refers to one of the academic and research oriented nets started in the late 1980s with help from the NSF. There were about 30 of these and virtually all |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3481 | Registers | Storage to hold data for instructions to be immediately executed. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3482 | Registry | Windows 95 file, which keeps track of settings to perform, and programs to run upon startup. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3484 | Regression tree | A decision tree that predicts values of continuous variables. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3485 | Rel | Recorder element. The minimum distance between two recorded points (spots) in an imagesetter. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3486 | Rels (recorder elements) per inch | A measurement of the number of discrete steps that exposure units in imagesetting devices can make per inch. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3487 | Relational Database Management System | A program that enables you to develop, customize, and maintain database applications. e.g. DB2, Oracle, SQL Server, Sybase |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3488 | Relative Expression | In UNIX a text pattern consisting of a combination of alphanumeric characters and special characters known as metacharacters. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3489 | Relative Location | The arrangement of library materials according to their relations to each other and regardless of their locations on the shelves. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3490 | Relative Pathname | In UNIX the name of a directory or file given in relation to your current working directory. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3491 | Relay | OSI terminology for a device that connects two or more networks or network systems. A Layer 2 relay is a bridge, a Layer 3 relay is a router. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3492 | Release concept | A new approach to development that produces a fully tested, fully documented, high-quality, but only partially functioning application until the final release, which completes the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3493 | Relevance Feedback | Documents retrieved in a search that are used to further refine the search. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3494 | Reliability | Ratio of expected to receive keepalives from a link. If the ratio is high, the line is reliable. Used as a routing metric. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3495 | Reliable Transfer Service Element | A lightweight OSI application service used above X.25 networks to handshake application PDUs across the session service and TP0. Not needed with TP4, and not recommended for use in |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3496 | Relocation | An adjustment in a classification system resulting in the shifting of a topic between successive editions from one number to another. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3497 | Remote | Technical support provided to a customer by a vendor at a secondary location. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3498 | Remote Access Server | A RAS is a computer on a network that contains multiple modems to allow the users to connect over telephone lines. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3499 | Remote Bridge | A bridge that connects physically disparate network segments via WAN links. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3500 | Remote Computer | This term refers to any computer that is not on the same physical site as the computer to which it is attached. Usually a connection is established via modem. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3501 | Remote Host | Any host on the network, which you are not presently using. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3502 | Remote Job Entry | IBM-oriented acronym referring to an application that is batch-oriented, as opposed to interactive. In RJE environments, ‘jobs’ are submitted to a computing facility and output |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3503 | Remote LAN Access | A data communications such as a corporate or campus environment in which the computer networks can be accessed remotely via public telecommunications networks. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3504 | Remote Login (rlogin) | Operating on a remote computer, using a protocol over a computer network, as though locally attached. Terminal emulation program, similar to Telnet, offered in most UNIX |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3505 | Remote Method Invocation | Lets you create Java objects whose methods can be invoked from another virtual machine, analogous to remote procedure call (RPC). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3506 | Remote Operations Service Element | A lightweight RPC protocol, used in OSI message handling, directory, and network management application protocols. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3507 | Remote Procedure Call | An easy and popular paradigm for implementing the client-server model of distributed computing. In general, a request is sent to a remote system to execute a designated procedure, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3508 | Remote Source-Route Bridging | Source-route bridging over WAN links. RSRB is supported by Cisco routers in its 9.0 software release. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3509 | Remote System | Another computer on the Internet to which you connect. Interactions between computers are often described using the terms ‘local’ and ‘remote’ systems. The local system is your |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3510 | Remote Terminal | This term refers to any terminal that is not on the same physical site as the computer to which it is attached. Usually a connection is established via modem. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3511 | Remote Termination Unit | A device installed at the service user site that connects to the local loop to provide high-speed connectivity. Also referred to as the ATU-R. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3512 | Renater (Réseau National de télécommunications | It is the French national network for education and research. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3513 | Rendering | The transformation of 3D data by the engine into 2D frames for display on your computer screen (or TV). For RT3D artists, this specifically refers to real-time rendering, where the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3514 | Renumbering | In the future, renumbering of a customer’s IP addresses will normally be imposed on a customer if that customer changes providers. If that customer is very large, the expense in |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3515 | Repeater | A device, which propagates electrical signals from one cable to another. In OSI terminology, a repeater is a Physical Layer intermediate system. An electronic device used to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3516 | Replication | The sharing up-to-date copies of computer files at multiple locations. A different copy of the file may be maintained at each location and replication ensures that all changes are |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3517 | Representation | The method chosen to model a process or object, for example a building may be represented as a physical scale model, drawing or photograph. [See also Reasoning, Syntax.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3518 | Reprint | (1) A new printing of an item made from the original type image, commonly by photographic methods. The reprint may reproduce the original exactly (an impression), or it may contain |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3519 | Repurpose | To reuse content by revising or restructuring it in a different way or for a different purpose than it |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3521 | Request for Comments | The document series, begun in 1969, which describes the Internet suite of protocols and related experiments. Not all (in fact very few) RFCs describe Internet standards, but all |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3523 | Request for Discussion | Usually a two- to three-week period in which the particulars of newsgroup creation are battled out. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3524 | Request to Send | A modem control signal sent from the DTE to the modem, used to tell that the DTE has data to send. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3525 | Request/Response Unit | SNA request and response messages exchanged between NAUs in an SNA network. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3526 | Res | A term used to define image resolution instead of ppi. Res 12 indicates 12 pixels per millimeter. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3527 | Resampling | An increase or reduction in the number of pixels in an image, required to change its resolution without altering its size. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3529 | Research Libraries Information Network | The bibliographic utility, which serves primarily very large university libraries. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3530 | Researcher and Development Program in Advanced | Project sponsored by the European Community for the development of broadband networking capabilities. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3531 | Reseaux Associes Pour la Recherche Europeenne | European association of research networks. Merged with EARN in 1994 to from TERENA. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3532 | Reseaux IP Europeenne | A collaboration between European networks which use the TCP/IP protocol suite. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3533 | Resident | A program, which remains in RAM even if it is not executing. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3534 | Resident Extension | In PC-DOS, programs can instal a part of themselves in memory, and this part can remain active after the program has ended. This memory resident part is called a resident extension, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3535 | Resolution | In general, this refers to how sharp and clear an image looks on screen or on paper, and how much detail you can see. It’s usually determined by the number of dots (or pixels) per |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3536 | Resolve | Translate an Internet name into its equivalent IP address or other DNS information. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3537 | Response Time | The time period required by a biometric system to return a decision on identification or verification of a biometric sample. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3538 | Resource Reservation Setup Protocol | A reservation setup protocol for the Internet. RSVP is the protocol used to establish a link between users wishing to reserve some specified amount of bandwidth. It was completed as |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3539 | Resources | People and budget needed to perform the data warehouse tasks |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3540 | REST | (REpresentational State Transfer);A loosely defined specification for HTTP-based services where all of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3542 | Restena | (Réseau Téléinformatique de l’Education Nationale et de la Recherche). It is Luxembourg’s educational and research network. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3543 | Restore Button | The button in the middle of three buttons located at the right end of the title bar on a maximized window; it returns the window to its previous size and location. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3544 | Resubstitution error | The estimate of error based on the differences between the predicted values of a trained |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3546 | Retaliator or Retro Targeting or Anti-antivirus | A virus that tries to bypass or hinder the operation of one or more specific antivirus programs. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3547 | Retina | A physical biometric that analyses the layer of blood vessels situated at the back of the eye. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3548 | Retrovirus | Also called anti-antivirus virus, this is a virus that attacks, disables, or avoids infecting specific antivirus software. It’s just one of many methods used by virus authors to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3549 | Reusable | E-learning content that can be transferred to various infrastructures or delivery mechanisms, usually |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3551 | Reuse | The use of all or part of one hardware or software system in a different system; this includes the use of public domain software. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3552 | Reverse Address Resolution Protocol | A protocol defined in RFC 903, which provides the reverse function of ARP. RARP maps a hardware (MAC) address to an Internet address. It is used primarily by diskless nodes when they |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3553 | Reverse Channel | See Back Channel |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3554 | Revision Control System | Is an acronym for RCS, a system that enables programmers or users to track modifications to software or documents. It also prevents two users from simultaneously editing the same |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3555 | RFC 822 | The Internet standard format for electronic mail message headers. Mail experts often refer to ‘822 messages’. The name comes from ‘RFC 822’, which contains the specification (STD 11, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3556 | RFI | Radio Frequency Interference. Radio frequency is the electromagnetic spectrum from 3 kHz to 300 GHz. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3557 | RFI | Acronym for Request for Information; a potential customer's formal request for a vendor to supply detailed |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3559 | RFID | Acronym for Radio Frequency Identification; technology that incorporates electromagnetic or |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3561 | RFP | Acronym for Request for Proposal; a potential customer's formal request for a vendor to supply a detailed |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3563 | RG-58 | Coaxial cable with 50-ohm impedance. Used by IEEE 802.3 10BaseT. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3564 | RG-62 | Coaxial cable with 93-ohm impedance. Used by ARCnet. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3565 | RGB space | Red, Green, and Blue are the primary colours used to display RT3D on your computer screen. All the colours you see are combinations of those three. RGB space is the place where any |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3566 | Ribbon cable | This is a flat cable, usually of a grey colour, which contains approximately 100 parallel wires. If you are brave enough to open up your computer case you will find a ribbon cable |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3567 | Rich Text Format | A file format for text files that includes formatting such as different fonts and typefaces. Also called Interchange Format. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3568 | Ridge | The raised markings found across the fingertip. [See also ‘Valley’.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3569 | Ridge Ending | The point at which a finger image ridge ends. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3570 | Right-Click | Quickly press and release the right mouse button. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3571 | Right-Click Menu | An easy-to-use menu that opens when you right-click an object. Also called a "shortcut menu", "object menu" or "context menu." |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3572 | Right-Drag | A mouse action in which you move the pointer on an item, hold down the right mouse button, drag the pointer to a new location, and release the right mouse button. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3573 | Right-hand side | When an association between two variables is defined, the second item is called the right- |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3575 | Ring Group | A collection of token ring interfaces on one or more Cisco routers that is part of one bridged token ring network. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3576 | Ring Latency | The time required for a signal to propagate once around a ring in a token ring or IEEE 802.5 network. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3577 | Ring Monitor | Centralized management tool for token ring networks based on IEEE 802.5 specification. [See See Active Monitor, Standby Monitor.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3578 | Ring Network | This refers to a Local Area Network in which all of the computer’s and printers that are all connected in a closed loop. With today’s technology, a non-working node can be handled by |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3579 | Ring Topology | Topology in which the network consists of a series of repeaters connected to one another by undirectional transmission links to form a single closed loop. Each station on the network |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3580 | RIO (Reusable Information Object) | A collection of content, practice, and assessment items assembled around |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3582 | RIPE NCC | The RIPE Network Coordination Centre supports all those RIPE activities, which cannot be effectively performed by volunteers from the participating organisations. Besides supporting |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3583 | Risk rating | The risk rating of a virus is an assessment of the threat posed by a virus. It is based on a number of different factors including, but not limited to, potential to spread |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3584 | Rivest, Shamir, Adleman Public Key Encryption | A patented public key (also called dual-key or asymmetric) data encryption scheme that can provide both encryption and authentication. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3585 | RJ-11 | Standard 4-wire connectors for phone lines. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3586 | RJ-45 | Standard 8-wire connectors for IEEE 802.3 1Base5 (StarLAN) network. Also used as phone lines in some cases. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3587 | RLO (Reusable Learning Object) | A collection of RIOs, overview, summary, and assessments that supports a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3589 | Robust | (pronounced RO-buhst) is an adjective commonly applied in marketing literature to information technology products in several ways. It derives from the Latin robustus, meaning |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3590 | ROGER | On-line catalog at UCSD for books and other material in the libraries at the University of California in San Diego. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3591 | Rogue Program | This term has been used in the popular press to denote any program intended to damage programs or data, or to breach the security of systems. As such, it encompasses malicious Trojan |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3592 | ROI – return on investment | Usually represented as a percentage of tangible monetary value in relation to the cost of the system. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3593 | Role play | (noun) A training technique in which learners act out characters in order to try out behaviors, practice |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3595 | Roll | If you tilt your head to read the spine of a book, this is roll in action. One of the three rotational axes commonly used to describe the rotation of an object. The term comes from |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3596 | Roll About Conferencing | A video conferencing system that is mounted on a wheeled cart. It is easily moved between rooms or buildings to provide numerous rooms with the ability to videoconference. These |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3597 | Rolled up | Aggregated to a higher level |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3598 | Root | Root is a special login account on all Unix systems, otherwise known as the superuser. The user has the highest privileges on a UNIX machine is given the log-in name "ROOT." The root |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3599 | Root Directory | In Unix the directory located at the top of the Unix file system. It is represented by the ‘/’ (forward slash) character. This refers to the highest point of a directory in which |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3600 | Round-Trip Time | A measure of the current delay on a network. The time required for a network communication to travel from the source to the destination and back. RTT, therefore, includes time |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3601 | Route | The path that network traffic takes from its source to its destination. Also, a possible path from a given host to another host or destination. The path that data travels along from |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3602 | Route Aggregation | By assigning prefixes to old class C addresses and by apportioning their address (IP number) space carefully as well as encouraging customers to renumber and return unused addresses, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3603 | Route Announcements | All networks have to announce routes to their upstream providers in order to be reachable from the rest of the Internet. Constraints in the ability of routers to handle the explosive |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3604 | Route Extension | In SNA, a path from the destination subarea node through peripheral equipment to a NAU. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3605 | Route flap | When a network link (leased line) goes down, there will be routers, which temporarily are unreachable by packets from the rest of the network. The network begins to route around the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3606 | Route Portability | Until 1995 if a customer of an Internet service provider wanted to move to another provider, that customer could take its IP numbers with it to the new provider. This however would |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3607 | Route Processor | In Cisco’s hardware architecture, a processor board that determines router and runs configuration, security, accounting, debugging, and network management processes. Also, sometimes |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3608 | Route Server | ‘The RA project’s route servers—Sun SPARC 20 work-stations installed at each interconnection point—eliminate the need for pair-wise peering among the attached ISPs. The route servers |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3609 | Route Terminal | Local loop terminates at remote terminal intermediate points closer to the service user to improve service reliability. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3610 | Routed | (Route Daemon). A program which runs under 4.2BSD/4.3BSD UNIX systems (and derived operating systems) to propagate routes among machines on a local area network, using the RIP |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3611 | Routed Protocol | A protocol that can be routed by a router. To route a router protocol, a router must understand the logical internetwork as perceived. Examples of routed protocols include DECnet, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3612 | Router | A communication device designed to transmit signals via the most efficient route possible. A device that interconnects LANs that can dynamically route data at Layer 3, the network |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3617 | Router Hub | Product jointly developed by CISCO and SynOptics Communications that combines the capabilities of a router and a hub. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3618 | Routing | The process of locating the most efficient or effective pathway through a network to a destination computer. Routing is commonly handled by the network or communication software. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3620 | Routing Information Field | A field in the IEEE 802.5 header that is used by a source-route bridge to determine through which Token Ring network segments a packet must transit. A RIF is made up of ring and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3621 | Routing Arbiter | ‘Funded by the National Science Foundation, the Routing Arbiter project is charged with the task of providing routing coordination for the new glossary.html - 142NSFNET architecture. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3622 | Routing Arbiter Database | The RADB is “Successor to the PRDB, and one of several routing databases collectively known as the Internet Routing Registry (IRR). Routing policy is expressed in the RADB using |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3623 | Routing Domain | A set of routers exchanging routing information within an administrative domain. [See also Administrative Domain, Router.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3624 | Routing Information Protocol | A distance vector, as opposed to link state, routing protocol. It is an Internet standard IGP defined in STD 34. Routing Information Protocol used by Berkeley UNIX systems to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3625 | Routing Metric | The method by which a routing algorithm determines that one route is better than another. This information is stored in routing tables. Metric includes reliability, delay, bandwidth, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3626 | Routing Protocol | A protocol that accomplishes routing through the implementation of a specific routing algorithm. Examples of routing protocols include IGRP, RIP, and OSPF. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3627 | Routing Table | A table stored in a router or some other internetworking device that keeps track of routes (and, in some cases, metrics associated with those routes) to particular network |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3628 | Routing Table Maintenance Protocol | Apple Computer’s proprietary routing protocol. RTMP was derived from RIP. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3629 | Routing Tables | Routing tables are lists of paths or routes to get to IP addresses that are held in glossary.html - 40router memory. A small router may have a table that takes an aggregated address |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3630 | Routing Update | A message sent from a router to indicate network reach-ability and associated cost information. Routing updates are typically sent at regular intervals and after a change in network |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3631 | Rpi | Rels (recorder elements) per inch. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3632 | RS-232 | Interface between Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) and Data Communications Equipment (DCE) employing Serial Binary Data |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3634 | RS-232-C | A very popular interface definition between data terminal equipment and data communication equipment, on behalf of the Electronic Industries Association (EIA), for bit rates up to 20 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3635 | RS-422 | A balanced electrical implementation of RS-449 for high-speed data transmission. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3636 | RS-423 | An unbalanced electrical implementation of RS-449 for RS-232-C compatibility. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3637 | RS-449 | Popular physical layer interface. Essentially a faster (up to 2 Mbps) version of RS-232-C capable of longer cable runs. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3638 | RSS | (Rich Site Summary or RDF Site Summary or Real Simple Syndication);A commonly used protocol for |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3640 | R-squared | A number between 0 and 1 that measures how well a model fits its training data. One is a perfect fit; |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3642 | RT3D | Real-Time 3-Dimensional Graphics |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3643 | RTSP | (Real Time Streaming Protocol); RTSP is an official Internet standard (RFC 2326) for delivering and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3645 | Rule-based Expert System | See Expert System |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3646 | Rules | These HTML-tags enable you to insert horizontal lines as separators or dividers. Web graphic designers will vary the length and colour of horizontal rules to add emphasis and flair. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3647 | Run Length Limited | Storing data on and retrieving in from a hard disk by translating patterns of bits into digital form, significantly raising the density of data over that achieved by older |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3649 | SAGNIS | Strategic Advisory Group for Nursing Information Systems set up by the NHS Management Executive. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3650 | Sampling | The process of converting analog data into digital data by taking a series of samples or readings at equal time intervals. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3651 | Sampling Rate | The rate at which samples of a particular waveform’s amplitude are taken. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3652 | San Diego State University Network | The backbone network that connects multiple buildings on the SDSU campus. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3653 | SAN | Acronym for Storage Area Network, a network of shared data storage space; also an acronym for Secure |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3655 | SANET | The Slovakian Academic Network |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3656 | SASU | Acronym for Software Application Support+Upgrades; an important service tier for NOCs. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3657 | Satellite Communications | Use of geostationary orbiting satellites to relay data between multiple earth-based stations. Satellite communi-cations offer high bandwidth, cost which is not related to distance |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3658 | Saturation | The extent to which one or two of the three RGB primaries predominate in a colour. As quantities of RGB equalize, colour becomes desaturated towards grey or white. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3659 | Save | The command that saves changes to a previously named document. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3660 | Save As | A command that opens a dialog box that permits you to save a new (unnamed) document or rename a previously saved one. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3661 | Scalable | Scalable hardware or software can be expanded as required in the future. For instance, a particular application program may be set up to run for 2 concurrent users but can be scaled |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3662 | Scalable Parallel Processing | SPP is used on computers that have many users. It is a technical design that allows for easy upgrade for additional users and increasing the number of processors used by the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3663 | Scalability | The degree to which a computer application or component can be expanded in size, volume, or |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3665 | Scandisk | A Windows utility that checks the integrity of data stored on a hard disk drive, identifies problems, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3667 | Scan String | A sequence of bytes (characters) that occur in a known virus. Some scanners allow ‘wildcards’—positions that are matched by any character—in their scan strings. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3668 | Scanner | A peripheral device that converts images (such as photographs) into digital form so that they can be stored and manipulated on compu-ters. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3670 | Scope | An itemized accounting and definition of the agreed upon project deliverable in terms of functionality as well as data. In data warehousing, the data scope is more critical than the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3671 | Scope creep | The addition of new requirements, source data or users to the initial agreement of what the project will be delivering. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3672 | SCORM (Sharable Content Object Reference Model) | A set of specifications that, when applied to course |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3674 | Screen Filter | This is a flat screen that you attach to the front of your monitor or screen so that it cuts down on the brightness of the screen and some cut back the radation that is given off. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3675 | Screen Font | A part of the font suitcase (of Adobe Type 1 fonts), describes the shape of each character to the operating system so that the font can be seen onscreen. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3676 | Screen Frequency | The number of rows or lines of dots in a halftone image within a given distance, normally stated in lines per inch or lines per centimeter. A frequency of 200 lpi would only be used |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3677 | Screen Name | This term refers to America Online (AOL) that gives the users a unique name. One can have up to 5 screen names on an AOL account. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3678 | Screen Reader | Computer software that reads aloud text on the screen. Often used by individuals who are |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3680 | Screen Ruling | Another term used for screen frequency. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3681 | Screen Saver | A moving picture or pattern displayed on the screen when no activity takes place for a specified period of time. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3682 | Screenshot | A picture of a computer display that shows the display at a given point in time. Also called a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3684 | Screen Size | The size of a display, in inches, measured diagonally from corner to corner. On CRT monitors, the measurement is the edge of the picture tube, part of which is covered by the case. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3685 | Script | Also known as calling script. A record of keystrokes and commands that can be played back in order to automate routing tasks, such as logging on to an online service. This is a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3686 | Script Kiddie | An inexperienced hacker who uses prewritten applications (available as downloads from the Internet) to launch certain types of attacks, such as Web-page defacements or |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3687 | Script Viruses (VBScript, JavaScript, HTML) | Script viruses are wri-tten in script programming languages, such as VBScript (Visual Basic Script) and JavaScript. VBScript and JavaScript viruses make use of Microsoft’s Windows |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3688 | Scripts | A type of program that consists of a set of instructions for another application or utility to use. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3689 | Scroll | To look at the parts of the page that fall below (or above) what you see on your screen. The long bar at the far right of this screen is a scroll bar. The small square in it will |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3690 | Scroll Arrows | The arrows at each end of the scroll bar, used to scroll through the contents of the window. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3691 | Scroll Bar | The bar that appears at the right side or the bottom of a window that contains more information that can be displayed. The scroll bar is used to scroll an object or parts of a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3692 | Scroll Box | The box in a scroll bar that shows the position of the information displayed in relation to the entire document, and the size of the document in relation to the screen. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3693 | SDLC Transport | Cisco router feature where disparate environments may be integrated into a single, high-speed, enterprise-wide network. Cisco routers can pass native SDLC traffic through |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3694 | SDLLC | A feature where translation between SDLC and IEEE 802.2 type 2 is performed. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3695 | Search Engine | A WWW site that serves as an index to other sites on the Web. Some of the more popular search engines are ‘Starting Point’, ‘Yahoo’, and ‘Lycos’. Search engines are relatively easy |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3697 | Search String | A synonym for scan string. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3698 | Sears | List of subject headings used by small, non-specialized libraries. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3699 | Second Original | High-quality, contone reproduction of an image, intended to be identical to the original. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3700 | Secondary Colour | Colour obtained by mixing two primary colours. Although known as primary colourants, C, M, and Y are the secondary colours of light. Red plus green produce yellow, for example. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3701 | Secondary Station | In bit-synchronous link-layer protocols such as HDLC, a station that responds to commands from a primary station. [See also Primary Station.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3702 | Secondary Storage | Long-term storage for data and programs, which is stored on a medium apart from the CPU (usually floppy disk, hard disk, or magnetic tape), and is not volatile. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3703 | Section 271 Authority | 271 Authority is the FCC’s second ‘stick’ for trying to enforce competition under the 1996 Telecom Act. It refers to FTA96 Section 271, which immediately allowed GTE into in-region |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3704 | Section 508 | The section of the 1998 Rehabilitation Act that states that all electronic and information |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3707 | Sector | This is the smallest physical unit of disk access (the smallest addressable part of the disk). A disk is divided into sectors during formatting. Disk sector addresses may be physical |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3709 | Secure | Protected from unauthorized access, misuse, damage, or loss; when discussing computer systems, security applies to all elements of the systems, including the machines, software, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3710 | Secure HTTP | Is an extension of HTTP, providing independently applicable security services for transaction confidentiality, authenticity/integrity and non-repudiability of origin. The protocol |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3711 | Secure Partition | The portion of the information infrastructure that is used to process and store classified information; unclassified information also exists in this partition. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3712 | Secure Shell | Ssh is a program to log into another computer over a network, to execute commands in a remote machine, and to move files from one machine to another. It provides strong |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3713 | Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions | Is a specification for secure electronic mail. Was designed to add security to e-mail messages in MIME format. The security services offered are authentication (using digital |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3714 | Secure Socket Layer | An open protocol for securing data communications across computer networks. The broad support for this protocol will promote interoperability between products from many organizations |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3717 | Security Certificate | A chunk of information (often stored as a text file) that is used by the SSL protocol to establish a secure connection. Security Certificates contain information about who it belongs |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3718 | Security Management | One of five categories of network management defined by ISO for management of OSI networks. Security management subsystems are responsible for controlling access to network |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3719 | Segment | Term used in the TCP specification to describe a single transport-layer unit of information. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3720 | Segmentation | The practice of breaking down a long Dewey Decimal class number into shorter segments. Libraries that decide to use shorter numbers can then cut off the long number at designated |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3721 | Segmentation and Reassambly | The process by which data frames are segmented into ATM cells at the transmitter and reassambled into their original format at the receiver. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3722 | Selector | The identifier used by an OSI entity to distinguish among multiple SAPs at which it provides services to the layer above. [See port.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3723 | Self-assessment | The process by which the learner determines his or her personal level of knowledge and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3725 | Self-encrypting Viruses | Use self-encrypting techniques to try to hide their presence. Self-encryption often makes them look more like data within a file rather than the pattern of a virus, which is a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3726 | Self-extracting Files | A file which, when run, decompresses part of itself into one or more new files. It is common to store and transmit groups of files in a self-extracting file to conserve both disk |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3727 | Self-garbling Viruses | Some viruses attempt to hide from virus scanning programs by keeping most of their code garbled in some way, and changing the garbling each time they spread. When such a virus runs, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3728 | Self-mailing Viruses | A program is self-mailing if it is able to distribute itself using e-mail services without human interaction — for example, the Melissa virus was a self-mailer, as were Happy99 and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3729 | Self-Monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology | A SMART system is designed to analyse itself, looking for problems that have the potential to occur and taking the actions to correct them. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3730 | Self-paced learning | An offering in which the learner determines the pace and timing of content delivery. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3731 | Semantic layer | A layer between the end-user tool and the database. This allows the end-user tool to present |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3733 | Semantics | The meaning associated with a set of symbols in a given language, which is determined by the syntactic structure of the symbols, as well as knowledge captured in an interpretative |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3734 | Sensitivity analysis | Varying the parameters of a model to assess the change in its output. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3735 | SEO | (Search Engine Optimization); The practice of designing web pages so that they rank as high as possible in search results from search engines.There is "good" SEO and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3737 | Sequence discovery | The same as association, except that the time sequence of events is also considered. For |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3739 | Serial | A publication in any medium issued in successive parts bearing numeric or chronologic designations and intended to be continued indefinitely. Serials include periodicals; newspapers; |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3740 | Serial Cable/Serial Port | A cable used to connect peripheral devices through a computer’s serial port. Normally a 25-pin connector on each end, yet can be a 9-pin on one. A Serial Port can either be plugged |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3741 | Serial Line Internet Protocol | SLIP is defined in RFC 1055. A standard for using a regular telephone line (a serial line) and a modem to connect a computer as a real Internet site. SLIP is gradually being |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3743 | Serial Number | Unique alphanumeric (letters and/or numbers) identifier assigned to an item for its lifetime by its manufacturer. Different manufacturers place serial numbers in different places; |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3744 | Serial Port | Communications path through which data is transferred bitwise. Only one wire each is available for transmitted and receive data. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3745 | Serial Ports | Serial ports are used mostly to connect computers to communications devices, such as modems. Most computers now use a small nine-pin cable connecter, though you might occasionally |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3746 | Serial Transmission | The most common mode of transmission, where the character bits are sent sequentially one at the time instead of a parallel. This refers to when data is transmitted across a single |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3747 | Series | (1) A group of separate items related to one another by the fact that each item bears, in addition to its own title proper, a collective title applying to the group as a whole. The |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3748 | Server | Can refer to the machine that stores files of many users and programs that can be shared, or to the program that allows communication with a browser. A computer (or service) that |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3754 | Server Message Block | A file-system protocol used in LAN Manager and similar NOSs to package data and exchange information with other systems. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3755 | Service Access Point | The point at which the services of an OSI layer are made available to the next higher layer. SAP is named according to the layer providing the services e.g., Transport services are |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3756 | Service level agreement (SLA) | The definition of a level of service provided by the IT department for a particular system. Service level agreements can be established for availability (24 hours/day, 7 days/week |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3757 | Service Point | An interface betweeen non-SNA devices and NetView that sends alerts from equipment unknown to the SNA environment. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3758 | Service Provider ISP | An organization that provides connections to a part of Internet. If you want to connect your company’s network, or even your personal computer, to the Internet, you have to talk to a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3759 | Service Quality | Not to be confused with Quality of Service, service quality refers to such standards among ISPs as 7 days a week by 24 hours a day staffing for network operations centers. Absence of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3760 | Service User | The end user at the customer premises. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3761 | Servlet | A small computer program designed to be add capabilities to a larger piece of server software. Common |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3763 | Session | A related set of communications transactions between two or more network devices. In SNA, a logical connection enabling two NAUs to comunicate. The time a user spends at a site from |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3764 | Session Layer | Layer 5 of the OSI reference model. Coordinates session activity between applications, including application-level error control, dialogue control, and remote procedure calls. The |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3765 | Settlements | Settlements comes from the old telephony terminology where if one party makes a disproportionate use of another’s network, one has to pay that network monetary compensation. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3766 | Set-top Box | This is a device used with television, usually placed on top of the television that adds some computing function. Presently, set-top boxes provide Internet services, such as Web TV. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3767 | SETUP.EXE | Program, which instals Windows software. The software usually won’t work until this program is executed. Synonym install.exe. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3768 | Shading | The process of assigning values to the surfaces of objects, which control the way the surface interacts with light in the scene to create the object’s colour, specularity |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3769 | Shadow | The darkest area of an image. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3770 | Shared Cataloging | The preparation by one of several participating agencies or libraries of a cataloging record, which is made available to the other, participating agencies or libraries. Also called |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3771 | Shareware | A distribution method for software. The author lets the user try out the fully functional software for a certain amount of time at no charge. If the customer wants to keep and use |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3773 | Sharing Device | A device that enables sharing of a single resource (modem, mux or computer port) among several devices (terminals, controllers or modems). Used only in polling environment. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3774 | S-HDSL | Single pair transmission using HDSL technology, normally 2B1Q. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3775 | Shelflist | Master file of a library’s collection, arranged in the same classified order as the books on the shelves. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3776 | Shelfware | Software that is not being used as in “sitting on the shelf”. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3777 | Shell | In UNIX a utility program that enables the user to interact with the UNIX operating system. Commands entered by the user are passed by the shell to the operating system which carries |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3778 | Shell Account | An entry-level Internet access account. Instead of linking your computer directly to the Internet, you use your modem to dial in to an Internet-connect host computer operated by an |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3779 | Shell Prompt | In UNIX a character at the start of the command line, which indicates that the shell is ready to receive your commands. The character is usually a ‘%’ (per cent sign) or a $ (dollar |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3780 | Shielded Cable | Cable that has a layer of shielded insulation to reduce EMI. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3781 | Shielded Twisted Pairs | General term for cabling systems that are designed specifically for data transmission and where the cables are shielded. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3782 | Shielding | The protective enclosure surrounding a transmission medium, designed to minimize electromagnetic interference (EMI/RFI). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3783 | Shockwave | A set of programs that allow Macromedia Director animation files to be played over the Internet with a web browser. This is an Internet technology, developed by Macromedia, used |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3784 | Short Filename | A filename that is no longer than eight characters, and a three character extension. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3785 | Short Haul Modem | A data set designed for use in communicating data up to distances of 25 miles across private metallic circuits. Such devices permit speed of 192 kbps or greater, and generally do not |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3786 | Short Messaging Service | Allows users to send and receive ‘e-mail-type’ messages on their handset using standard cellular phones, i.e., those without microbrowsers. The ability to do SMS comes from your |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3787 | Shortcut | A shortcut is an icon or text that points to a file on the hard disk, a network or the Internet. When the icon is double-clicked the file is executed, and if the file is an |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3788 | Shortcut Menu | Another name for the right-click menu. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3789 | Shortest-path Routing | Routing that minimizes distance or path cost through application of some algorithm. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3790 | SHTML | A kind of HTML file containing server-specific, non-standard commands which are interpreted by the HTTP server and replaced by standard HTML or text before the data is returned to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3791 | Signal Quality Error | A transmission sent by a transceiver back to the controller to let the controller know whether the collision circuity is functional. Also called heartbeat. See source-route bridging. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3792 | Signalling | The process of sending a transmission signal over a physical medium for purposes of communication. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3793 | Signal-to-noise Ratio | When used in reference to Usenet activity, ‘signal-to-noise ratio’ describes the relation between amount of actual information in a discussion, compared to their quantity. More often |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3794 | Signature | A 3- or 4-line message, used to identify the sender of an e-mail message or Usenet article that appears at the end of either communication. Signatures longer than 5 lines are |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3795 | Signature File | is a database of various virus signatures, used to compare against found strings during disinfection of a computer. Signature files are called a variety of names, including the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3797 | Signature Verification | A behavioural biometric that analyses the way an end user signs his/her name. The signing features such as speed, velocity and pressure exerted by a hand holding a pen are as |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3798 | Significance | A probability measure of how strongly the data support a certain result (usually of a statistical |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3800 | Sign-off | The process of agreeing – in writing – to the scope of a project or the acceptability of a deliverable. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3801 | Silicon Graphics, Inc | Manufacturer of workstations and software for graphics and image processing. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3802 | Silo, siloized | A silo system cannot easily integrate with any other system. This means we have multiple versions of the same data, violating the idea of a single version of the truth. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3804 | SIMD | Single Instruction, Multiple Data. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3805 | Simple Gateway Monitoring Protocol | A network management protocol that was considered for Internet standardization and later envolved into SNMP documented in RFC 1028. The predecessor to SNMP. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3807 | Simple Mail Transfer Protocol | A protocol, defined in STD 10, RFC 821, used to transfer electronic mail between computers. It is a server to server protocol, so other protocols are used to access the messages. The |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3808 | Simple Network Management Protocol | The Internet standard protocol, defined in STD 15, RFC 1157, developed to manage nodes on an IP network. It is currently possible to manage wiring hubs, toasters, jukeboxes, etc. A |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3809 | Simplex Transmission | Data transmission in only one direction. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3810 | Simulations | Highly interactive applications that allow the learner to model or role-play in a scenario. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3812 | Single-Attached Station | Also known as a Class B station, an SAS is a device attached to FDDI media through a single PMD connection. Typically, the PMD connects to a Class A concentrator. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3813 | Single In-line Memory Module | A small plug-in circuit board providing additional RAM for a computer. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3814 | Single Line Digital Subscriber Line | HDSL over a single telephone line. This name has been adopted by a single manufacturer, not a standards group, and may not stick. It is important to distinguish, however, as SDSL |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3815 | Single-mode Fiber | Fiber with a relatively narrow diameter through which only one mode will propagate. Such fiber is higher bandwidth than multimode fiber, but requires a light source a narrow spectral |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3816 | Single version of the truth | A primary goal of the data warehouse wherein the data to be accessed resides in only one database so that there will be no conflicting data and no inconsistent reports. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3817 | Site | A place on the Internet. Every web page has a location where it resides which is called its site. And, every site has an address usually beginning with ‘http //.’ Organization or |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3818 | Site-license | Through negotiations with a vendor, a renewable fee has been paid to allow a fixed number of copies of copyrighted software at one site. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3819 | Six Sigma | A quality improvement and business strategy created at Motorola in the 1980s for which people can |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3821 | Size of Macro/Malicious Code/Virus | Indicates the size of the virus code in bytes. This number is sometimes used as part of the virus name to distinguish it from its variants. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3822 | Sizing Handle | An area in the bottom right corner of a window that can be sized; it is used to size windows. You can, however, size a window from any corner. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3823 | Skills-Based Routing | A way to direct calls to a particular help desk or technician that is most similar to the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3825 | Skills inventory | An individual's list of skills or competencies, usually created by self-evaluation. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3826 | SLA | Acronym for Service Level Agreement, a contract between a service provider and a customer that specifies |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3828 | Sliding Window Flow Control | Method of flow control in which a receiver gives transmitter permission to transmit data until a window is full. When the window is full, the transmitter must stop transmitting until |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3829 | SliRP | SLiRP is a free TCP/IP program emulator over the CSLIP/SLIP/PPP link-level protocols which allows a normal user with a shell account on a UNIX system to act like a real (C)SLIP/PPP |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3830 | SLO | Acronym for Service-Level Objective, which are similar to SLAs but vendors are not penalized if target |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3832 | Slotted Ring | LAN architecture based on a ring topology in which the ring is divided into slots that circulate continuous slots can be either empty or full, and transmissions must start at the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3833 | Slow Infector Virus | Infect files as they are modified or created. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3834 | Slow Switching | Packet processing performed by a CSC processor while operating at process level. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3835 | Small Computer System Interface | An SCSI interface (via both internal and external connections is typically used to connect hard disks, CD-ROM drives, scanners and similar peripherals to a computer. Another similar |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3837 | SMDS Data Service Unit | A DSU for access to SMDS via high-speed serial interfaces (HSSI) and other serial interfaces. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3838 | SMDS Interface Protocol | Formal name given to each layer of the SMDS network interface. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3839 | SMIL (Synchronized Multimedia Integration | A markup language based on XML that allows |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3841 | Smiley | Smiling faces used in mail and news to indicate humour and irony. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4401 | SMPTE | Society of Motion Picture & Television Engineers |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4402 | SNA Distribution Services | Along with Document Interchange Architecture (DIA) and Distributed Data Management (DDM), one of three SNA transaction services architectures. SNADS provides asynchronous |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4403 | SNA Network Interconnection | IBM gateway connecting multiple SNA networks. SNI also stands for (Subscriber Network Interface) for SMDS-based networks. It is the interface for SMDS-based networks. It is the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4404 | Snail mail | A pejorative term referring to the normal postal service. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4405 | SNOMED | The Systematised Nomenclature of Human and Veterinary Medicine. A commercially available general medical terminology, initially developed for the classification of pathological |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4406 | Snowflake structure | Snowflake is a star schema with normalized dimensions. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4407 | SOAP | Simple Object Access Protocol - which provides a way for applications to communicate with each other |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4409 | Società Idroelettrica Piemontese | Original name of the Italian Telephone Company. [See Telecom Italia.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4410 | Socket | Logical address of a communications access point to a specific device or program on a host. Software structure operating as a communications and point within a network device. This |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4411 | Software | Programs, routines and procedures (together with their associated documentation) which can be implemented on computer systems. Here we refer to the basic operating system that comes |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4412 | Sorting | Keeps track of which onscreen elements can be viewed and which are hidden behind other objects. [See also z-buffering.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4413 | Sound Card | Virtually all home systems come with sound cards today. If you are serious about your music or want to compose songs using a MIDI keyboard an upgrade here will make a great deal of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4414 | Source | This term is most commonly used when talking about moving/transfering files. The source is the directory or location where the files are being moved from. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4415 | Source Address | Address of a sending network device. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4416 | Source Code | Program instructions written by a software developer and later translated(usually by a compiler) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4418 | Source data | The data from the operational or legacy systems that feed the ETL process. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4419 | Source-route Bridging | Method of bridging originated by IBM where the entire route to a destination is predetermined, in real time, prior to the sending of data to the destination. Contrast this with |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4420 | Source-route Translational | Sometimes referred to as SR/TLB, a method of bridging where source-route stations can communicate with transparent bridge stations with the help of an intermediate bridge that |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4421 | Source-route Transparent Bridging | Bridging scheme proposed by IBM that attempts to merge with two most prevalent bridging strategies (transparent and source-route bridging). SRT, as it is sometimes referred to, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4422 | Source system | An operational system, or ODS that is used as the source or input to the ETL process. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4423 | Southeastern Universities Research Association | Network connecting hosts in 12 southeastern states. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4424 | SOW | Acronym for Statement of Work |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4425 | Space | In telecommunications, the absence of a Signal Equivalent to a binary ‘0’. A space is the opposite of a mark (‘1’). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4426 | Space Physics Analysis Network | A data comparison network serving NASA projects and facilities, with extensions to Japan, Canada, and many European countries. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4427 | Spam (or Spamming) | See Stupid Persons’ AdvertiseMent (or Spamming) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4428 | Span | Full duplex digital transmission line between two digital facilities. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4429 | Spanning Tree | A loop-free subset of a network’s topology. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4430 | Spanning-tree Algorithm | An algorithm, the original version of which was invented by Digital Equipment Corporation, used to prevent bridging loops by creating a spanning tree. The algorithm is now documented |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4431 | Sparse Infector Virus | Infects only occasionally (e.g., every tenth program executed), or only files whose lengths fall within a narrow range, etc. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4432 | Spawning Viruses | Create a new program with a file name of an existing program. The idea is for the user to attempt to run the program that they normally run, but then run the virus program instead. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4433 | Speaker Separation | A technology that separates overlapping voices from each other and other background noises. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4434 | Speaker Verification | A part physical, part behavioural biometric that analyses patterns in speech. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4435 | Speaker Verification Application Program Interface | A biometric API for speaker verification systems. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4436 | Speaker-dependent | A term sometimes used by speaker verification vendors to emphasize the fact their technology is designed to distinguish among voices. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4437 | Speakers | Output devices, which allow the computer to play sounds; PCs may require an additional expansion card to do this, while Macintoshes usually do not. Upgrading your speaker system will |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4438 | Special Reference | A reference from one heading to another [See also General Reference.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4439 | Specific Entry | Entry of a work under a heading that expresses its special subject or topic as distinguished from an entry for the class or broad subject which encompasses that special subject or |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4440 | Specification | A plan, instruction, or protocol for e-learning that's established or agreed upon. Specification is |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4442 | Speckling | Isolated light pixels in predominantly dark image areas, sometimes caused by incorrect readings or noise in the scanning device. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4443 | Spectral Highlight | A bright reflection from a light source containing little or no detail. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4444 | Spectrophotometer | An extremely accurate colour measurement device using a diffraction grating to split light into its components wavelengths, which are then measured by numerous light sensors. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4445 | Speech Recognition | This is not a biometric and should not be confused with speaker verification. Speech recognition involves recognising words as they are spoken and does not identify the speaker. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4446 | Speed Matching | A feature that provides sufficient buffering capability in a destination device to allow a high-speed source to transmit data at its maximum rate, even if the destination device is a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4447 | Spider | This is a search engine which obtains its information by starting at a specified web page and visiting each web page that has a link to it from the current page that the spider is |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4448 | Spider/Robot | A software program that search engines use which visit every site on the web, following all of the links and cataloging all of the text of every web page. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4449 | Spiders | Spiders are robot programs (often employed by companies that provide search engines) that ‘roam’ the World Wide Web and Usenet looking for certain sorts of information and compiling |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4450 | Spline | A curved line, defined by mathematical functions. [See also |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4452 | Split Horizon Updates | A routing technique in which information about routes is prevented from existing router interfaces through which that information was received. Split horizon updates are useful in |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4453 | SPOC | Acronym for Single Point of Contact, usually one toll-free telephone number through which any help |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4455 | Sponsor | The person in the organization, usually from the business side – who supports the project. This |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4457 | Spool | When transmitting a file to another device or computer, the ability to place that file in a temporary area until it can be processed by the Input/Output devices of the computer. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4458 | Spooler | An application that manages requests or jobs submitted to it for execution. Spoolers process the submitted requests in an orderly fashion from a queue. A print spooler is perhaps the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4459 | Spreadsheet | A number-related document whereby, calculations and formulas are applied to the data organized in rows and columns of cells. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4460 | Sprite | A texture that stays flat to the screen. Also called an overlay. [See also Billboard.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4461 | Spyware | A somewhat vague term generally referring to software that is secretly installed on a users computer |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4463 | SRI (Stanford Research Institute) | A California-based research institute that runs the Network Information Systems Center (NISC). The SRI has played an important role in coordinating the Internet. A research |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4464 | SSCP-PU Session | Session used by SNA to allow an SSCP to manage a node’s resources through the PU. SSCPs can send requests to, and receive replies from individual nodes in order to control the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4465 | Staging area | A staging area is where the ETL programs execute and where the source data is prepared for the data warehouse. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4467 | Stakeholders | People who have a vested interest in the success of the project or are involved in the implementation of the project. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4468 | Standard | A commonly used or officially specified set of rules or procedures. An e-learning specification established as a model by a governing authority such as IEEE or ISO to ensure quality, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4469 | Standard Generalized Markup Language | A programming language for typesetting machines that uses tags to define the format of pages and supports the interchange of embedded comments, mathematical expressions, and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4471 | Standard Input | In UNIX the source of information for a command. This is assumed to be the keyboard unless input is redirected or piped from a file or another command. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4472 | Standard Laboratory Internet | The standard laboratory implementation of the Internet. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4473 | Standard Output | In UNIX the destination for information from a command. This is assumed to be the terminal display unless output is redirected or piped to a file or another command. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4474 | Standard Subdivision | In Dewey Decimal Classification, a subdivision that represents a frequently recurring physical form (dictionaries, periodicals, etc.) or approach (history, research, etc.) applicable |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4475 | Standards Promotion and Application Group | A group of European OSI manufacturers which chooses option subsets and publishes these in a ‘Guide to the Use of Standards’ (GUS). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4476 | Standardize | A collection of numeric data is standardized by subtracting a measure of central location (such as |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4478 | Standby Monitor | Device in standby mode on a token ring network in case an active monitor becomes inactive. [See also Active Monitor and Ring Monitor.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4479 | Star | A star architecture would be formed by branches that would be connected to the network only at a central machine rather than connected to each other. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4480 | StarLAN | Another name for IEEE 802.3 1Base5. A 1-Mbps CSMA/CD LAN promulgated by AT&T. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4481 | Star Network | This type of network is set up so that all the workstations and peripherals are to one central device. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4482 | Star schema | A modeling paradigm that has single object in the middle (fact table) connected to a number of objects (dimensions tables) around it radially. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4483 | Star Topology | LAN topology in which end points on a network are connected to a common central switch by point-to-point links. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4484 | Start Bit | In asynchronous transfers, a new character is introduced by the start bit. The primary bit that, with the stop bit, frames a transmitted character. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4485 | Start/Stop Bits | A start bit signals the start of a unit of data in asynchronous communications. A stop bit signals the stop of a unit of data. The unit can vary in length depending on the protocol. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4486 | Start Button | The button at the left end of the taskbar that is labeled "Start." Clicking the Start button opens the Start menu you can use to launch programs. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4487 | State Library | The library that serves a state’s legislature and state employees; usually also the general public. In many cases, it also houses the state’s library development agency, which |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4488 | Statement of Responsibility | A statement, transcribed from the item being described, relating to persons responsible for the intellectual or artistic content of the item, to corporate bodies from which the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4489 | Static Random Access Memory (SRAM) | This is a type of RAM that keeps its information provided that there is sufficient power to operate the device that is using the RAM. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4490 | Static Route | A route that is manually entered into the routing table. Static routes take precedence over routes chosen by all dynamic routing protocols. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4491 | Station Management | FDDI X3T9.5 specification that defines how ring stations are managed. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4492 | Statistical Multiplexer | A device connecting multiple channels to a single line by dynamically allocating timeslots to the channels based on their activity. Multiplexing equipment that dynamically allocates |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4493 | Status Bar | The bar at the bottom of a program; it displays information about the program. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4494 | STD | A subseries of RFCs that specify Internet standards. The official list of Internet standards is in STD 1. [See For Your Information, Request For Comments.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4495 | Stealth ‘stealth’-viruses (Invisible Viruses) | Are programs that hook DOS calls to infected files or disk sectors and ‘substitute’ uninfected information areas with themselves. Apart from this, such viruses use original enough |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4496 | Stewardship | Responsibility for managing data, software, hardware, or other elements of the Information Architecture; for the assigned resource(s), the steward ensures accuracy, performs updates |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4497 | Stop Bit | In asynchronous transfer, very character is terminated by one or two stop bits which show where a character ends. The bit that terminates the bits used to represent a transmitted |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4498 | Store and Forward | Message-switching technique where messages are temporarily stored at intermediate points between the source and destination until such time as network resources (such as an unused |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4499 | Storyboard | A visualization of the animation that breaks it down into a sequence of sketches that illustrate the key movements. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4500 | Stovepipe | A stovepipe system cannot easily integrate with any other system. This means we have multiple versions of the same data, violating the idea of a single version of the truth. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4502 | Strategy | Approach taken that will affect the overall direction of the organization and will establish the organization’s future environment. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4503 | Streaming | A technology for delivering audio or video files so that they can be heard or seen whilst |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4505 | Streaming Audio/Video | The ability for an audio or video file to begin playing on the browser while it is being downloaded, rather than having to wait until the complete file has been delivered. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4506 | Stream-oriented | A type of transport service that allows its client to send data in a continuous stream. The transport service will guarantee that all data will be delivered to the other end in the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4507 | String | A sequence of ASCII codes can be referred to as a text ‘string’. This is often used to distinguish this part of the file from other, binary information. One of the ways that |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4508 | Structure of Management Information | The rules used to define the objects that can be accessed via a network management protocol. This protocol is defined in STD 16, RFC 1155. [See also Management Information Base.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4509 | Structured Query Language | A specialized programming language for sending queries to databases. Most industrial-strength and many smaller database applications can be addressed using SQL. Each specific |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4511 | STS-1 | SONET basic transmission rate of 51.84 Mbps. Synchronous Transport Signal 1. A SONET standard for transmission over OC-1 optical fiber at 51.84 Mbps. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4512 | Stub Network | A stub network only carries packets to and from local hosts. Even if it has paths to more than one other network, it does not carry traffic for other networks. [See also Backbone, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4513 | STUN | Serial Tunnelling. Cisco acronym for a router feature allowing two SDLC- or HDLC-compliant devices to connect to one another through an arbitrary multiprotocol topology (using Cisco |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4514 | Stupid Network | The term ‘stupid network’ was coined by David Isenberg in his famous June 1997 paper Rise of the Stupid Network “Why the Intelligent Network was once a good idea, but isn’t anymore. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4515 | Stupid Persons’ AdvertiseMent (or Spamming) | Unsolicited adver-tisments sent to a user or newsgroup. The common response is to reply with a ‘no thanks’ letter. “If I wanted your products I could search on the Web and find them. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4517 | Style sheet | A template or a file, which defines the layout of a document or a series of documents. In traditional |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4519 | Subarea | Portion of a SNA network that consists of a subarea node and any attached links and peripheral nodes. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4520 | Subarea Node | An SNA communication controller or host that handles complete network addresses. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4521 | Subchannel | In broadband terminology, a frequency-based subdivision creating a separate communications channel. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4522 | Subdirectory | A directory is catalog for files stored on the hard disk of a computer; a mechanism to group the files so that the user is not overwhelmed by one huge long list of all the files |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4523 | Subdivision | The device of extending a subject heading by indicating one of its aspects—form, place, period, topic. [See also Geographic Subdivision; Chronological Subdivision; Topical |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4524 | Subfield | A subunit within a field in a USMARC record. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4525 | Subfield Code | A two-character code identifying a subfield in the MARC record, consisting of a delimiter followed by a data element identifier |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4527 | Subfolder | A folder that is within another folder. Traditionally called a subdirectory. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4528 | Subject | The theme or topic treated by the author in a work, whether stated in the title or not. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4529 | Subject Analysis | The process of identifying the intellectual content of a work. The results may be displayed in a catalog or bibliography by means of notational symbols as in a classification system |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4530 | Subject Anaytical Entry | A subject entry made for a part of a work. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4531 | Subject areas | Data Subject Area Fundamental entities that make up the major components of the business, e.g. customer, product, employee. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4532 | Function Subject Area | A business function or business activity, e.g. sales, order processing, inventory. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4533 | Subject Authority File | A collection of subject authority records. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4534 | Subject Authority Record | A record of a subject heading that shows its established form, cites the authorities consulted in determining the choice and form of the heading. [See also Name Authority Record.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4535 | Subject Catalog | A catalog consisting of subject entries only; the subject portion of a divided catalog. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4536 | Subject Cataloging | (1) The process of providing subject access points to bibliographic records. (2) The process of assigning subject headings. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4537 | Subject-to-name Reference | A reference from a subject heading to a name heading for the purpose of directing the user’s attention from a particular field of interest to names of individuals or corporate bodies |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4538 | Subnet | A portion of a network, which may be a physically independent network segment, which shares a network address with other portions of the network and is distinguished by a subnet |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4544 | Subnet Address | The subnet portion of an IP address. In a subnetted network, the host portion of an IP address is split into a subnet portion and a host portion using an address (subnet) mask. An |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4545 | Subnet Mask | A 32-bit address mask used in IP to specify a particular subnet. [See See Address Mask.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4546 | Subnetwork | A collection of OSI end systems and intermediate systems under the control of a single administrative domain and utilizing a single network access protocol. Examples - private X.25 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4547 | SubNetwork Access Protocol | Internet protocol that operates between a network entity in the subnetwork entity in the end system and specifies a standard method of encapsulating IP datagrams and ARP messages on |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4548 | SubNetwork Point of Attachment | This is a data link address (such as an Ethernet address, X.25 address, or Frame Relay DLCI address). SNPA addresses are used to configure a CLNS route for an interface. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4549 | Subordinate Body | A corporate body that forms an integral part of a larger body in relation to which it holds an inferior hierarchical rank. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4550 | Sub-rate Multiplexing | In the US, refers generally to time division multiplexing at data rates less than 64 kbps. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4551 | Subroutine | A subroutine is part of a program that performs a specific task and can be actioned from more than one place within the program. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4552 | Subscribe | This is a term most often applied to joining a mail list so that you can receive the communications (posts) that are sent as part of the list’s activities. The analogy is to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4553 | Subseries | A series within a series (i.e., a series that always appears in conjunction with another, usually more comprehensive, series of which it forms a section). Its title may or may not be |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4554 | Substractive Blending | When using texture blending, subtractive is when the colours of the dark map are subtracted from the colours of the base map to make a new darker texture. See additive blending, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4555 | Substractive Colour Model | In the subtractive colour model, magenta, yellow, cyan, and black are the primary colours. They are also called CMYK, with K standing for black because the letter B is already taken |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4556 | Substractive Primaries | Another term for primary colourants. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4557 | Substrate | The base material used to carry out or support an image, for example, paper or film. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4558 | Subvector | A data segment of a vector in an SNA message. A subvector consists of a length field, a key that describes the subvector type, and subvector specific data. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4559 | Suite (of products) | A collection of software products from the same vendor – either developed or bundled by that vendor. The idea is to provide a complete set of tools from modeling through to access |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4560 | Summarize | To encapsulate a number of responses into one coherent, usable message. Often done on controlled mailing lists or active newsgroups, to help reduce bandwidth. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4561 | Super Video Graphic Array | This is a video adaptor that allows your SVGA monitor to display up to 1280x1024 screen resolution using 16 million colours. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4562 | Superimposition | The policy of adopting a new catalog code while leaving headings derived from an earlier code unrevised. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4563 | SuperJANET | This is the latest phase in the developement of JANET, the UK educational and research network run by UKERNA. It uses SMDS and ATM to provide multi-service network facilities for |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4564 | Supernet | An aggregation of IP network addresses advertised as a single classless network address. For example, given four Class C IP networks 192.0.8.0, 192.0.9.0, 192.0.10.0 and 192.0.11.0, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4565 | Supersampling | The capture of more grey levels per colour than is required for image manipulation or output. This additional data allows shadow details to be heightened, for example. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4566 | Supervised learning | The collection of techniques where analysis uses a well-defined (known) dependent |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4568 | Support | The measure of how often the collection of items in an association occur together as a percentage of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4571 | Support Center | Synonym for Call Center, Customer Service Center or Helpdesk. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4572 | Support Levels | Clear definitions of the degree of support offered for various products; levels of support can range from very low support (e.g., an online manual with no additional help) to very |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4573 | Supply chain | The management of the components, manufacturing and distribution of a manufactured commodity. The supply chain management includes warehousing and tracking inventory. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4574 | Surf | A colloquial term applied to browsing the World Wide Web. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4575 | Surfing | The process of ‘looking around’ the Internet. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4576 | SURFnet | Dutch ISP for research and education and other non-profit communities. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4577 | Swapfile | A special file used by the Windows operating system to hold data which does not fit or is not currently required in the computer’s memory. If you are running more than one |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4578 | SWIFT | An industry standard for communication among financial service providers. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4579 | SWIPnet | Commercial Internet service provider in Sweden. Daughter company of Tele2, one of the PNO in Sweden. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4580 | Switch Processor | In Cisco’s hardware architecture, a bit-slice processor board that acts as the administrator for all CiscoBus activities. Also called the CiscoBus controller. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4581 | Switched | Frame relay is a switched technology where packet headers need be only 2 bytes long. The first bytes of the switched network’s protocol headers are composed of the permanent virtual |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4582 | Switched Access | A network connection that can be created and eliminated as necessary. Dial-up connections are the simplest form of switched connections. SLIP or PPP also are commonly run over |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4583 | Switched Multimegabit Data Service | An emerging high-speed datagram-based public data network service developed by Bellcore and expected to be widely used by telephone companies as the basis for their data networks. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4584 | Switched Multimegabit Digital/Data Service | SMDS is a fast packet switching service. It can carry the TCP/IP. The LECs, however, are at a disadvantage in that they will require a partnership with an IXC to carry SMDS data |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4585 | Switched Virtual Circuit | A virtual link, with variable end-points, established through an ATM network. With a SVC, the user defines the end-points when the call is initiated that are subsequently terminated |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4587 | Switches, Switching Technology | Network devices that switch incoming protocol data units (PDU packet, datagram, or cell. for example) to outgoing network interfaces at very fast rates, and very low latency, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4588 | SWOT analysis | Acronym for strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, threats; a corporate strategic analysis often |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4590 | Symmetric Multiprocessing | A computer configuration where many CPUs share a common operating system, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4593 | Symmetric Transmission | Transmission in which a channel sends and receives data with the same signalling rate. Transmission in which data bits are sent at a fixed rate, with the transmitter and receiver |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4594 | Synchronization | Establishing common timing between sender and receiver. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4595 | Synchronous | Data communications in which transmissions are sent at a fixed rate, with the sending and receiving devices synchronized. Synchronous transmission of data is a mode in which bits, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4596 | Synchronous Communication | A mode of communication when two parties exchange messages across a communication channel at the same time, e.g., telephones. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4597 | Synchronous Connection | An analog to analog or digital to digital connection that is able to perform two or more processes at the same time by means of a mutual timing signal or clock. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4598 | Synchronous Data Link Control | IBM bit-synchronous link-layer protocol that has spawned numerous similar protocols, including HDLC and LAPB. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4599 | Synchronous Digital Hierarchy | An international standard for transmission in SONET. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4600 | Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory | SDRAM is a type of RAM capable of speeds of about 55MHz. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4601 | Synchronous Graphics Random Access Memory | This is a type of DRAM enabling large volumes of data to be transferred at very high speed. This type of ram is used extensively for the display of 3D graphics in computer games. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4602 | Synchronous learning | A real-time, instructor-led online learning event in which all participants are logged on |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4604 | Synchronous Optical Network | A recently emerging networking standard that utilizes fiber optics to create backbone networks, capable of transmitting at extremely high speeds and accommodating gigabit-level |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4605 | Syndetic Device | The device used to connect related headings by means of cross-references. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4606 | Syndetic Structure | In a catalog or index, the network of see and see also references showing relationships between headings and descriptors. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4607 | Syntax | Rules governing the way in which characters and words must be put together to form a command that can be recognized and acted upon by the Unix operating system. The rules of grammar |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4608 | Syntax Error | Occurs when a user (or programmer) has put words in an order that a program does not understand. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4609 | Synthesis | The process of composing a class number, subject heading, or indexing term by combining various elements in order to represent a compound or complex subject. [See also Number |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4610 | SYS-file | This is a file containing a system driver. It is loaded into memory on DOS initialization, after the system is loaded. To start up a SYS-file it is necessary to place the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4611 | System Administrator | A person or persons with responsibility for managing the system(s). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4612 | System Boot Records | All hard drives have a master boot record. Most hard drives are partitioned into separate drive letters. For example, a 4 MB drive may be split into a 2 MB C and 2 MB D drive on the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4613 | System Disk | A floppy disk, which contains the necessary files for an operating system which when processed will start up or ‘boot’ the computer. The floppy disk must be inserted before you |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4614 | System Object Model | An object-oriented programming tool for OS/2. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4615 | System Operator | Anyone responsible for the physical operations of a computer system or network resource. A System Administrator decides how often backups and maintenance should be performed and the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4616 | System Services Control Point | Focal point within an SNA network for managing network configuration, coordinating network operator and problem determination requests, and providing directory sevices and other |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4617 | System timestamp | A system timestamp is a timestamp that is generated by a systems operation. Examples are record_create_date, last_update_date,… |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4618 | System Unit | The main part of your computer that contains the disk drives and motherboard. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4619 | Systems Application Architecture | Standards for IBM computers defining communications between an application, the operating system and user. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4620 | Systems integration | The art and science of integrating processes, functions, people and data so the end result is a seamless and tight knit system. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4621 | Systems Network Architecture | A proprietary networking architecture used by IBM and IBM-compatible mainframe computers. Systems Network Architecture is IBM’s proprietary networking protocol used to enable its |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4622 | SWAT team | A small team of skilled and experienced practitioners who can pull a failing project out of the ditch. This team does not tolerate political interference as it makes decisions and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4625 | T-1 | A leased-line connection capable of carrying data at 1,544,000 bits-per-second. At maximum theoretical capacity, a T-1 line could move a megabyte in less than 10 seconds. That is |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4627 | T2/T3 | A digital facility used to transmit a DS1 formatted digital signal. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4628 | T-3 | A leased-line connection capable of carrying data at 44,736,000 bits-per-second. This is more than enough to do full-screen, full-motion video. A term for a digital carrier facility |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4629 | T-1 Circuit | A T-1 circuit or leased line equals 1,544,000 bits per second or 24 56 kbps leased lines. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4630 | T-3 Circuit | A T-3 circuit was the backbone speed of all major national Internet service providers in the US. By the end of 1996 the largest backbones were running at OC-3. Some now (10/97) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4631 | T-1, T-3 line | High-speed digital lines that provide data communication speeds of 1.544 megabits (T-1) and 45 megabits (T-3) per second. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4632 | Tables | Tables are special HTML elements that are created via the <Table>, <Caption>, <TH>, <TR>, and <TD> elements. Tables allow one to present information in a tabular form. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4633 | Tactical | Approach taken to achieve a specific objectives or to solve a specific problem. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4634 | Tad | Assigning codes to a trouble ticket so that it is properly logged and routed to facilitate resolution. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4635 | Tag | A three-character numeric code that identifies a field in a USMARC record. This is used when programming in HTML. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4636 | Tag Image File Format | A bitmapped file format used for scanning and storage of gray-scale images. A graphic file format, TIFF files are also bit maps, but they can be of any size, resolution, or colour |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4637 | Tags | Formatting codes used in HTML documents. These tags indicate how the parts of a document will appear when displayed by a web client program (e.g., <h1>, </H1>, <P>). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4638 | Talk | A protocol, which allows two people on remote computers to communicate in a real-time fashion. [See also Internet Relay Chat.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4639 | Tape Backup | This is a backup of data and/or other files to computer tape. The computer has to have an external tape drive attached. The backup is either done on a file by file basis, individual |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4640 | TAR | TAR is an acronym for Tape ARchive. As a utility it allows you to copy a group of files of directories creating a single archive of them. This archive can be used for backup purposes |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4641 | Targa | Ususally, Targa file are used to write 32-bit files which would be 24-bit true colour with an 8-bit Alpha channel that stay after they leave and which other users can interact within |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4642 | Target | The database into which data will be loaded from a source database or file; the data store that is accessed by the users. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4643 | Targeting or Retaliator or Retro or Anti-antivirus | A virus that tries to bypass or hinder the operation of one or more specific antivirus programs. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4644 | Task | An open (but not necessarily active) program. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4645 | Taskbar | An area that runs across the bottom (usually) of the Windows 95 desktop. Running applications are represented as buttons on the taskbar, the current window is shown as a depressed |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4646 | TASM | Turbo Assembler from Microsoft. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4647 | T-carrier | Time division multiplexed transmission method usually referring to a line or cable carrying a DS-1 signal. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4648 | T-connector | T-shaped device with two female and one male BNC connectors. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4649 | TCP/IP Protocol Suite | Transmission Control Protocol over Internet Protocol. This is a common shorthand which refers to the suite of transport and application protocols which run over IP. [See also IONL |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4650 | TDM | Time Division Multiplexing; this digital multiplexing derives two or more apparently simultaneous |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4652 | Technical Details | Section of a virus encyclopaedia profile contains specific information about the actions performed by a virus on the host system. This information is provided to assist system |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4653 | Technical Office Protocol | An OSI-based architecture developed for office communications by Boeing. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4654 | Technical Services | Generally includes cataloging, acquisitions, processing of new materials. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4655 | Technical Support | Support options vary widely. A single-cost policy may be cheaper than charges for individual phone calls to the vendor’s tech support center. New users might be better off buying the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4656 | Telco | Abbreviation for telecommunication company. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4657 | Telecom Italia | A new name of the Italian Telephone Company. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4658 | Telecommunications | Term referring to communications (usually involving computer systems) over the telephone network. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4659 | Telecommuter | Person who performs work at home while linked to the office by means of a telecommunications-equipped computer system. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4660 | Telecommuting | Working on a computer in one location, frequently home, while connected to an office at a different location via communications tools. To work at home and use a computer and modem to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4661 | Teleconference | A conference held between a number of persons in different geographic locations. Each has a computer with a video camera attached, and is recorded on the camera and the image is |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4662 | Teleconferencing | Two or more people who are geographically distant having a meeting across a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4664 | Teleconsultation | Clinical consultation carried out using a telemedical service. [See also Telemedicine.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4665 | Tele-experimentation | The sophisticated performing, controlling, coordinating, and/or analysing of experiments from remote locations via high-performance communications and information tools. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4666 | Telemedicine | The delivery of health care services between geographically separated individuals, using telecommunication systems, e.g., video conferencing. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4667 | TELENET | A public packet switched network using the CCITT X.25 protocols. It should not be confused with Telnet. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4668 | Telephone Answering Device Interface | This is computer software and hardware that answers incoming phone calls. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4669 | Teletext | A description applied to the particular appearance of text and graphic characters on television and computer monitors. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4670 | Telex | Teletypewriter service allowing subscribers to send messages over the PSTN. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4671 | Telia | One of the PNOs in Sweden. This PNO was at one time the only PNO in Sweden, and is by far the largest in the current swedish ‘general’ PNO market. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4672 | Telnet | A program that lets you connect to other computers on the Internet. A program that lets you log onto a remote computer. Also, the name of the program implementing the protocol. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4674 | Template (Word Processing) | A cardboard card that sits above the function keys (F1-F12), giving the user a quick reference to the function of each when pressed by itself or in conjunction with the Shift, Ctrl, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4676 | Template/reference Template | Data, which represents the biometric measurement of an enrolee, used by a biometric system for comparison against subsequently submitted biometric samples. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4677 | Temporary File | These are files that are set up by a program because it needs to use them when it runs. For example, when using Macromedia Dreamweaver there is an option to view in web browser, by |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4678 | Terabyte | 1000 gigabytes. A terabyte is a unit of measure for data storage. 1 terabyte is equivalent to 1024 Gigabytes or 1,048,576 Megabytes. [See also Byte, Kilobyte.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4679 | TERENA | See Trans-European Research and Education Networking Association |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4680 | Term | Word or phrase used in a definite or precise sense to provide access to a record. In medical terminologies an agreed name for a medical condition or treatment. [See also Code, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4681 | Termid | Also called Xid, an SNA cluster controller identification. Termid is only meaningful for switched lines. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4682 | Terminal | A device that allows you to send commands to a computer somewhere else. At a minimum, this usually means a keyboard and a display screen and some simple circuitry. Usually, you will |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4683 | Terminal Access Controller | A device which connects terminals to the Internet, usually using dial-up modem connections and the TACACS protocol. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4684 | Terminal Access Controller Access Systems | A system developed by the Defence Data Network community to control access to its TACs. TACACS is supported by Cisco products. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4685 | Terminal Adapter | An ISDN modem. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4686 | Terminal Emulation | A technique in which one computer imitates a terminal while communicating with another computer, such as a mainframe, by using special software. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4687 | Terminal Emulator | A program that allows a computer to emulate a terminal. The workstation thus appears as a terminal to the remote host. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4688 | Terminal Mode | Many communication programs allow you to mimic a computer terminal, which is basically a keyboard and CRT display and/or a printer. A common terminal mode emulator is VT-100. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4689 | Terminal Ready | This light is illuminated when your computer has turned on the RS-232 (serial) interface. Sometimes this light will not come on until you have loaded your communications software |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4690 | Terminal Server | A device, which connects many terminals to a LAN through one network connection. A terminal server can also connect many network users to its asynchronous ports for dial-out |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4691 | Terminate and Stay Resident (Program) | ‘Memory Resident’ viruses go into memory and stay there while the computer is still running. TSR viruses usually design a method by which they are put into memory when the computer |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4693 | Terminator | Electrical resistance at the end of a transmission line that adsorbs signals on the line, thereby keeping them from bouncing back and being heard again by network stations. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4694 | Terminology | A set of standard terms used to describe clinical activities. [See also Term.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4695 | Test data | A data set independent of the training data set, used to fine-tune the estimates of the model |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4697 | Test error | The estimate of error based on the difference between the predictions of a model on a test data set |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4699 | TeX | A powerful markup language for typesetting systems by Donald Knuth. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4700 | Texas Higher Education Network | Regional network comprising over 60 academic and researcher institutions in the Texas area. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4701 | Texas Instruments Graphics Architecture | A high-resolution graphics architecture for PCs. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4702 | Texel | Each pixel of a texture during the time the texture is being processed by the RT3D engine. After the engine performs calculations to project the texture onto polygons, the texture |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4703 | Text | Text usually refers to simply ASCII text, the coded sequence of characters that result from typing on a keyboard. Text is often contrasted with other, so-called binary information, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4704 | Text-based Internet account | The user must use Unix commands to navigate the Internet. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4705 | Text-dependent System | A system that requires a speaker to say a specific set of numbers or words. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4706 | Text Editor | Any program, which will do even the most basic word-processing and will save files to standard ASCII text. Check your program’s manual if you are unsure of how this would be done, as |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4707 | Text-independent System | A system that creates voice prints from unconstrained speech and does not require a speaker to say a specific set of numbers or words. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4708 | Text-prompted System | A speaker verification system that prompts the speaker to say randomly ordered numbers or words. The term ‘challenge-response’ is also used in a similar way to define text prompting. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4709 | Texture | An image file, either scanned or painted, made up of a bunch of pixels. Common file formats are .BMP, .GIF, .TGA, etc. Also called bitmap, map, texture map. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4710 | Texture Blending | When two or more textures are combined to make a new texture. This is usually accomplished with just two textures—a base map which acts as the main texture, and another texture, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4712 | Texture Compression | The technique used by new and upcoming 3D accelerator cards to use larger textures in the same amount of texture memory and graphics bus bandwidth. With texture compression, you can |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4713 | Texture Filtering | This term is used whenever a texture is altered by the engine to eliminate jagged edges and shimmering pixels whenever texels are larger or smaller than screen pixels (see |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4714 | THC over X.25 | Feature providing TCP/IP header compression over X.25 links, for purposes of link efficiency. The ‘bin’ part of ‘cgi-bin’ is a shorthand version of ‘binary’, because once upon a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4715 | The Internet Adapter | Is an Internet access utility that lets you use popular TCP/IP software such as Netscape and Eudora with any regular UNIX shell account. TIA, from Cyberspace Development, Inc. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4716 | The Internet Newsreader | It typically works in tandem with other applications in a text-only environment. It has many features and allows for the full functionality of USENET, albeit in purely textual |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4717 | The Rough Guide | A very popular mini-manual which explains the basics of the Internet in a plain language. The author explains any jargon as he goes along; there's a short history |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4719 | The X Window System | A popular window system developed by MIT and implemented on a number of workstations. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4720 | Thermal | A finger image capturing technique that uses a sensor to sense heat from the finger and thus capture a finger image pattern. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4721 | Thermal Wax Transfer | A printing process using small heating elements to melt dots of wax pigment on a carrier film, which are then transferred to paper or transparent film by contact. This differs from |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4722 | Thesaurus | Guide to use of terms, showing relationships between them, for the purpose of providing standardized, controlled vocabulary for information storage and retrieval. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4723 | Thin Film Transistor | This is a type of technology that is most commonly used for laptop computer screens. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4724 | Thinnet | A term used to define a thinner, less expansive version of the cable specified in the IEEE 802.3 10Base2 standard when compared with Cheapernet. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4725 | Third normal form | A database in which each attribute in the relationship is a fact about a key, the whole key and nothing but the key. Usually refers to a fully normalized structure. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4726 | Third Party Test | An objective test, independent of a biometric vendor, usually carried out entirely within a test laboratory in controlled environmental conditions. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4727 | Third-Party Vendor | Outside organization whose products/services can be contracted in order to fulfill |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4729 | Thrash or Thrashing | To move wildly or violently, without accomplishing anything useful. Paging or swapping systems that are overloaded waste most of their time moving data into and out of core (rather |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4730 | Thread | A message and its responses in a newsgroup. Together, threads form a conversation of sorts as people add responses, or they may start a new message, which, in turn, will have its own |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4731 | Three Letter Acronym | A tribute to the use of acronyms in the computer field. [See also EFLA (Extended Four Letter Acronym).] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4732 | Three-way-handshake | The process whereby two protocol entities synchronize during connection establishment. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4733 | Threshold | The point at which an action begins or changes. The threshold setting used in scanning line art determines which pixels are converted to black and which will become white. The |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4734 | Threshold/Decision Threshold | The acceptance or rejection of biometric data is dependent on the match score falling above or below the threshold. The threshold is adjustable so that the biometric system can be |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4735 | Throughput | Rate of information arriving at, and possibly passing through, a particular point in a network system. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4736 | Throughput Rate | The number of end users that a biometric system can process within a stated time interval. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4737 | Tie (and foot) | The process of validating the number of rows, summarizations, and monetary totals of the source data to the data loaded into the data warehouse. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4738 | Tilde | The tilde character is ‘~’. By Unix convention, a name preceeded by a tilde represents the user’s home directory. Thus, ~user1 would represent the home directory of user1. This |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4739 | Tiling | The method of repeating a texture more than once across a polygon. A tiled texture looks best if its edges seamlessly match up with each other, top to bottom and side to side. Tiling |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4740 | Time Bomb | A logic bomb activated at a certain time or date. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4741 | Time dimension | A table of descriptive attributes about the date/timestamp, e.g. Day of week, Month, Quarter, Season, Year, Century, Holiday, etc. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4742 | Time Division Multiplexing | A technique where information/data from multiple channels can be allocated bandwidth on a single wire based on time slot assignment. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4743 | Time Domain Reflectometer | Device capable of sending signals through a network medium to check cable continuity and other attributes. TDRs are used to find physical layer network problems. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4744 | Time Out | A ‘time out’ is what happens when two computers are ‘talking’ and one computer for any reason fails to respond. The other computer will keep on trying for a certain amount of time, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4746 | Time series | A series of measurements taken at consecutive points in time. Data mining products, which handle |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4748 | Time series model | A model that forecasts future values of a time series based on past values. The model form |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4750 | Time Slot | A portion of a serial multiplex of information dedicated to a single channel. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4751 | Time to Live | A field in the IP header which indicates how long this packet should be allowed to survive before being discarded. It is primarily used as a hop count. [See also Internet Protocol.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4752 | Time variance | A characteristic of a data warehouse that defines the moment in time that the data or variant of the data is valid. If Order No. 123 has a value of $1,500.00 on Dec 1 and $1,700 on |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4753 | Timed Out | Timed out is a term used widely in the world of information technology and indicates that some predefined amount of time has been exceeded. If you connect to the Internet or a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4755 | Timely | Data is valuable and useful to analysts only if it represents organizational activities that are reasonably current. Timeliness is a function of the users’ requirements for currency |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4756 | Timesharing | This refers to where a computer is being used by more than one user at the same time. The operating system allocates each user’s program portions of the machine or time slices. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4757 | TIN | The Internet Newsreader. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4758 | TINET | A Swiss Internet Provider |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4759 | Title | A word, phrase, character, or group of characters, normally appearing in an item, that names the item or the work contained in it. [See also Title Proper; Uniform Title.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4760 | Title Bar | The horizontal bar at the top of a window. The title bar shows the name of the window. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4761 | Title Proper | The chief name of an item, including any alternative title but excluding parallel titles and other title information. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4762 | TN3270 | A variant of the Telnet program that allows one to attach to IBM mainframes and use the mainframe as if you had a 3270 or similar terminal. A version of Telnet software that allows |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4763 | Toggle Switch | A key, which lets the user switch back and forth between two functions. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4764 | Token | A control information frame, possession of which grants a network device the right to transmit. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4765 | Token Bus | LAN architecture using token passing access over a bus topology. This LAN architecture is the basis for the IEEE 802.4 LAN specification. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4766 | Token Passing | Access method by which network devices access the physical medium is an orderly manner based on possession of a small frame called a token. [See also Contention and Circuit |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4767 | Token Ring | A token ring is a type of LAN with nodes wired into a ring. Each node constantly passes a control message (token) on to the next; whichever node has the token can send a message. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4768 | Tone Curves | Also known as gamma curves. These are used to smoothly adjust the overall tonal range of an image, or the individual tonal ranges of each colour channel. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4769 | Toolbar | A collection of buttons that typically make the more common tools for an application easily accessible. The toolbar sits across the top or down the side of a particular window and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4770 | Top Level Domain (TLD) | Also referred to as GTLD for Global or Generic Top Level Domain. Com (commercial) is a top level domain. Gov, net, edu, org (Government, network, education, organization) are the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4771 | Top of Memory | The end of conventional memory—an architectural design limit. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4772 | Topical Subdivision | A subdivision that represents an aspect of the main subject other than form, place or period. [See also Form Subdivision; Geographic Subdivision.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4773 | Topology | A network topology shows the computers and the links between them. A network layer must stay abreast of the current network topology to be able to route packets to their final |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4774 | Total Call Ownership | Help desk's responsibility to insure an incident is resolved within the SLA and/or |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4776 | Total Cost of Ownership | The cost to the organization for the initial implementation and the maintenance of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4778 | Tower | This refers to the main computer unit stands tall and wide. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4779 | TP0 (OSI Transport Protocol Class 0) (Simple | This is the simplest OSI transport protocol, useful only on top of an X.25 network (or other network that does not lose or damage data). Defined by ISO 8073. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4780 | TP4 (OSI Transport Protocol Class 4) | (Error Detection and Recovery Class) This is the most powerful OSI transport protocol, useful on top of any type of network. TP4 is the OSI equivalent to TCP. Defined by ISO 8073. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4781 | Tracing | (1) The record of the headings under which an item is represented in a catalog. (2) The record of the references that have been made to a name or to the title of an item that is |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4782 | Trailer | Control information appended to the data in a packet. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4783 | Training | Another term for estimating a model's parameters based on the data set at hand. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4784 | Training data | A data set used to estimate or train a model. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4785 | Transaction | A result-oriented unit of communication processing. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4786 | Transaction Services Layer | Layer 7 in the SNA architectural model. [See also Application Layer.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4787 | Transceiver | (Transmitter-receiver). The physical device that connects a host interface to a local area network, such as Ethernet. Ethernet transceivers contain electronics that apply signals to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4788 | Transcoding, transcoder | Converting a data stream from one format to another, such as MPEG 1 to H.263, or |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4790 | Trans-European Network | Interconnect at 34-155 Mbps EU funded project, coordinated by DANTE. Originally ten countries focussed on 34Mbps ATM, but now has broader perspective and membership. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4791 | Trans-European Research and Education Networking | This association was formed in October 1994 by the merger of RARE (Réseaux Associés pour la Recherche Européenne) and EARN (European Academic and Research Network). ‘...to promote |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4792 | Transformation | A re-expression of the data such as aggregating it, normalizing it, changing its unit of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4795 | Transforms | What the engine does to objects and vertices in order to place them in the RT3D scene. Transforms are position, rotation, and scale. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4796 | Transit | Transit comes into play when a provider wants to reach customers of some third party that the first provider doesn’t peer with. If the ISP that peers with the first provider also |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4797 | Transit Bridging | Bridging that uses encapsulation to send a frame between two similar networks over a dissimilar network. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4798 | Transit Network | A transit network passes traffic between networks in addition to carrying traffic for its own hosts. It must have paths to at least two other networks. [See also Backbone, Stub |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4799 | Translational Bridging | Bridging between networks with dissimilar MAC sublayer protocols. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4800 | Transmission Control Layer | Layer 4 in the SNA architectural model. Responsible for establishing, maintaining, and terminating SNA sessions, sequencing data messages, and session level flow control. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4801 | Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol | This is the suite of protocols that defines the Internet. Originally designed for the UNIX operating system, TCP/IP software is now available for every major kind of computer |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4804 | Transmission Control Protocol | An Internet standard transport layer protocol defined in STD 7. It is connection-oriented and stream-oriented, as opposed to UDP. This protocol establishes a reliable, full duplex, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4805 | Transmission Group | In SNA routing, one or more parallel connections links treated as one communications facility. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4806 | Transmitter On/ Transmitter Off | Control character used for flow control, instructing a terminal to start transmission (X-ON) and end transmission (X-OFF). Control characters frequently used for pacing the rate of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4807 | TRANSPAC | Major packet data network run by France Telecom. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4808 | Transparent Bridging | Bridging scheme preferred by Ethernet and IEEE 802.3 networks in which bridges pass frames along one hop at a time based on tables associating and nodes with bridge ports. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4809 | Transparent LAN Service | Service offered by a provider that is used to connect LANs at geographically separated sites. ‘Transparent’ means the connection is invisible to the user and typically runs at the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4810 | Transparent Mode | The operation of a digital transmission facility during which the user has complete and free use of the available bandwidth and is unaware of any intermediate processing. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4811 | Transport Layer | Layer 4 of the OSI reference model. The transport layer is responsible for reliable network communication between end nodes. It implements flow and error control and often uses |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4812 | Traps | Unsolicited messages sent by an SNMP agent to a network management system (NMS) that indicate the occurrence of a significant event. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4813 | Tree Topology | LAN topology similar to a bus topology, except that tree networks can contain branches. Like the bus topology, transmissions from a station propagate the length of the medium and are |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4814 | Triage | The process by which projects or activities are prioritized to determine which should be attempted first, second, etc. and which projects or activities should never be done at all. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4815 | Triangle | A triangular polygon. Often shortened to tri or tris. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4816 | TRICKLE | is a service which will send you files on request, or by subscription. TRICKLE works with various anonymous FTP sites, computers in the Internet network that allow public access and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4817 | Trickle feed | The process by which data updates the target database a little at a time. This is in contrast to massive updates that take place after the close of a period such as the day, month or |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4818 | Trigger Condition or Date | This is to indicate the condition or date on which the virus’ payload will be triggered. Please note that date activated viruses may infect your computer 365 days a year. Your |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4819 | Trilinear Filtering | A method of MIP mapping. Since the texels are almost always larger or smaller than the screen pixels, it finds two MIP-maps whose texels are closest in size to the screen pixels one |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4820 | Tri-strips | Another word for triangle strips. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4821 | Trivial File Transfer Protocol | A simplified version of FTP allowing the transfer of files from one computer to another over a network. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4822 | Trojan | This name comes from the Greek myth ‘The Odyssey’. After an unsuccessful siege of the city of Troy lasting many years, the Greeks decided to use an artifice to take the city. They |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4823 | Trojan Horse | This is a program, which carries out an unauthorized function while hidden inside an authorized program. It is a malicious program that masquerades as a legitimate program. It is |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4824 | Trouble Ticket | Also known simply as "ticket," it's the logging of a help request (see Incident) with a unique, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4826 | TRouter | A Cisco product capable of both routing and communication service. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4827 | Trumpet Winsock | A popular, cheerier TCP/IP protocol stack. Trumpet winsock is a Windows socket 1.1 compatible TCP/IP stack that provides a standard networking layer for many Windows networking |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4828 | Trunk | A single circuit between two points, both of which are switching centers of individual distribution points. A trunk usually handles many channel s simultaneously. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4829 | Trunk Coupling Unit | In token ring networks, a physical device that enables a station to connect to the trunk cable. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4830 | TS29 | A network independent version of X29. The dependency of X29 on X25 is removed. [See also Green Book.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4831 | Tunnelling | Tunnelling refers to encapsulation of protocol A within protocol B, such that A treats B as though it were a datalink layer. Tunnelling is used to get data between administrative |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4833 | Tunnelling Viruses | That use tunnelling techniques redirect all hard drive calls between their location in RAM and the operating system. This allows them to bypass any anti-viral products in memory at |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4834 | Turing Test | Proposed by Alan Turing, the test suggests that an artefact can be considered intelligent if its behaviour cannot be distinguished by humans from other humans in controlled |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4835 | Tutorial | Step-by-step instructions presented through computer or Web-based technology, designed to teach a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4837 | TUV | Test agency within Germany that certifies products to European EMC and safety standards. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4838 | TUVAKA | Turkish networks and organizations TR-NET (network & organization). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4839 | Twisted Pair | Cable made up of a pair of insulated copper wires wrapped around each other to cancel the effects of electrical noise. A type of cable in which pairs of conductors are twisted |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4840 | TYMNET | Major public PSN in the United States. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4841 | Type 1 Operation | IEEE 802.2 (LLC) connectionless operation. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4842 | Type 2 Operation | IEEE 802.2 (LLC) connection-oriented operation. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4843 | Type of Service Routing | Routing scheme the choice of a path through the internetwork depends on the characteristics of the subnetworks involved and of the packet, as well as the shortest path to the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4845 | UKERNA | The UK Education and Research Networking Association; funded by the Joint Information Systems Committee of the Higher Education Funding Councils and others to manage the academic |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4846 | Ultra Data Memory Access | This is a mechanism for transferring data between devices such as the hard disk and the computers memory. It has a transfer rate of up to 33 megabytes per second. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4847 | UltraNet | Very high-speed (125 Mbps) network developed and marketed by Ultra Network Technologies. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4848 | Ultrasound | A technique for finger image capture that uses acoustic waves to measure the density of a finger image pattern. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4849 | Unbalanced configuration | HDLC configuration with one primary station and multiple secondary stations. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4850 | Unbalanced Line | A transmission line in which a single conductor is used to transmit a signal in reference to ground (for example in a coaxial cable). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4851 | Uncover | A database of book reviews, magazines, and articles, including FAX article delivery. It provides table of contents containing information for over 14,000 journals in all disciplines |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4852 | Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. | Independent agency within the United States that tests product safety. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4853 | UNI | The user-network interface defined by the ATM Forum for public and private ATM network access. The interface between an ATM end system (such as a router) and an ATM switch. Also used |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4854 | Unicast | An address, which only one host will recognize. [See also Broadcast, Multicast.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4855 | UNICOS | A version of the UNIX operating system adapted for CRAY computers. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4856 | Unified Network Mangement Architecture | AT&T’s network management architecture. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4857 | Uniform Heading | The particular heading by which a subject or person that may be represented by different names or different forms of a name is to be listed in the catalog. A heading that represents |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4858 | Uniform Resource Characteristic | URCs are a set of attribute/value pairs describing an object. Some of the values may be URIs of various kinds, others may include for example, authorship, publisher, data type, date, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4859 | Uniform Resource Locator | Server and path information used to specify the location of a document; URL is inserted in a document in the following format scheme //host-domain[ port]/path/filename. A URL looks |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4864 | Uniform Resource Name | To combat the transient nature of URLs, there are URNs. URNs are defined to be permanent, globally unique names for resources. The main idea with URNs is that the user can specify |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4865 | Uniform Title | (1) The particular title by which a work is to be identified for cataloging purposes. (2) The particular title used to distinguish the heading for a work from the heading for a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4866 | Uninterruptible Power Supply | A unit that switches to battery power whenever the power cuts out. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4867 | Union Catalog | A catalog representing the holdings of a group of libraries. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4868 | Union List | Merged list of holdings of several libraries, usually serials, showing who has what. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4869 | Unipolar | Literally meaning one polarity, unipolar is the foundamental electrical characteristics of internal signals in digital communications equipment. Contrasted with bipolar. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4870 | Unisource | Loosely organised PNO alliance between CH, ES, NL, SE PNOs. Unisource is the first truly pan-European telecom company, providing telecommunications services to European corporations |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4871 | Unit Card | A basic unit in a card catalog containing the bibliographic record of an item, showing the main entry heading, bibliographic description in several short paragraphs, the tracings for |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4872 | Unity Gain | In broadband networks, the balance between signal loss and signal gain through amplifiers. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4873 | Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter | An integrated circuit incorporating a receiver/transmitter that can convert parallel signals to the serial transmissions needed for asynchronous communications. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4874 | Universal Decimal Classification | System devised by Henri LaFontaine and Paul Otlet in 1905. Based on the 5th edition of the Dewey Decimal Classification, it has since gone its own way. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4875 | Universal Mobile Telecommunications System | Is a set of standards defining the next generation, 3G (third generation) of mobile telephony. The earliest roll-out will most likely occur in Japan early in 2001, although |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4876 | Universal Resource Identifier | Is the name for a generic WWW identifier. The URI specification simply defines the syntax for encoding arbitrary naming or addressing schemes, and has a list of such schemes. The |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4877 | Universal Serial Bus | This is used for connecting peripherals to a computer off of a single port with the devices in a daisy chain. A protocol for transferring data to and from digital devices. Many |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4878 | Universal Time Coordinated | This is Greenwich Mean Time. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4879 | UNIX | A computer operating system (the basic software running on a computer, underneath things like word processors and spreadsheets). UNIX is designed to be used by many people at the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4883 | UNIX-to-UNIX CoPy | This was initially a program run under the UNIX operating system that allowed one UNIX system to send files to another UNIX system via dial-up phone lines. Today, the term is more |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4885 | Unmoderated | An unmoderated USENET group or mailing list has no one who ‘moderates’ or screens the posts that are sent there. [See also Moderated.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4886 | Unnumbered Frames | HDLC frames used for various housekeeping purposes, including link startup and mode specification. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4887 | Unsharp Masking | A process used to sharpen images. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4888 | Unshielded Twisted Pair | General term for all local cabling systems used for transmission of data, which are not shielded. [See also CAT5.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4889 | Unsubscribe | To unsubscribe to a mail list means to leave it so that you no longer receive the communications that are posted to it. To do so you must send a message to the listserver address. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4890 | Unsupervised learning | This term refers to the collection of techniques where groupings of the data are |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4892 | Unzip | To decompress, or expand a file that has been made smaller using a compression utility. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4893 | UPC – Universal product code | A unique bar code embossed on every product used for inventory control. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4894 | Upload | It means, to send a file to another computer using a modem. It is the process of transferring information from your computer to another computer through the Internet. Every time you |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4895 | uPortal | Free, sharable collaborative development project and framework under development by institutions of higher education. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4896 | Upper Memory Area | The 384 Kilobytes of memory immediately above the 640K conventional memory on a computer. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4897 | UPPERCASE | Uppercase characters are all produced using the shift key to take one to the UPPER CASE. Same as CAPITAL letters in English language. Contrast with lower case. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4898 | Upper-Layer Protocol | A protocol higher in the OSI reference model than the current reference point. ULP is often used to refer to the next-highest protocol in a particular protocol stack. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4899 | Upstream | Refers typically to the transmission speed from the service user to the telephone network. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4900 | Urban Legend | A story, which may have started with a grain of truth, and has been embroidered and retold until it has passed into the realm of myth. It is an interesting phenomenon that these |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4901 | Usability | The ease with which a product can be used for the work for which it is designed; a high degree of usability implies ease of learning, flexibility, simplicity of use, and freedom from |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4902 | USENET (NetNews) | A collection of thousands of topically named newsgroups, the computers which run the protocols, and the people who read and submit USENET news. Not all Internet hosts subscribe to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4904 | USENET Group | There are many thousand individual news groups within the general framework of USENET. The nomenclature of these groups is hierarchical within the overall framework of large |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4905 | USENET News | USENET news is composed of more than 35,000 subject matter discussion groups where data is composed of ASCII text and binary files. More than six gigabytes (billion glossary.html - |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4906 | Usenet newsgroups | More than 17,000 topic-oriented message bases that can be read and posted to. Also |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4908 | USENIX | USENIX is the original (soon to celebrate its 20th anniversary!) not-for-profit membership organization of those individuals and institutions with an interest in UNIX, UNIX-related |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4909 | User | Anyone directly interacting with an application, service, or product. A user is someone who has an account on a computer system. Contrast this with a guest who is just visiting the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4911 | User Agent | An OSI application process that represents a human user or organization in the X.400 Message Handling System. Creates, submits, and takes delivery of messages on the user’s behalf. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4912 | User Datagram Protocol | Another of the protocols on which the Internet is based. For the techies, UDP is a connectionless unreliable protocol. If you’re not a techie don’t let the word ‘unreliable’ worry |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4913 | User Interface | The view a user has of a computer program, usually understood to mean the visual look and feel of a program, but also extending to other modes of interaction, e.g., voice and touch. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4914 | User Name (user-id) | A user on a computer system is always identified by a user or login name. This is often, but not always, the same as the first part of their e-mail address before the ‘@’ symbol. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4917 | User-ID | The string of characters that identifies you. The name by which you are known to the network. Also known as username. This is the unique identifier (like your logon name) that you |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4918 | Utility | A small computer program that performs some very useful function. For example, utilities exist to convert files from one format to another, to compress files, to detect and eliminate |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4919 | UUENCODE (Unix to Unix Encoding) | A method for converting files from Binary to ASCII text so that they can be sent across the Internet via e-mail. [See Binhex, MIME.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4922 | Uuencoding | A common Internet formatting standard for encoding files attached to e-mail messages. [See MIME, Multi-purpose Internet Mail Extensions.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4924 | V. | The ITU-TSS V. standards describe data transfer via telephone lines. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4925 | V.24 | A list of some 40 interface signals with usage and operational require- ments. A given interface complies with V.24 if its interface circuits are taken from the range of V.24 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4926 | V.25bis Dialling | An ITU-TSS standard for in-band dialling on bit-synchronous (HDLC) serial lines. Used in DDR. Supports addresses call mode. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4927 | V.28 | It is a definition of the electrical characteristics of unbalanced interchange circuits. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4928 | V.32 | A CCITT V series standard used by fax modems for half- or full-duplex transmission at speeds up to 9600 bps over point-to-point leased circuits. This is worldwide standard. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4929 | V.32bis | A CCITT V series standard for modems transmitting at speeds up to 14,400 bps over leased or dial-up lines. This is worldwide standard. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4930 | V.34 | A CCITT V series standard for full-duplex transmission at speeds up to 28,800 bps. Modems adhering to this standard automatically adjust their speed to compensate for the quality of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4931 | V.42 | A CCITT V series standard for regulating error-detection for high-speed modems. Modems conforming to this standard can be used over digital telephone networks, as opposed to the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4932 | V.42bis | An ITU-TSS for data compression using string tables. A CCITT V series standard for data compression that lets modems reach data transfer speeds of up to 34,000 bps. This is worldwide |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4933 | V.Fast | A communication specification based on the proposed V.34 standard. V.FAST was superceded by the late 1994 release of the official V.34 standard by ITU-T. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4934 | Validation | The process of demonstrating that the system under consideration meets, in all respects, the specification of that system. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4935 | Valley | The corresponding marks found on either side of a finger image ridge. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4936 | Value added | The notion of additional benefit being provided by some activity or service. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4937 | Value-Added Network | A communications network that provides supplementary services as resource management and message routing. A data network devoted to a specific application. Whereas the PSTN has been |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4938 | Value-added services | In the context of the e-learning industry, value-added services include custom training |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4940 | Variable | A user-created name that represents a value. The name can be used in either an expression or in the variable name portion of a set variable command. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4941 | Variable Field | A field with variable length in a USMARC record. [See also Fixed Field.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4942 | Variable Length Subnet Mask | The ability to specify different subnets. VLSM can help optimize available address space. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4943 | Variance | The most commonly used statistical measure of dispersion. The first step is to square the deviations |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4945 | Variant | A modified version of an original virus. For example, the virus merryxmas. Within a few months of discovery someone made a small change resulting in the merry2xmas virus. Changes can |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4946 | VAX | A family of computers that are based on 32-bit processing archi-tecture made by the Digital Equipment Corporation (DEC). Vax is an acronym for Virtual Address Extension. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4947 | Vector | A data segment of an SNA message. A vector consists of a length field, a key that describes the vector type, and vector specific data. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4948 | Vector Graphic | A graphic image drawn in shapes and lines, called paths. Images created in Illustrator and Freehand (graphic design software) are vector graphics. They are usually exported to be |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4949 | Veincheck/Vein Tree | A physical biometric under development that analyses the pattern of veins in the back of the hand. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4950 | Verification/Verify | The process of comparing a submitted biometric sample against the biometric reference template of a single enrolee whose identity is being claimed, to determine whether it matches |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4951 | Version Control | The mechanism to ensure that changes to software are introduced in a controlled manner. A small company or business may have several computers containing different versions of a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4952 | Verso of the Title Page | The backside of the title page. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4953 | Vertex | A point in 3D space that doesn’t really do anything unless it is connected to a polygon or a line. For more than one vertex, you call them vertices. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4954 | Very Easy Rodent Oriented Net-wide Index to | It was designed as a solution to the problem of resource discovery in the rapidly-expanding Gopher web, providing a keyword search of more than 500 Gopher menus. Veronica helps you |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4962 | Very High Data Rate Digital Subscriber Line | Modem for twisted-pair access operating at data rates from 12.9 to 52.8 mbps with corresponding maximum reach ranging from 4500 feet to 1000 feet of 24 gauge twisted pair. Generally |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4963 | Very High Speed ADSL | Same as VDSL (or a subset of VDSL, if VDSL includes symmetric mode transmission). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4964 | Victim Files or Goat Files or BAIT Files or Decoy | These are programs used by antivirus researchers to capture samples of viruses. This is done to make it easier to disassemble and understand the virus, because the infected ‘goat’ |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4965 | Video | This refers to anything you see visually on your computer, for example on your monitor’s screen. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4966 | Video Adaptor | This is used to generate and send video signals via a cable to the monitor. The video adaptor can be located on the motherboard or in an expansion slot. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4967 | Video Bridge | A device known as a multipoint control unit. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4968 | Video Conference Tool | An X11-based audio teleconferencing tool. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4969 | Video Graphics Array | A video adapter that allows monitors to display bit-mapped images with 256 variable colours at 640-by 480-pixel resolution. A video adaptor which gives 256-colour text and graphics |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4970 | Video Memory | This is memory that your computer uses to display graphical images and video files. Video memory is loaded into the upper memory block when the computer is switched on. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4971 | Video RAM | Memory required for high-speed video applications. A type of memory dedicated to handle the image displayed on a monitor. VRAM is built into many Macs, and it also comes on display |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4972 | Videoconference | A form of meeting in which participants in remote locations can view each other and carry on discussions via television cameras, microphones, and other communication tools. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4973 | Videoconferencing | Conducting a conference between two or more participants at different sites by using to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4975 | Videodisc | A 12-inch disk that’s similar to an audio CD but holds visual images (such as high-quality movies) as well as music. Also called a laserdisc. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4976 | Vienna University Computer Center | Vienna University is the biggest Austrian university. In addition to caring for the local networking set-up, VUCC is tasked with operations and maintenance of ACOnet, as well as with |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4977 | Viewer | A version of the RT3D engine that is used to preview artwork while it is being created. The Cosmo Player is a VRML viewer, which lets the user examine and interact with a VRML world. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4979 | VIM (Vendor-Independent Messaging) | An API. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4980 | Virologist | The people who write viruses in the virus community. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4981 | Virtual | A computer-generated environment. In the context of computing, not concrete or physical. For instance, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4983 | Virtual Circuit | A network service, which provides connection-oriented service regardless of the underlying network structure. [See also connection-oriented.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4984 | Virtual classroom | The online learning space where students and instructors interact. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4985 | Virtual community | see Online community |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4986 | Virtual enterprise data warehouse | An enterprise data warehouse constructed of multiple data marts and a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4988 | Virtual File Allocation Table | This is file transfer software used by Windows to control the accessing of files. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4989 | Virtual Library | Access to electronic information in a variety of remote locations through a local online catalog or other gateway, such as the Internet. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4990 | Virtual Memory | Virtual memory is an arrangement, which makes it appear that a computer has more memory (RAM) than it really does. This is typically done by setting aside a certain portion of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4991 | Virtual Memory System | The operating system for DEC’s VAX. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4992 | VIrtual NEtwork System | A NOS developed and marketed by Banyan Systems. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4993 | Virtual Path Identifier/Virtual Channel Identifier | Combined, these fields identify a connection in the ATM network. VCI uses 16 bits and VPI uses 8 bits. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4994 | Virtual Private Network | Usually refers to a network in which some of the parts are connected using the public Internet, but the data sent across the Internet is encrypted, so the entire network is |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4995 | Virtual Reality | Computer simulated environment within which humans are able to interact in some manner that approximates interactions in the physical world. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4996 | Virtual Reality Modelling Language | A language for describing multi-participant interactive simulations—virtual worlds networked via the global Internet and hyperlinked with the World Wide Web. All aspects of virtual |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4998 | Virtual Route | SNA terminology for virtual circuit. A logical connection between subarea nodes that is physically realized as a particular explicit route. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4999 | Virtual Telecommunications Access Method | A set of programs that control communication between nodes and application programs running on a host system. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5000 | Virtual Terminal Protocol | An ISO application for establishing a virtual terminal connection across a network. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5001 | Virtual Terminal Service | OSI/Application Layer. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5002 | Virus | A program, which replicates itself on computer systems by incorporating itself into other programs, which are shared among computer systems. A virus replicates itself from one file |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5008 | Virus detection program | A software program to detect, diagnose, and destroy computer viruses. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5009 | Virus eXchange | A term reserved for those BBSes and FTP sites, and their community of users, that make their virus collections ‘openly’ available for downloading. Exchange of virus |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5011 | Virus Scan | This is a program is which a computer user will use to check if their computer contains no known viruses. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5012 | Virus Simulator | a program which creates files that ‘look like’ viruses. Such files are questionable for testing purposes because they are not really infected. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5013 | Virus Types | Viruses and other malware are classified into various types depending on their file formats and infection routines. To distinguish among these types, Trend Micro uses the following |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5014 | Virus Variant | A variant is a modification of a previously known virus, i.e., a variation. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5015 | Vision | The direction of the data warehouse – what it is intended to accomplish. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5016 | Visionary | The person in the organization who articulates the data warehouse direction – what it is intended to accomplish. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5017 | Visual Audio Tool | An X11-based audio teleconferencing tool. VAT allows users to conduct host-to-host or multihost audio teleconferences over the Internet (multihost conferences require that the kernel |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5018 | Visual Basic | Microsoft’s extension of the BASIC programming language to the Windows operating system. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5019 | Visual Display Unit | A computer screen. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5020 | Visualization | Tools graphically display data to facilitate better understanding of its meaning. Graphical |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5024 | VLAN | Virtual LAN. Workstations connected to an intelligent device, which provide capabilities to define LAN membership. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5025 | VLDB (Very Large Database) | The perception of what constitutes a VLDB continues to grow. A one terabyte database would normally be considered to be a VLDB. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5026 | Virtual Memory System | Digital Equipment Corporation proprietary operating system, which runs on the VAX series of machines. The native operating system of Digital Equipment Corporation’s VAX computers. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5027 | Virtualization | The creation of a virtual (rather than actual) version of something, such as an operating system, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5035 | Voice Compression | The conversion of an analog voice signal into a digital signal using minimum bandwidth (16 mbps or less). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5036 | Voice Digitization | Also called voice encoding. The conversion of an analog voice signal into digital symbols for storage or for transmission (examples ADPCM, CVSD, or PCM). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5037 | Voice Mail | Computer based telephone messaging system, capable of recording and storing messages, for later review or other processing, e.g., forwarding to other users. [See also E-mail.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5038 | Voice Modem | A modem, which can be used to send and receive data or voice. This is more like the use of a telephone connection. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5039 | Voice Over IP | This is the transmission of audio signals, telephone communication, over a private network or |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5041 | Voice Print/Voiceprint | A representation of the acoustic information found in the voice of a speaker. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5042 | Voice verification | The preferred term is ‘Speaker verification’. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5043 | Volatiles | The chemical breakdown of body odour. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5044 | Voluntary Control Council for Interference | Agency within Japan that deals with interference generated by data-processing equipment. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5045 | VoWiFi | Wireless VoIP is the term used to describe VoIP services that operate over a wireless network. Most current wVoIP applications are targeted at mobile professionals and students |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5046 | Voxel | Shorthand for volume pixel. Voxels have traditionally been used to create 3D renderings of complex volumes, like meteorological cloud formations or scanned human tissues. In these |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5049 | VRC | Vertical Redundancy Check. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5050 | VRML97 | Is the informal name of the International Standard (ISO/IEC 14772-1 1997). It is almost identical to VRML 2.0, but with many editorial improvements to the document and a few minor |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5051 | VRU | Acronym for voice response unit, also known as IVR; a prompting device that routes calls to a particular |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5053 | VT100 | The DEC terminal (actually, the terminal’s operating parameters and command set) generally used to define the option of standard computer terminal. Countless other terminals, as well |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5055 | WAIS Gateway | This term refers to a computer that is used to translate WAIS data so it can be made available to an otherwise incompatible network or application. Mosaic must use a WAIS gateway. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5056 | Wallpaper | A graphical pattern displayed on the desktop. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5057 | Ward Nursing Information System | A system used in hospital wards in Scotland. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5058 | Warm Boot | When computer is turned on it is called ‘booting’ the computer. A restart is also as a boot, often called a ‘warm boot’. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5059 | Warranty Service | Options here vary widely. Most computers from leading manufacturers are highly reliable. But time is money, when something goes wrong. Overnight replacement policies aren’t |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5060 | Wave Division Multiplexing | Wave Division Multiplexing has come into commercial use from 1998. This permits the creation of 16, or 32, or 96, and before long perhaps, multiple hundreds of virtual fibers from a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5061 | Waveform Coding | Electrical techniques used to convey binary signals. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5062 | Wavelet | A mathematical formula often used for image and video compression. Bink uses wavelets, along with other compression techniques, as an update to its popular Smacker video codec. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5063 | Wavelet Transform/Scalar Quantization | A compression algorithm used to reduce the size of reference templates. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5064 | WCS Web Communications Services) | MIT Information Services and Technology's Web Communications |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5066 | Web | Another name of World Wide Web. The World Wide Web is software that enables digital data that has been ‘marked up’ with HTML to be put into hypertext databases where data in one |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5067 | Web-based Training | It is an innovative approach to distance learning in which computer-based training (CBT) is transformed by the technologies and methodologies of the World Wide Web, the Internet, and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5068 | Web Browser | A web browser is client server software used to query World Wide Web sites. Mosaic was the first popular browser. Netscape, however, has come to dominate the market with about an 80 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5069 | WebDAV | (Web-based Distributed Authoring and Versioning);A set of extensions to the HTTP protocol that |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5071 | Web Document | An HTML document that is browsable on the Web. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5072 | Web Index | Web Indices (such as Yahoo) are large compilations of listings of material on the World Wide Web, extensively cross-indexed and structured hierarchically so that one can follow a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5073 | Web Node | This term is synonymous with Web site or Web server. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5074 | Web Page | A document created with HTML that is part of a group of hypertext documents or resources available on the World Wide Web. An HTML document that is accessible on the Web. Every time |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5076 | Web Server | A program that serves up web pages upon request. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5077 | Web Site | A file of related web pages of text and graphics linked through hypertext. A website is a collection of electronic pages formatted in HTML that can contain text, graphic images, and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5078 | Web Walking | Using a web client program to move through the documents available on the World Wide Web. This casual browsing nature of navigating the WWW has also been referred to as strolling, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5079 | Webmaster | A person or group of people who maintain and administer a web server. Webmaster also refers to a standard e-mail address at most web hosts where comments and questions can be sent. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5080 | Webspace | This term refers to the space created by the World Wide Web. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5081 | Western Jack | Telephone wall outlet connector used in the US and other countries. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5082 | What You See Is What You Get | A method of ensuring that what is displayed on the screen is reproducible exactly on the printer. The image you see on the screen matches to what will be printed on paper. Pronounced |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5083 | White Book | a document produced for the JNT setting out the strategy to be adopted by the Academic Community in its transition from interim standards (Coloured Books) to ISO standards. Overtaken |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5084 | White Hat | A hacker who is motivated to explore systems for intellectual curiosity, rather than for malicious or criminal intent. White hat hackers oppose doing damage to systems, stealing |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5085 | White Pages | The Internet supports several databases that contain basic information about users, such as e-mail addresses, telephone numbers, and postal addresses. These databases can be searched |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5086 | White Paper | The stage following the publication of a green paper (which consults on the shape of changes in policy) which will outline the final proposals requiring legislation. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5087 | White Point | A movable reference point that defines the lightest area in an image, causing all other areas to be adjusted accordingly. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5088 | Whiteboard | This is an application program that permits several users linked via a network to update the same physical document. The reason it is called a ‘whiteboard’ is, just imagine as if |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5089 | Whitespace | Line feeds, carriage returns, spaces, and anything else, which is definable content but not a visible character. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5090 | WHOIS | An Internet program which allows users to query a database of people and other Internet entities, such as domains, networks, and hosts, kept at the DDN NIC. The information for |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5091 | Wide Area Information Servers | A commercial software package that allows the indexing of huge quantities of information, and then making those indices searchable across networks such as the Internet. A prominent |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5095 | Wide Area Network | Any Internet or network that covers an area larger than single building or campus. A network, which encompasses interconnectivity between devices over a wide geographic area. A |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5096 | Wi-Fi | (Wireless Fidelity); A popular term for a form of wireless data communication, basically Wi-Fi is |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5104 | Wild | Viruses are spread out all around the world. Most viruses are in the ‘wild,’ where the average user could contract and be infected with the virus. Some viruses are identified and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5105 | Wild Card | A special character provided by the operating system that operates on a group of files at once; this is very convenient for a user managing a large number of files. For example, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5106 | Window | When using a graphical user interface a window is that portion of the screen that displays the output from the application. In different computing environments windows can have |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5107 | Window Random Access Memory | This is the RAM used in video adapters. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5108 | Windowing | Used when training a model with time series data. A window is the period of time used for each |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5110 | Windows | An operating system for the PC (mimicking that available on the Macintosh). It is controlled by using a mouse to manipulate graphical icons. Windows gives a standardized approach |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5112 | Windows Icons Menus Pointer | An environment, which gives access without using a keyboard—by moving a mouse that moves a pointer over icons displayed on the screen. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5113 | Windows Internetworking Name Server | The Windows NT implementation of NBNS is called WINS. They were called Rhino servers (this was the code name of the project in Microsoft for NBT implementation). This name was kept |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5116 | Winsock Application | Any program designed for use with Windows sockets. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5117 | Wireless | Radio-based systems that allow transmission of information without a physical connection, opposed to transmission systems, that require a physical connection, such as copper wire or |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5118 | Wireless Application Protocol | It was formed in 1997 by Ericsson, Nokia, and Phone.com (then known as Unwired Planet). It fosters the implementation of one compatible global Internet standard for small handheld |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5119 | Wireless Email & Mobile | Wireless email (or mobile email) is the transmission of email messages from one user to another via a wireless network. When most people refer to wireless email, they are talking |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5120 | Wireless Markup Language or WML | It is the standard programming language used in WAP. WML is a modified subset of the web markup language HTML, scaled appropriately to meet the physical constraints and data |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5121 | Wiring Closet | Specially designed room used for wiring data and voice networks. Wiring closets serve as a central junction point for wiring and wiring equipment that is used for interconnecting |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5122 | WISCNET | TCP/IP network in Wisconsin, USA connecting 27 campuses of the University of Winsconsin plus a number of private colleges. Links are 56 kbps and T1. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5123 | Wizard | A program sequence within software products that leads you step-by-step through a task. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5126 | WLANs | Wireless local area networks (WLANs) are small-scale wireless networks with a typical radius of several hundred feet. The most prevalent form of WLAN technology is called WiFi, which |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5127 | Word Processing | Entering, editing and formatting text with the use of spelling checkers, outlining, tables, footnotes, and tables of contents. Word processors are application program used mainly for |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5128 | Word Processor | A program to manipulate text and now graphics. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5129 | Work Breakdown Structure | A detailed list of tasks to be performed on the project. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5130 | Workload | The quantity of processing to include the machine cycles and the disk I/Os. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5131 | Work Mark | A part of a call number based on the title of a work [See also Item Number; Call Number.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5132 | Workshop for Implementors of OSI | Frequently called NIST OIW or the NIST Workshop, this is the North American regional forum at which OSI implementation agreements are decided. It is equivalent to EWOS in Europe and |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5133 | Workstation | A networked personal computing device with more power than a standard IBM PC or Macintosh. Typically, a workstation has an operating system such as UNIX that is capable of running |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5134 | World Wide Web | A Hypertext-based, distributed information system created by researchers at CERN in Switzerland. Users may create, edit or browse hypertext documents. The clients and servers are |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5138 | World Wide Web Consortium | (http //www.w3.org). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5139 | Worm | A computer program, which replicates itself and is self-propagating. Worms, as opposed to viruses, are meant to spawn in network environments. Network worms were first defined by |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5140 | Wrap-around | After-hours technical support; usually complements an in-house team by providing coverage |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5142 | Write-protect Notch | A way for the user to physically indicate that nothing is to be written to floppy disk. This protects its contents from accidental erasure, and infection by viruses. 5 1/4" disks are |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5143 | Write-Protected Disk | A disk whose contents can be read by a disk drive, but cannot be changed or erased. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5144 | WSAPI | O’Reilly web Site and web Site Pro application Software that executes a particular task, such as word processing or spreadsheet analysis. A set of services or instructions used to |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5146 | eXtended Local Informatics Network Karlsruhe | A German ISP. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5147 | eXtended Memory Specification | A set of rules defining a software interface that provides DOS applications with access to extended memory. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5148 | eXtensible Markup Language | XML is related to HTML, the language the Web is built on, but allows for much greater flexibility in describing documents and data. Proponents say that adoption of XML—which has |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5151 | eXternal CoMmanD | A user defined command that uses built-in Macintosh code to extend the features of HyperCard. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5152 | eXternal Data Representation | A standard for machine independent data structures developed by Sun Microsystems and defined in |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5154 | X Display Manager Control Protocol | Protocol used to communicate between X terminals and workstations running UNIX. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5155 | X Recommendations | The CCITT documents that describe data communication network standards. Well-known ones include—X.25 packet switching standard, X.400 message handling system, and X.500 directory |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5156 | X Windows | Distributed, network-transparent, device-independent, multitasking windowing and graphics system originally developed by MIT for communication between X terminals and UNIX |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5157 | X. | The ITU-TSS X. standards describe data transfer in public data network. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5158 | X.3 | A CCITT recommendation that defines various PAD parameters. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5159 | X.21 | Is an interface definition by CCITT/ITU for synchronous operation between a data terminal equipment (DTE) and a data circuit-terminating equipment (DCE) on a public data network. The |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5160 | X.25 | A data communications interface specification developed to describe how data passes into and out of public data communication networks. The CCITT and ISO approved protocol suite |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5161 | X.28 | A CCITT recommendation that defines the terminal-PAD interface. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5162 | X.29 | A CCITT recommendatoion that defines the PAD-computer terface. A protocol defining the control packet format between the PAD and remote host regarding the virtual terminal parameters |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5163 | X.400 | The CCITT and ISO standard for electronic mail. It is widely used in Europe and Canada. X.400, which is the electronic mail protocol for OSI. [See also MHS.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5164 | X.500 | The CCITT and ISO standard for electronic directory services. X.500 is the directory naming service protocol for OSI. [See also DSA, White Pages, Knowbot, WHOIS.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5165 | X/Open | A group of computer manufacturers that promotes the development of portable applications based on UNIX. They publish a document called the X/Open Portability Guide. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5166 | X | Is the name for TCP/IP based network-oriented window systems. Network window systems allow a program to use a display on a different computer. The most widely-implemented window |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5168 | x2 technology | x2™ is a new transmission scheme developed by US Robotics that is capable of achieving line speeds of up to 56 kbps. This technology can take advantage of compression schemes such as |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5169 | X25 | A protocol for the transmission of data at high speed across a telephone network. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5170 | X3T9.5 | The number assigned to the Task Group of Accredited Standards Committee for their internal, working document describing the Fiber Distributed Data Interface. [See also FDDI.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5171 | XA | eXtended Architecture |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5172 | XAPIA | x.400 API Association |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5173 | XBM | X BitMap, a black-and-white image format |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5174 | XDSL | Another way of referring generically to any of the DSL variants ADSL, HDSL, SDSL, RADSL, IDSL, VDSL. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5175 | Xenix | Microsoft Corporation’s version of the Unix operating system. Xenix is a Unix look-alike originally developed by the Microsoft Corporation. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5176 | Xerox network system | A network developed by Xerox corporation. Implementations exist for both 4.3BSD derived systems, as well as the Xerox Star computers. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5177 | XHTML | (eXtensible HyperText Markup Language); Basically HTML expressed as valid XML. XHTML is |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5179 | XI | X.25 SNA Interconnect. OSI/SNA - IBM software for 37XX controllers with NCP, provides DCE interface to X.25 compatible computers. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5180 | XMLRPC | (XML Remote Procedure Call);A protocol for client-server communication that sends and receives |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5182 | Xmodem | A popular file-transfer protocol developed in 1977 by Ward Christiansen. The protocol works by sending blocks of data in 128-byte blocks from PC to PC. Included with this data is an |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5184 | XPFE | (Cross Platform Front End); A suite of technologies used to create applications that will work and look |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5186 | Xpress Transport Protocol | The XTP is a transport layer protocol designed to provide a wide range of communication services built on the concept that orthogonal protocol mechanisms, can be combined to produce |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5187 | XRemote | Protocol developed specifically to optimize support for X windows over a serial communications link. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5188 | XSL | Extensible Stylesheet Language or Extensible Style Language - a system for controlling the presentation of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5190 | XSLT | A language for transforming XML documents. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5191 | XUL | (eXtensible User-interface Language); A markup language similar to HTML and based on XML. XUL |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5198 | Yahoo | Yahoo is a well-known and extensive index of World Wide Web resources. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5199 | Yank | A function in TIN, which allows you to ‘yank’ in or out the complete list of Usenet groups for you to determine, which you would like to subscribe to. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5200 | Yaw | If you shake your head ‘no,’ this is yaw in action. One of the three rotational axes commonly used to describe the rotation of an object. The term comes from aviation. Most RT3D |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5201 | Yellow Book or YBTS | See Yellow Book Transport Service |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5202 | Yellow Book Transport Service | A transport service protocol now rarely used by the UK academic and research community. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5203 | Yellow Pages | A service used by UNIX administrators to manage databases distributed across a network. [See also Network Information Services.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5204 | Ymodem | A file transfer protocol similar to the enhanced 1kb version of Xmodem. Ymodem also allows multiple file transmission, performs cyclical redundancy checks (CRC), and can reduce the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5206 | Z39.2 | The NISO information interchange format, which undergirds library automation and cooperation by standardizing MARC and other bibliographic formats, enabling them to be used on a |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5207 | Z39.50 | A US-based protocol (with international OSI counterparts) that allows stress-free information exchange (i.e., full-text or catalog requests) between dissimilar computer systems. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5209 | Z-buffering | An algorithm used in 3-D graphics to determine which objects, or parts of objects, are visible and which are hidden behind other objects. With Z-buffering, the graphics processor |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5210 | Zenith | The point directly above you in space. The opposite of nadir. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5211 | Zero Code Suppression | Coding scheme to substitute a one in the seventh bit of a string of eight consecutive zeros. [See also Pulse Density.] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5212 | Zero Effort Forgery | An arbitrary attack on a specific enrolee identity in which the impostor masquerades as the claimed enrolee using his or her own biometric sample. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5213 | Zero Insertion Force Socket (ZIF Socket) | The processor, in most modern computers, sits in what is called a Zero Insertion Force Socket. The idea is that it is easy to insert a new chip, just pull a lever and get the chip |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5214 | ZigBee | ZigBee is a published specification set of wireless communication protocols designed to use small, low power radios based on the IEEE 802.15.4 standard for long range wireless |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5215 | Zig-zag In-line Package/Pin | Is a utility program with compresses a number of files into a single archive. It both saves space and creates a single file. Winzip and Pkzip (windows) and Zipit (Macintosh) are |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5216 | Zip disk | Portable storage disk that can hold 100 or 250 MB of information, manufactured by the Iomega |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5218 | Zip Drive | A disk drive developed by Iomega. Each disk is capable of storing 100 megabytes. These have become very popular for backing up files. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5219 | Zip file | (1) A file that has been compressed, often with the .ZIP format originated by PKWARE. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5222 | Zipped | Compressed version of a program or document. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5223 | Zipped File | A PC-based file(s) that has been compressed. [See WinZip] |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5224 | Zipping | The process of compressing a file so it takes up less space. There are two types of Zip files, normal |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5226 | Zmodem | A file transfer protocol, which transfers the files to and from your PC to server (e.g., VSNL). Outstanding feature of this protocol compared to others available is that it has crash |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5229 | Zone | A logical group of network devices (e.g., AppleTalk). Symbols |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5231 | # | The # symbol is employed on the World Wide Web to indicate the start of a fragment identifier. If you have identified a place in a document file.html through the use of a name |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5232 | $ | Any word that starts with $ is a variable in UNIX. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5233 | & | The character & is coded in HTML with the entity reference &. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5234 | , | A comma acts as a pause when used in a phone number, e.g., *70,494-8006. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5235 | / | The name for the root directory on a DOS or Windows disk. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5236 | .bat | This is a file extension for a batch file. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5237 | .bmp | A .bmp file is a graphics file. It stands for bit-mapped. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5238 | .com File | A .com file is a program that ends with an extension of .com. A vast majority of PC-based viruses are .com program. The reasons for this are (1) .com program contain instructions |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5239 | .. | In DOS and Windows, .. is the name of the current directory’s parent. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5240 | .exe | A file extension used in MS-DOS which stands for execution and represents an executable file or program. .exe file is the most common type of program. Though they are not as compact |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5241 | .html | The extension used on a file that is coded using HTML (myfile.html). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5242 | .ini file | A file associated with a Windows application which sets user preferences when the application is started. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5243 | .NET | Pronounced "Dot Net", a set of software technologies designed by Microsoft to connect information, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5255 | .txt | An extension which indicates that the file is an ASCII text file. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5256 | .wav | The file extension used on some types of audio files. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5259 | @ | This symbol is found in e-mail address and separates the user name from the host name, e.g. <username@hostname.com>. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5260 | ^ | A caret is used as a symbol to represent the control (ctrl) key on the keyboard. For example, to execute command ^L, you would have to hold down the control (ctrl) key and press L. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5261 | ~ | By UNIX convention, a name preceded by a tilde represents the users home directory. Thus ~user1 would represent the home directory of user1. This convention has been adopted in the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5262 | 10Base-T | A variant of Ethernet, which allows stations to be attached via twisted pair cable. The Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) 802.3 specification for Ethernet over |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5264 | 10Base2 | This refers to a type of Ethernet cable that has been largely phased out. It is also known as ‘thin net’. Cable speeds are typically up to 10 Mbps. It uses coaxial cables. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5265 | 100Base-T | This is an extension of 10Base-T that runs 10 times faster. It is theoretically capable of a transmission speed of 100 Mbps. The drawback for some installations is that it requires |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5266 | 16-bit Operating Systems | DOS and Windows 3.x are 16-bit operating systems. They are limited in complexity and suffer instability and slow speed (compared to 32-bit OSs) when run on 32-bit processors like the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5267 | 128-bit Operating Systems | Operating systems may eventually be 128-bit. The ability to address 128 bits of memory space is something that may be necessary for huge databases, and will speed up |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5269 | 128-bit Video Cards | At one time they claimed to be the fastest video cards available. 128-bit video cards natively address 4 Mb of memory, but most have been put together so that they can run with 2 Mb |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5270 | 32-bit Colour Depth | Anything that supports 32-bit colour supports over 4 billion different colours. Graphics cards support up to 32 bits of colour, but the human eye cannot discern between colours at |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5271 | 32-bit Memory Chips | 72-pin SIMMs are 32-bit memory chips. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5272 | 64-bit Memory Chips | DIMMs are 64-bit memory chips. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5273 | 32-bit Operating Systems | Windows NT, OS/2, and some flavours of UNIX are 32-bit operating systems. Windows 95 is a 32-bit operating system running on top of a 16-bit operating system (DOS). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5274 | 64-bit Operating Systems | Some flavours of UNIX are 64-bit operating systems designed to run on 64-bit chips. There are plans to port Windows NT to 64 bits so that it can run on 64-bit processors. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5275 | 32-bit Processor | This type of processor can run a 32-bit OS, such as Windows NT or some versions of UNIX. One can also run a 16-bit or lesser OS, but performance is not optimal. Intel’s 386DX, 486, |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5276 | 64-bit Processor | This describes a processor that can run a 64-bit OS. The DEC Alpha is 64-bit, and Intel’s Merced will be a 64-bit processor. The 386, 486 and Pentium and Pentium II are all 32-bit |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5277 | 8-bit Memory Chips | 30-pin SIMMs are 8-bit memory chips. If you want to use them with a 32-bit chip such as a 386 or a 486 you need to put 4 of them in at a time. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5278 | 32-bit Video Cards | These are generally older cards that were only capable of addressing 1 Mb of RAM. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5279 | 64-bit Video Cards | Most current video cards have a 64-bit bus with their memory on them. 64-bit video cards must have at least 2 Mb (or multiples of 2 Mb) of memory. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5280 | 8 bits | A measure of memory. 8 bits make up 1 byte. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5281 | 3 D | This refers to the representation of objects in a space by length, width and height (3 planes). On a computer display device, 3D objects are typically represented on the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5282 | 3DNow! | This is a set of 3D/multimedia floating point instructions first introduced in AMD’s K6-2 processor. Newer processor from AMD support the instructions as well. AMD got Cyrix and IDT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5283 | 2.5D | ‘Two-and-a-half D’ is an optimization trick for RT3D that fakes the viewer into thinking they are seeing true 3D graphics. A whole scene (or an object in a scene) is made of |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5284 | 2B1Q | 2 binary, 1 quarternary. A 1-dimensional modulation for transmitting 2 bits per symbol. 2B1Q is a 4-level PAM (pulse amplitude modulation) system used for HDSL, S-HDSL and ISDN BRI. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5285 | 1G | The 1G period began in the late 1970s and lasted through the 1980s. These systems featured the first true mobile phone systems, known at first as "cellular mobile radio telephone." |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5286 | 2G | The 2G phase began in the 1990s and much of this technology is still in use. The 2G cell phone features digital voice encoding. Examples include CDMA and GSM. Since its inception, 2G |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5287 | 3G | Refers to the third generation of developments in wireless technology, especially mobile communications. The third generation, as its name suggests, follows the first generation (1G) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5294 | 4GL | Fourth-generation language. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5295 | 118 | 118 disables call waiting. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5296 | 56 Kilobit Leased Line | A 56 kilobit (56,000 bits per second) leased line is currently the smallest bandwidth transmission data circuit useful in Internet applications. It is also roughly the bandwidth |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5297 | 64K line | A digital phone-line connection (leased line) capable of carrying 64,000 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5298 | 56Kflex | This is one of the 2 competing 56 Kbps modem standards. It was developed by Rockwell and Lucent and has more market share than USR’s X2 technology due to the fact that it is licensed |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5299 | 586 | The unofficial name given to the Pentium processor. Intel calls its new processor the Pentium because it was a marketable name and easily protected by copyright laws. Many people in |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5300 | 686 | The name given to Pentium Pro-class processors produced by Intel Corporation’s competitors. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5301 | 2-tier Architecture | This term refers to applications that have a code base (1-tier) separate from the database management system (1-tier), such as using Delphi to interact with Microsoft SQL Server (1+1 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5302 | 3-tier Architecture | This architecture splits the user interface from the application logic. The server handles the database management and application logic. This works out to less complexity at the |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5303 | 1xRTT | (Single Carrier (1x) Radio Transmission Technology); A wireless communications protocol used |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5305 | 802.x | The set of IEEE standards for the definition of LAN protocols. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------